The mobile app market is in a state of continuous change, with new trends and technologies surfacing annually. With the approach of 2025, companies must be ahead of the times to stay competitive. One of the methods to achieve this is by using clone app development to ride the current trends. Clone apps provide an efficient and affordable means of entering the market with tested business models, yet with the ability to personalize and introduce distinct features.

Top Mobile App Development Trends in 2025

Following are some of the major mobile app development trends that will reign supreme in 2025, and how a clone app development firm can assist you in leveraging them:

Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML):

AI and ML are being used more and more in mobile apps to enable smarter, more personalized experiences. AI has the capability to improve image and speech recognition, offer predictive maintenance, and enhance customer support.

Clone App Opportunity: Implement AI-enabled features in your Airbnb clone app or Uber clone app to enable personalized suggestions, dynamic pricing, and smart search functionality.

On-Demand Apps:

On-demand apps are increasingly popular, giving users immediate access to products and services2. The trend cuts across industries, including healthcare and beauty, food delivery, and transportation.

Clone App Opportunity: A company that develops on demand apps can assist you in launching a clone of well-known on-demand services such as Uber, DoorDash, or Instacart, adapting it to your local market and target audience.

5G Technology:

Widespread 5G adoption provides higher data speeds and lower latency, making it possible to deliver more sophisticated mobile experiences. These range from better VR/AR apps and more engaging gaming experiences.

Clone App Opportunity: Make your clone apps more feature-rich and performance-enhanced by tapping into 5G technology for real-time processing of data, high-definition video streaming, and rich AR/VR experiences.

Foldable Smartphone Apps:

As foldable smartphones are making a comeback, apps must be optimized for varying screen sizes and modes. Foldable smartphones present new possibilities for multitasking and richer viewing experiences.

Clone App Opportunity: Make your clone apps responsive to the core and transition perfectly to foldable devices, offering users an optimized experience on every screen size.

Personalized AI Models:

These models examine user behavior and interests to provide distinctive and customized experiences. This encompasses personalized content, recommendations, and functionality.

Clone App Opportunity: Use personalized AI in your clone apps to recommend appropriate content, provide customized recommendations, and improve user engagement.

UI/UX is Key:

User interface and user experience continue to be important for app success1. Concentrate on developing intuitive, engaging, and seamless experiences for your users.

Clone App Opportunity: Although clone apps serve as a starting point, invest in personalizing the UI/UX to distinguish your app and offer an enhanced user experience.

Advantages of Clone App Development

• Less Development Time and Cost: Clone apps save significant development time and costs in comparison to developing an app from scratch.
• Established Business Model: Clone apps are derived from successful existing apps, and hence an established business model.
• Customization and Flexibility: Clone apps are fully customizable to accommodate specific business requirements and can easily be scaled as per the need of the marketplace.
• Upkeep and Assistance: Numerous clone app development agencies provide upkeep and assistance services continuously to help run your app smooth.

Limiting Risks

Even though clone app creation has various positive aspects, consider addressing probable dangers:

• Intellectual Property: Make sure that your clone app does not violate any intellectual property rights.
• Regulatory Measures: Pay attention to and follow all related regulations in your target market.

Selecting the Right Clone App Development Company

It is important to select the right clone app development company. Search for a firm with:

• Experience and Expertise: A good track record of developing high-quality clone apps.
• Customization Options: The ability to customize the app to meet your specific requirements.
• Support and Maintenance: Comprehensive support and maintenance services.
• Transparent Development Process: A transparent and collaborative development process.

By knowing the most recent mobile application development trends and taking advantage of the advantages of clone app development, companies are able to lead the competition and become successful in the constantly changing mobile world. If you wish to develop an Airbnb clone app, an Uber clone app, or any other on-demand solution, a renowned on demand application development company is able to turn your idea into a reality.

Below, we explore the most significant trends shaping mobile app development today.

1. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning Integration

Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML) are revolutionizing mobile apps by enabling personalized user experiences, predictive analytics, and automation. AI-powered chatbots, voice assistants like Siri and Google Assistant, and recommendation engines in e-commerce apps are becoming standard features.

Machine Learning enhances app functionality by analyzing user behavior to offer tailored content, improving security through facial recognition, and optimizing performance with predictive maintenance. AI-driven tools such as TensorFlow and Core ML empower developers to integrate intelligent features seamlessly.

2. 5G Technology and Its Impact

This advancement enables high-quality streaming, real-time gaming, and seamless IoT (Internet of Things) integration.

Developers can now create more sophisticated apps with augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR), and cloud-based functionalities without worrying about bandwidth limitations. Industries like healthcare, automotive, and entertainment are leveraging 5G to deliver immersive experiences.

3. Internet of Things (IoT) and Smart Apps

IoT continues to expand, connecting everyday devices to mobile apps for smarter automation. From smart home systems to wearable health monitors, IoT-enabled apps provide real-time data tracking and remote control capabilities.

Developers are focusing on creating interoperable apps that communicate seamlessly with IoT devices, ensuring security and scalability. Industries such as logistics, agriculture, and manufacturing are adopting IoT-driven mobile solutions for efficiency and cost savings.

4. Augmented Reality (AR) and Virtual Reality (VR)

AR and VR are no longer limited to gaming; they are now integral to retail, education, real estate, and healthcare. Apps like IKEA Place (AR) and Oculus (VR) demonstrate how these technologies enhance user engagement.

Retailers use AR for virtual try-ons, while educational apps leverage VR for immersive learning experiences. With Apple’s ARKit and Google’s ARCore, developers can build sophisticated AR/VR applications more efficiently.

5. Cross-Platform Development Frameworks

These tools offer near-native performance, extensive libraries, and strong community support. Companies like Alibaba and Airbnb have successfully adopted cross-platform solutions to maintain consistency across devices.

6. Super Apps and All-in-One Solutions

Super apps—multi-functional platforms like WeChat, Grab, and Gojek—are gaining popularity by combining services such as messaging, payments, shopping, and transportation in a single interface.

This trend is driven by user demand for convenience and streamlined experiences. Businesses are integrating multiple services into their apps to enhance engagement and retention.

7. Enhanced App Security and Privacy Measures

With increasing cyber threats, app security is a top priority. Developers are implementing advanced encryption, biometric authentication, and secure APIs to protect user data.

Regulations like GDPR and CCPA enforce stricter privacy controls, pushing developers to adopt transparent data collection practices. Secure coding practices and regular vulnerability assessments are now essential in app development.

8. Cloud-Based Mobile Apps

Cloud computing enables apps to store data remotely, reducing device storage dependency and improving scalability.

Services like AWS, Firebase, and Microsoft Azure provide robust backend solutions, allowing developers to focus on front-end innovation.

9. Voice-Activated and Conversational Interfaces

Voice search and voice-controlled apps are growing rapidly, thanks to smart speakers and virtual assistants. Apps integrating voice recognition improve accessibility and user convenience.

Developers are leveraging NLP (Natural Language Processing) to create more intuitive voice interactions, enhancing hands-free usability in navigation, shopping, and customer support apps.

10. Wearable App Integration

The wearable technology market, including smartwatches and fitness trackers, is expanding. Mobile apps now sync with wearables to monitor health metrics, track fitness goals, and deliver notifications.

Apple’s WatchOS and Google’s Wear OS provide SDKs for seamless integration, encouraging developers to create companion apps for wearables.

11. On-Demand Apps

On-demand apps like Uber, DoorDash, and Instacart continue to dominate by offering instant access to services. Businesses across sectors—healthcare, logistics, and home services—are adopting this model for efficiency.

These apps require robust backend systems, real-time tracking, and secure payment gateways to ensure smooth operations.

12. Blockchain for Mobile Apps

Blockchain technology enhances app security, transparency, and decentralization. Cryptocurrency wallets, NFT marketplaces, and supply chain tracking apps are leveraging blockchain for secure transactions.

Developers are exploring blockchain frameworks like Ethereum and Hyperledger to build decentralized applications (DApps) with smart contract capabilities.

13. Low-Code and No-Code Development

Low-code and no-code platforms enable non-developers to create functional apps with drag-and-drop interfaces. Tools like AppSheet and Bubble reduce development time and costs.

While these platforms may not replace traditional coding, they empower small businesses and startups to launch apps quickly.

14. Edge Computing for Faster Processing

Edge computing processes data closer to the source, reducing latency and improving app performance.

By minimizing reliance on centralized servers, edge computing enhances speed and reliability, making it a key trend in mobile development.

15. Sustainable and Green App Development

As environmental concerns grow, developers are focusing on energy-efficient coding practices, reducing app battery consumption, and optimizing server usage.

Sustainable app development aligns with corporate social responsibility (CSR) goals, attracting eco-conscious users.

Conclusion

The mobile app development landscape is continuously evolving, driven by innovation and user demand. Businesses and developers must stay updated with these trends to create competitive, secure, and user-friendly applications. By embracing AI, 5G, IoT, and other emerging technologies, the future of mobile apps promises greater efficiency, personalization, and immersive experiences for users worldwide.

The post Top Mobile App Development Trends in 2025 – How Clone Apps Can help you Stay Ahead? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In today’s fast-paced digital world, coding has become an essential skill for students and professionals alike. Whether you are a computer science student or someone looking to enhance your programming knowledge, coding assignments play a crucial role in understanding and applying programming concepts. However, many students struggle with coding assignments due to tight deadlines, complex requirements, or a lack of understanding of programming languages. This is where expert coding assignment help comes in handy.

The Importance of Coding Assignment Help

Coding assignments require analytical thinking, logical reasoning, and a deep understanding of programming languages. Students often face difficulties due to multiple factors such as:

• Lack of time to complete assignments
• Incomplete understanding of programming concepts
• Debugging and troubleshooting errors
• Complex project requirements

Seeking programming assignment help ensures that students submit high-quality, well-structured, and error-free assignments on time. Professional coding experts provide solutions that help students grasp programming concepts effectively.

Benefits of Professional Coding Assignment Help

1. Accuracy and Error-Free Code

One of the biggest challenges students face is writing error-free code. A minor syntax error or logical mistake can lead to incorrect outputs. Professional online programming assignment help ensures that your code is accurate, well-commented, and meets the assignment requirements.

2. On-Time Submission

Many students struggle with deadlines due to multiple academic responsibilities. With programming assignment help Australia, students can get their coding tasks completed on time without compromising quality. Experts follow the given instructions and deliver well-structured assignments within the specified timeframe.

3. Improved Understanding of Programming Concepts

Professional coding assignment help is not just about getting the work done; it also enhances students’ understanding of coding principles. The solutions provided are well-documented, making it easier for students to learn the logic and improve their programming skills.

4. Assistance with Multiple Programming Languages

Students may need assistance with different programming languages, including:

• Python
• Java
• C++
• JavaScript
• PHP
• SQL
• R
• Ruby
• Swift
• MATLAB Professional programmers have expertise in multiple languages and can provide programming assignment help Australia tailored to specific requirements.

5. Debugging and Code Optimization

Debugging is one of the most time-consuming tasks in coding. Expert programmers analyze the code, fix errors, and optimize it for better efficiency. With online programming assignment help, students can understand debugging techniques and write optimized code in future assignments.

6. Personalized Assistance

Each student has unique learning needs. Professional coding assistance provides one-on-one guidance, allowing students to clarify doubts, explore alternative solutions, and build confidence in their coding abilities.

7. Help with Complex Projects

Beyond small assignments, professional programmers can assist with complex projects such as:

• Web development
• Data analysis
• Artificial intelligence and machine learning
• Database management
• Game development
• Blockchain programming

How to Choose the Right Coding Assignment Help Service

With numerous platforms offering programming assignment help, it is crucial to choose a reliable service. Here are some factors to consider:

1. Qualified and Experienced Experts

Ensure that the platform has experienced programmers with in-depth knowledge of different programming languages. Experts with academic and industry experience can provide high-quality solutions.

2. Plagiarism-Free Solutions

Originality is essential in coding assignments. Choose a service that guarantees 100% unique code without plagiarism.

3. Timely Delivery

Meeting deadlines is crucial in academics. A trustworthy coding assignment help service should deliver assignments on time without compromising on quality.

4. Affordable Pricing

Many students have budget constraints. Look for a service that offers quality programming assignment help at reasonable prices.

5. 24/7 Support

Round-the-clock customer support ensures that students can get assistance whenever needed. A responsive support team enhances the overall experience.

6. Free Revisions

Sometimes, assignments may require modifications. A good service should offer free revisions to ensure student satisfaction and meet academic standards.

Common Programming Assignment Challenges and Solutions

1. Understanding Complex Algorithms

Many students find it difficult to understand algorithms such as sorting, searching, and dynamic programming. Expert tutors provide step-by-step explanations to simplify these concepts.

2. Writing Optimized Code

Writing efficient and optimized code is a skill that develops over time. Professionals offering online programming assignment help guide students on best coding practices, helping them write clean and efficient code.

3. Debugging and Troubleshooting

Errors and bugs are inevitable in programming. Programming assignment help Australia services assist students in identifying and fixing bugs, making the debugging process easier.

4. Meeting Assignment Requirements

Each assignment comes with specific guidelines. Experts ensure that the solution adheres to the given requirements, including proper formatting, documentation, and logic implementation.

5. Handling Large Datasets

With the growing importance of data science, handling large datasets can be overwhelming. Experts provide guidance on data manipulation, visualization, and analysis using programming languages like Python and R.

6. Implementing Advanced Concepts

Some assignments require knowledge of advanced topics like recursion, multithreading, and machine learning. Professional programmers simplify these concepts and offer practical solutions.

Why Choose Online Programming Assignment Help?

Online coding assignment help offers several advantages over traditional tutoring. These include:

• Instant Access to Experts: Students can get help anytime, anywhere.
• Flexible Learning: Online assistance allows students to learn at their own pace.
• Comprehensive Solutions: Well-explained solutions help students understand coding concepts better.
• Affordable Services: Online platforms often provide cost-effective solutions for students.
• Interactive Learning Experience: Many services offer live coding sessions and video explanations to enhance learning.
• Industry-Relevant Knowledge: Professionals provide insights into industry standards, preparing students for real-world coding challenges.

Conclusion

Coding assignments can be challenging, but with the right programming assignment help, students can complete their tasks efficiently and accurately. Professional coding experts provide step-by-step solutions, ensuring better understanding and improved coding skills. Whether you need help with debugging, code optimization, or understanding complex concepts, online programming assignment help is the perfect solution to enhance your coding knowledge and academic performance.

If you are struggling with your coding assignments, don’t hesitate to seek expert assistance. Get reliable and accurate coding assignment help today and excel in your programming journey.

The post Get Coding Homework Done Accurately with Expert Help appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Flutter has gained popularity for mobile applications due to its ability to create high-performance apps with a single codebase. Many businesses seek skilled professionals to handle their development needs, and India has become a top destination for hiring developers. The country offers a large pool of talented professionals who specialize in building efficient, cost-effective applications that meet global standards.

Hiring experts from India provides multiple benefits, including affordability, technical expertise, and timely project completion. Companies looking for high-quality development solutions often choose Indian professionals to bring their app ideas to life. If you’re looking for a skilled team to build a high-performance app, you may want to hire Flutter developers in India. The ability to work on complex projects while maintaining efficiency makes them a preferred choice in the industry.

Cost-Effective Solutions without Compromising Quality

Budget plays a crucial role in app development. Companies want high-quality applications without exceeding financial limits. Indian developers offer competitive pricing while delivering robust, secure, and scalable applications. Lower operational costs allow businesses to invest in advanced features without increasing expenses.

Development costs in India remain lower than in Western countries while maintaining high coding and performance standards. Businesses benefit from affordable services without sacrificing app quality, making it a smart investment for long-term success.

Technical Expertise and Problem-Solving Abilities

Indian professionals have strong programming skills and hands-on experience with Flutter. They work on projects across industries, ensuring they can handle complex requirements efficiently. Their problem-solving approach allows them to build applications that function smoothly, even with intricate features.

Many developers stay updated with the latest advancements, contributing to Flutter’s open-source community. This continuous learning process ensures they implement best practices, creating high-performing applications with modern functionalities.

Strong Communication and Collaboration

Effective communication plays a significant role in app development. Indian developers understand the importance of clear discussions and regular updates throughout the process. They ensure businesses stay informed at every development stage, minimizing misunderstandings.

Fluency in English and familiarity with global work cultures help Indian professionals collaborate effectively with international clients. Their ability to work across different time zones makes them reliable partners for companies worldwide.

Faster Development and Deployment

Launching an app quickly provides a competitive advantage. Indian developers follow structured workflows that accelerate development timelines without affecting quality. Their experience working on tight schedules ensures projects remain on track.

Many teams use agile methodologies to manage tasks efficiently, ensuring businesses receive their applications on time. Whether launching a new app or upgrading an existing one, working with experienced professionals leads to timely results.

Efficient Cross-Platform Development

Flutter allows businesses to target both Android and iOS users with a single codebase. Indian developers leverage this feature to build high-performance applications that function smoothly across various devices.

Professionals in India have experience optimizing applications for different screen sizes and operating systems. Their ability to fine-tune apps for speed and responsiveness ensures a seamless experience for users, regardless of their platform choice.

Scalability and Ongoing Support

Building an app requires continuous maintenance, updates, and feature enhancements. Indian developers provide long-term support, ensuring applications stay functional and up to date.

Businesses planning to expand their applications can rely on skilled professionals for future improvements. Whether integrating new technologies or enhancing existing features, they ensure apps remain competitive in the evolving market.

Access to a Large Talent Pool

India produces thousands of skilled developers every year. Businesses can choose from a wide range of professionals with specialized knowledge in Flutter. With so many options available, companies can find the right developers to match their specific project needs.

The large talent pool allows businesses to hire dedicated professionals for long-term projects or temporary engagements. This flexibility ensures companies receive the expertise required for their app development goals.

Proven Success in Global Markets

Indian developers have contributed to some of the most successful mobile applications worldwide. Businesses across industries trust their expertise in mobile app development for building scalable and high-performing applications.

Development firms in India often showcase strong portfolios highlighting their work across different domains. Their proven success in delivering innovative applications makes them a preferred choice for businesses looking for reliable development partners.

Flexible Hiring Models

Every business has unique requirements, and Indian developers offer various hiring models to accommodate different project needs. Companies can choose between full-time, part-time, or project-based hiring, depending on their workload.

This flexibility allows businesses to optimize costs while ensuring they get the necessary expertise. Whether they need an entire team or a single developer, Indian professionals offer customized solutions tailored to project demands.

High Standards for Data Security

Security plays a crucial role in mobile applications, especially when handling user data. Indian developers follow strict security measures to protect sensitive information, ensuring applications remain secure.

Reputable development firms in India adhere to international security standards, implementing best practices for encryption, authentication, and data protection. Businesses can trust them to maintain high levels of security throughout the development process.

Expertise in Modern Technologies

Staying ahead in the competitive mobile app industry requires implementing advanced technologies. Indian developers integrate features such as artificial intelligence, blockchain, cloud computing, and machine learning to enhance application functionality.

Their ability to work with modern tech stacks allows businesses to build applications with smart features that improve user engagement. Whether adding automation, voice recognition, or secure transactions, they ensure apps remain innovative and future-ready.

Conclusion

Choosing Indian Flutter developers brings multiple advantages, from cost-effective development and technical expertise to scalability and ongoing support. Their commitment to delivering high-quality applications within tight deadlines makes them a preferred choice for businesses worldwide.

Companies looking to build efficient, high-performing applications can trust Indian professionals to deliver solutions tailored to their needs. Their skills, industry experience, and dedication to excellence ensure businesses receive an app that stands out in the market.

The post Reasons to Choose Indian Flutter Developers for your Mobile App appeared first on OneStop Shop.

When building websites and web applications, much importance is attached to the selection of tools. Laravel is a popular framework in which the developer will be building powerful and efficient web applications. If you are going to hire Laravel developer, then this guide is going to be very helpful for you to know what to look for and how to find the best talent for your project.

Laravel – What and Why?

Laravel is an open-source tool used by developers in website creation. It makes the process easier and faster. Here are some reasons why Laravel is a great choice:

Easy Structure: Laravel has this thing called MVC, which means Model-View-Controller. It helps in keeping everything organized, making it way easier to manage and update your website later on.

Simple Database Management: Laravel has a feature called Eloquent ORM that simplifies how developers interact with databases. This means they can easily retrieve and store data.

Inbuilt Security: Laravel brings with itself formidable security features that protect your website against common threats in the form of hacking.

Time-Savers: It features a set of command-line tools, Artisan, which would help developers manage repetitive tasks in no time and save them more time.

Testing Made Easy: Laravel makes testing of your code pretty easy so that everything works the way it should.

With these benefits, a skilled Laravel developer can really help in enhancing your project.

Figure Out what you Need

Before you start searching to hire a Laravel developer, be sure about your requirements. Some of the following steps can help:

Define your Goals: What would you like to achieve from the website or application? Are you starting completely afresh, or do you need improvements on any of your existing sites?

Identify the Size of the Project: Depending on the size or complexity of the project, articulate how big it will be to determine whether you need one developer or a full team.

Set your Budget: Determine the amount you are able to pay a developer. It is pretty varied, as it depends on experience and location.

Where can you find Laravel developers?

Now that you know what you need, it’s time to find potential candidates. Here are some good places to look:

Freelance Websites: You can find freelancers on websites like Upwork, Freelancer, and Toptal by searching for Laravel developers. You can read their profiles and reviews from past clients.

Development Agencies: Working with a development agency can give you access to a team of experienced Laravel developers who can work together on your project.

Job Boards: Posting your job on sites like Indeed or Glassdoor will result in qualified candidates seeking employment.

How to Assess Candidates?

After finding some candidates, it’s necessary to evaluate them carefully. Here are some things to consider:

Check Their Technical Skills

• Ensure that the candidates with the right set of skills related to Laravel development are selected:
• Good knowledge of PHP (which Laravel is based on).
• Experience with the MVC design pattern.
• Familiarity with front-end technologies such as HTML, CSS, and JavaScript.
• Experience working with MySQL or PostgreSQL.

Look at their Experience

In regard to hiring developers, experience counts a lot. With greater experience comes challenges of many kinds which one learns how to solve accordingly. So, inquire about the following:

• Past types of projects they have handled.
• Their respective specific roles in these projects.
• Any challenges they confronted and how they overcame them.

Assess their Problem-solving Skills

Web development is often full of unexpected problems. Ask candidates how they would go about solving specific problems related to your project.

Communication Matters

Good communication is the foundation of any great team. A great developer can explain complex ideas in simple terms and should be a good team player; pay attention to how they communicate during the interview.

Writing an Effective Job Description

A clear job description can help attract the right candidates. Include these key points:

Job Title: It should clearly indicate that you seek a “Laravel Developer.”

Project Overview: Describe briefly what your project is about.

Responsibilities: Outline specific tasks to which the developer will be engaged.

Required Skills: Mention the essential skills required to perform the job.

Experience Level: Specify whether you need junior, middle, or senior developers.

Compensation Details: Salary range or hourly rates, if possible.

Choosing How you Want to Hire

When you hire a Laravel developer, consider the following aspects concerning how you would want them to work with you:

Hourly: This is applicable for short-term projects or when flexibility is required.

Monthly Contract: This is best for ongoing projects that require continued support.

Project-Based Hiring: This is ideal when the projects are well-defined and have clear goals and deadlines.

Each option has its pros and cons; choose one that best fits your project’s needs.

Onboarding your New Developer

Once you have selected a candidate or team, devote your attention to how you can best get them up and running:

Define Roles Clearly: Everybody should be aware of their responsibilities within the project.

Set up communication tools. This may include Slack or Microsoft Teams for better communication with routine updates and discussions.

Provide Necessary Resources: Ensure that developers have access to all tools, documents, and resources they need to do their job well.

Encourage Teamwork: The working environment should be such that developers are able to share ideas, ask questions if they don’t know something.

Conclusion

You will require hiring a skilled Laravel developer to ensure the success of your web project. By clearly defining your needs, careful candidate evaluation, and good onboarding processes, you’ll be able to find the right talent that matches your vision.

If you’re ready to hire expert Laravel developers who can turn your ideas into reality, contact us at ViitorCloud Technologies today! Our dedicated team is here to help you achieve your development goals efficiently and effectively.

The post Your Guide to Hiring the best Laravel Developers for your Projects appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In today’s competitive digital landscape, businesses cannot afford to overlook the importance of software application testing services. The success of any software application relies heavily on its functionality, performance, and user experience. A bug-free, high-performing application is key to maintaining customer satisfaction and securing your market position. In this blog post, we will explore how to improve your software testing strategies, focusing on best practices, actionable insights, and the most effective services to ensure that your application meets the highest standards.

The Importance of Software Application Testing Services

The rapidly evolving technology industry demands that software applications function seamlessly across different devices and platforms. Software application testing services help ensure that all potential issues are identified before the application is launched. According to a study by Tricentis, 71% of organizations reported that poor software quality has a direct impact on their revenue. This statistic clearly demonstrates the financial impact that defective applications can have on a business.

Moreover, software testing is critical for identifying security vulnerabilities. A study from Veracode revealed that 60% of vulnerabilities in applications are found in the first three stages of development. This highlights the need for a proactive approach to testing that can prevent security breaches and protect sensitive customer data.

Key Benefits of Software Application Testing Services

By leveraging software application testing services, businesses can enjoy several benefits that lead to better performance and customer satisfaction.

Improved Software Quality: Thorough testing ensures that the application performs well under various conditions. It helps uncover bugs, glitches, and performance issues early on, reducing the risk of costly post-launch fixes.

Enhanced User Experience: A positive user experience is essential for retaining customers. Testing guarantees that the application is intuitive, easy to navigate, and performs smoothly, which in turn boosts user engagement.

Cost Savings: While testing might seem like an additional expense, it saves businesses money in the long run by identifying defects early. Fixing bugs during the development phase is far more cost-effective than addressing them after release.

Security Assurance: With increasing cyber threats, security should be a top priority. Software application testing services identify security risks, ensuring that your application is secure from vulnerabilities, malware, and other security breaches.

Faster Time-to-Market: Automated testing services can speed up the testing process, allowing businesses to release their software applications on schedule. Faster releases enable companies to stay ahead of the competition and meet market demands.

Types of Software Application Testing Services

Software application testing is a broad field that includes various methodologies and approaches. The most common types of testing services include:

Functional Testing: This type of testing focuses on verifying that the application works as expected. It checks whether all features and functionalities are operating correctly.

Performance Testing: Performance testing evaluates how well an application performs under different conditions, such as varying levels of traffic, load, or usage. It ensures that the application is stable and scalable.

Security Testing: Security testing identifies potential security risks and vulnerabilities within an application. It tests the application’s resistance to hacking, unauthorized access, and data breaches.

Compatibility Testing: Compatibility testing ensures that the software works across different browsers, devices, and operating systems. This type of testing is essential for applications targeting a wide range of users.

Usability Testing: Usability testing focuses on assessing how user-friendly and intuitive an application is. It examines whether users can easily navigate the interface and complete tasks efficiently.

Regression Testing: This type of testing verifies that new changes or updates to the software do not break existing functionalities. It ensures that previous bug fixes or features still work as expected after new updates.

Automated Testing: Automated testing uses specialized software tools to automatically execute pre-scripted tests. It reduces the time and effort required for testing, making it ideal for repetitive tasks and large-scale projects.

Best Practices for Software Application Testing

To get the most out of software application testing services, businesses should adopt best practices that enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of the process.

Test Early and Often: Testing should begin at the earliest stages of development. Implement continuous integration and testing throughout the development cycle to catch issues as soon as they arise.

Incorporate Manual and Automated Testing: While automated testing speeds up the process, manual testing is essential for identifying complex issues that automated tools might miss. Combining both approaches will ensure thorough testing coverage.

Focus on Real-World Scenarios: Test the application in real-world environments and under various user conditions. This ensures that the application performs well in realistic situations, from network interruptions to low battery scenarios.

Use Metrics and Analytics: Use data-driven metrics to evaluate the performance of the application during testing. Tools like JIRA and TestRail provide valuable insights that help optimize the testing process and identify areas for improvement.

Prioritize Critical Features: Focus on testing the most critical features and functionalities first. This includes payment gateways, login systems, and data processing functionalities, as they directly impact the user experience and security.

The Future of Software Application Testing

As technology continues to evolve, so too does software application testing. In the coming years, we can expect to see significant advancements in areas like artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML), which will further revolutionize the testing process. AI-powered testing tools will be able to analyze patterns, predict potential issues, and optimize test cases in ways that human testers cannot match.

Moreover, the rise of DevOps and Agile methodologies is shifting the focus toward continuous testing. This approach emphasizes collaboration between development and operations teams to streamline testing and ensure faster releases without sacrificing quality.

Conclusion

In conclusion, software application testing services are essential for ensuring that your software meets the highest standards of quality, performance, and security. By incorporating the right testing strategies and best practices, businesses can reduce the risk of errors, enhance the user experience, and save time and money in the long run. The future of software testing is bright, with advancements in AI and automation driving greater efficiency and accuracy.

The post Essential Guide to Software Application Testing Services – Best Practices and Insights appeared first on OneStop Shop.

As businesses continue to embrace digital transformation, leveraging cloud solutions has become essential for maintaining competitive advantage. One of the most powerful cloud platforms available today is Microsoft Azure Cloud Service in Virginia. Microsoft Azure provides a comprehensive suite of cloud-based tools and services, offering businesses the flexibility, scalability, and security they need to succeed. For businesses located in Virginia or across the broader U.S., Azure enables seamless deployment of applications and services in the cloud, facilitating innovation and efficiency. When paired with the expertise of a managed cloud service provider in New Jersey, companies can unlock the full potential of Microsoft Azure, ensuring optimal cloud performance and seamless integration with their existing IT infrastructure.

What is Microsoft Azure Cloud Service in Virginia?

Microsoft Azure is a cloud computing platform that offers a wide array of services such as virtual machines, databases, networking, analytics, and AI tools. The platform’s diverse capabilities cater to businesses in various industries, helping them scale their IT infrastructure with ease while reducing capital expenses. For companies in Virginia, Azure provides a local cloud option with fast data processing speeds, ensuring a robust and reliable performance tailored to regional needs.

Azure’s data centers in Virginia ensure that businesses have low-latency access to cloud services and resources. This is especially important for companies requiring real-time data processing, like those in finance, healthcare, and e-commerce. With the added benefit of high availability and redundancy, Microsoft Azure in Virginia helps businesses maintain continuous operations, even in the event of a disaster or system failure.

Benefits of Microsoft Azure Cloud Services in Virginia

Cost Efficiency: Microsoft Azure is known for its cost-effective pricing structure. With Azure, businesses only pay for what they use, ensuring they only incur charges for active resources. This pay-as-you-go model allows organizations to scale their cloud services according to their needs, without overcommitting to long-term investments in physical infrastructure.

Scalability and Flexibility: As businesses in Virginia expand, their need for IT resources grows. Azure allows for seamless scalability, enabling organizations to increase their computing power, storage, or network capabilities as needed. The flexibility of Azure’s architecture ensures that businesses can quickly adapt to changing market demands or business requirements.

Enhanced Security and Compliance: Security is a top concern for any business. Azure is built with top-tier security features such as multi-factor authentication, role-based access control, and data encryption both at rest and in transit. For businesses operating in Virginia, Azure also ensures compliance with regulations like HIPAA, GDPR, and other industry-specific standards, making it an ideal choice for highly regulated sectors such as healthcare and finance.

High Availability: With data centers located in Virginia, Microsoft Azure provides businesses with a reliable and resilient infrastructure. The platform’s service-level agreements (SLAs) ensure high uptime and minimal disruptions, offering peace of mind for businesses that rely on their IT systems for daily operations.

Seamless Integration: For businesses already using Microsoft tools such as Office 365, Microsoft Dynamics, and Power BI, Azure offers seamless integration with these products, providing a unified platform that enhances overall productivity and simplifies IT management.

Role of a Managed Cloud Service Provider in New Jersey

While Microsoft Azure Cloud Service in Virginia offers immense capabilities, managing a cloud environment requires expertise and experience. This is where a managed cloud service provider in New Jersey becomes invaluable. Managed cloud service providers (MCSPs) specialize in the deployment, management, and optimization of cloud infrastructure, helping businesses maximize the value of their Azure services while minimizing the complexity of day-to-day operations.

1. Expert Cloud Management Solution

A managed cloud service provider in New Jersey brings expert knowledge of Microsoft Azure and can assist businesses in configuring and managing their cloud resources efficiently. Whether it’s deploying virtual machines, setting up databases, or managing network resources, the provider ensures that the cloud environment is optimized for the business’s needs.

2. 24/7 Support and Monitoring

With the support of a managed cloud service provider, businesses can benefit from continuous monitoring and support. Providers use advanced tools to track the performance of cloud resources, identify potential issues, and ensure that services run smoothly. This proactive monitoring minimizes downtime and ensures that businesses in Virginia experience high uptime and performance.

3. Cost Optimization

Managing cloud costs is a challenge for many businesses. A managed cloud service provider can help optimize cloud spending by monitoring usage patterns and making recommendations for resource adjustments. By analyzing the business’s needs, the provider can suggest the most cost-effective cloud solutions, ensuring that resources are allocated efficiently without unnecessary expenditure.

4. Security and Compliance

Ensuring that your cloud environment remains secure and compliant with industry regulations is critical for any organization. A managed cloud service provider in New Jersey can implement robust security practices, including encryption, intrusion detection systems, and disaster recovery solutions. Additionally, they help businesses meet compliance standards, reducing the risk of security breaches and penalties.

5. Disaster Recovery and Backup

A managed cloud service provider can implement backup and disaster recovery strategies, ensuring that critical business data is protected. If any disaster or outage were to occur, the provider can quickly restore services, ensuring business continuity and minimal disruption.

What is Microsoft Azure?

Microsoft Azure, launched in 2010, is a cloud computing platform that enables organizations to build, deploy, and manage applications through Microsoft-managed data centers. It supports a variety of programming languages, frameworks, and tools, making it a versatile choice for businesses of all sizes. Azure offers Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), Platform as a Service (PaaS), and Software as a Service (SaaS) solutions, allowing users to choose the level of control and management they require.

Security is another critical consideration for organizations considering cloud adoption. Microsoft Azure places significant emphasis on security, offering a range of compliance certifications and built-in security features. Organizations can benefit from Azure’s robust security architecture, which includes advanced threat protection and identity management services.

Furthermore, Azure’s global data centers enable businesses to deploy applications closer to their users, reducing latency and improving performance. Companies can choose from numerous regions around the world, allowing for compliance with local regulations and improved service delivery.

Key Features of Microsoft Azure

Cloud computing has revolutionized the way businesses and individuals store, manage, and process data. Among the leading cloud service providers, Microsoft Azure stands out as a comprehensive platform offering a wide range of solutions for computing, storage, networking, and artificial intelligence. Azure provides scalable, secure, and flexible cloud services that cater to enterprises, developers, and IT professionals. This article explores the key features, benefits, and use cases of Microsoft Azure, along with its competitive advantages in the cloud computing industry.

1. Compute Services

One of the standout features of Azure compute services is their ability to optimize resources for specific workloads. Businesses can choose from different VM sizes and types, tailored to workloads that require varying levels of CPU, memory, and storage. For example, compute-optimized VMs are useful for high-performance computing tasks, whereas memory-optimized VMs are ideal for database workloads that demand rigorous memory performance.

Azure recognizes that organizations often operate across a diverse technology stack. As such, Azure facilitates both Windows and Linux workloads, offering flexibility for businesses to run their applications as they see fit. This support goes beyond mere deployment; Azure’s services integrate seamlessly with existing development tools, frameworks, and libraries, regardless of the underlying operating system.

Azure provides multiple compute options to handle different workloads:

Virtual Machines (VMs): Enables users to deploy Windows or Linux-based virtual servers in the cloud.
Azure App Services: A fully managed platform for building web and mobile applications.
Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS): Simplifies the deployment and management of containerized applications.
Functions: A serverless computing service that runs event-triggered code without managing infrastructure.

2. Storage Solutions

In addition to scalability, Azure emphasizes security, which is paramount in today’s environment where data breaches and cyber threats are on the rise. Azure’s storage solutions are built with security in mind, integrating multiple layers of protection. Data is encrypted both during transit and at rest, ensuring that sensitive information remains secure. Furthermore, Azure provides sophisticated access controls, enabling organizations to manage who can access their data and what permissions they have. This granular control helps ensure compliance with various regulatory requirements and promotes best practices in data governance.

Azure offers several storage options, including Blob Storage, File Storage, Disk Storage, and Queue Storage. Blob Storage is ideal for unstructured data such as videos, backups, and large media files. It provides a high-performance, scalable solution that can handle massive amounts of unstructured data efficiently. On the other hand, Azure File Storage provides fully managed file shares in the cloud, allowing for easy integration with various applications and on-premises tools.

Azure offers scalable and secure storage options:

Blob Storage: Ideal for storing unstructured data like images, videos, and documents.
Azure Files: Provides fully managed file shares accessible via standard protocols.
Disk Storage: High-performance block storage for virtual machines.
Azure Data Lake Storage: Designed for big data analytics with massive datasets.

3. Networking Capabilities

For organizations prioritizing security, Azure’s network security features provide a comprehensive suite of tools. Azure Firewall and Network Security Groups (NSGs) are designed to manage and control incoming and outgoing network traffic based on specified rules. These tools not only protect applications from threats but also enhance compliance with regulatory requirements, instilling confidence among stakeholders regarding data integrity and protection.

Moreover, Azure’s VPN Gateway allows businesses to establish secure point-to-site and site-to-site connections, enabling remote workers and branch offices to access necessary resources without compromising security. This is particularly important in today’s world, where remote work has become more prevalent than ever. Azure’s ExpressRoute further enhances connectivity by offering dedicated private connections between on-premises infrastructure and Azure, reducing latency and increasing throughput for sensitive workloads.

Azure’s networking services ensure secure and reliable connectivity:

Virtual Network: Enables private and isolated cloud networks.
Azure Load Balancer: Distributes traffic to ensure high availability.
Azure ExpressRoute: Establishes private connections between Azure and on-premises data centers.
DNS: Provides domain name system hosting with high availability.

4. AI and Machine Learning

Azure Machine Learning stands out as a robust and comprehensive service that allows enterprises to build, train, and deploy machine learning models at scale. With a user-friendly interface, it caters to data science professionals and novices alike, enabling organizations to harness predictive analytics without requiring extensive expertise in the field. By utilizing these machine learning capabilities, businesses can anticipate market trends, understand customer behavior, and make informed strategic decisions.

Azure’s blend of AI and machine learning technologies seamlessly integrates with traditional business intelligence solutions. Tools like Power BI work in synergy with Azure’s machine learning capabilities, enabling users to visualize complex datasets dynamically. With Power BI, businesses can create interactive reports that not only present data but also highlight critical insights generated through machine learning models. This integration enhances the decision-making process by providing stakeholders with clear, visual representations of what the data reveals.

Azure integrates AI and machine learning tools to enhance business intelligence:

Azure Machine Learning: A cloud-based platform for building, training, and deploying ML models.
Cognitive Services: Pre-built AI models for vision, speech, and language processing.
Azure Databricks: A collaborative Apache Spark-based analytics platform.

5. Security and Compliance

One of the core components of Azure’s security strategy is its commitment to compliance with industry standards and regulations. Azure is compliant with a wide range of international and regional standards, such as ISO 27001, GDPR, HIPAA, and PCI DSS. These certifications reflect Azure’s dedication to adopting industry best practices, helping organizations meet their compliance requirements more efficiently.

Microsoft Azure continuously invests in security advancements. With integrated threat detection tools using artificial intelligence and machine learning, Azure can identify potential security threats in real-time. Azure Security Center plays a pivotal role in this regard by providing a centralized view of security across hybrid cloud workloads. This tool helps organizations to monitor, manage, and improve their security postures while keeping compliance requirements in check.

Microsoft Azure adheres to strict security standards, including:

Azure Active Directory (AD): Identity and access management for secure authentication.
Azure Security Center: Provides unified security management and threat protection.
Compliance Certifications: Meets global standards like GDPR, HIPAA, and ISO 27001.

Use Cases of Microsoft Azure

Microsoft Azure is a leading cloud computing platform that offers a wide range of services to businesses and individuals. Its flexibility, scalability, and security make it a preferred choice for various industries. Below are some of the most prominent use cases of Microsoft Azure, covering enterprise application development, data analytics, disaster recovery, IoT solutions, and gaming and media streaming.

Enterprise Application Designing

Azure provides a robust environment for developing, deploying, and managing enterprise applications. Businesses leverage Azure App Service to build web and mobile applications without worrying about infrastructure management. With support for multiple programming languages, including .NET, Java, Node.js, and Python, developers can create scalable applications tailored to business needs.

Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) simplifies containerized application deployment, enabling enterprises to run microservices architectures efficiently. Additionally, Azure DevOps offers integrated tools for continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD), streamlining the software development lifecycle. Enterprises benefit from Azure’s global data centers, ensuring low-latency access to applications worldwide.

Data Analytics and Big Data Processing

Organizations generate vast amounts of data daily, and Azure provides powerful tools to process and analyze this data effectively. Azure Synapse Analytics combines big data and data warehousing, allowing businesses to run complex queries on large datasets in real time.

Azure Data Lake Storage offers a scalable solution for storing structured and unstructured data, while Azure Databricks provides an Apache Spark-based analytics platform for machine learning and AI-driven insights. Businesses use these services to enhance decision-making, predict trends, and optimize operations.

Disaster Recovery and Backup

Downtime can be costly for businesses, making disaster recovery and backup solutions essential. Azure Site Recovery (ASR) enables organizations to replicate workloads to the cloud, ensuring business continuity in case of outages or disasters. Azure Backup provides secure, automated backups for on-premises and cloud-based data.

With geo-redundant storage options, Azure ensures data is replicated across multiple regions, minimizing the risk of data loss. Enterprises can perform failover testing without disrupting operations, making Azure a reliable choice for disaster recovery strategies.

Internet of Things (IoT) Solutions

Azure IoT Hub connects, monitors, and manages IoT devices at scale. Industries such as manufacturing, healthcare, and logistics use Azure IoT to collect and analyze sensor data in real time. Azure IoT Edge extends cloud intelligence to edge devices, enabling faster decision-making in remote locations.

Azure Digital Twins allows businesses to create digital models of physical environments, improving predictive maintenance and operational efficiency. By integrating AI and machine learning, Azure IoT solutions help organizations optimize processes and reduce costs.

Gaming and Media Streaming

The gaming industry benefits from Azure’s high-performance cloud infrastructure. Azure PlayFab provides backend services for multiplayer games, including player authentication, leaderboards, and in-game purchases. Game developers use Azure to scale resources dynamically, ensuring smooth gameplay experiences during peak demand.

For media streaming, Azure Media Services offers tools for encoding, streaming, and content protection. Companies like Netflix and Disney+ leverage Azure’s global content delivery network (CDN) to deliver high-quality video streams with minimal buffering. Azure’s AI-powered video indexing enhances content discoverability and accessibility.

Conclusion

By leveraging Microsoft Azure Cloud Service in Virginia, businesses can harness the power of the cloud to scale operations, enhance security, and drive innovation. Azure’s cost-efficiency, scalability, and seamless integration with Microsoft products make it an ideal choice for businesses in Virginia looking to modernize their IT infrastructure. However, to fully optimize Azure and ensure that your cloud environment meets your specific needs, partnering with a managed cloud service provider in New Jersey is essential. With their expertise, support, and proactive management, businesses can unlock the full potential of Microsoft Azure, drive growth, and stay competitive in an increasingly digital world.

The post Leveraging Microsoft Azure Cloud Services in Virginia for Business Growth appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Salesforce, a global leader in Customer Relationship Management (CRM), has firmly established itself as a key player in India’s technology ecosystem. With its innovative cloud-based solutions and a relentless focus on customer success, Salesforce is reshaping the way businesses in India operate. Let’s dive into the details of how Salesforce has created a massive impact in the Indian market.

What is Salesforce?

At its core, Salesforce is a cloud-based platform that helps businesses manage their interactions with customers. From sales and service to marketing and analytics, Salesforce offers tools that enhance customer engagement and drive growth. Think of it as the backbone of modern customer-centric businesses.

The Journey of Salesforce in India

Establishing Roots

Salesforce entered the Indian market in 2005, setting up operations to cater to the growing demand for CRM solutions. Initially, its focus was on large enterprises, but over time, it expanded its reach to small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs).

Expanding Presence

Today, Salesforce boasts a significant presence in India with offices in key cities like Mumbai, Hyderabad, Bengaluru, and Gurugram. These hubs are not only sales and support centers but also play a crucial role in Salesforce’s global research and development efforts.

Why Salesforce is Popular in India?

1. Cloud-Based Solutions

Salesforce’s cloud-first approach aligns perfectly with India’s rapid digital transformation. Businesses here are increasingly adopting cloud technologies to scale operations efficiently.

2. Cost-Effectiveness

With its subscription-based model, Salesforce offers flexibility and affordability, making it accessible to SMBs and startups, which form a significant part of India’s economy.

3. Localized Offerings

Salesforce understands the unique needs of Indian businesses and has tailored solutions to cater to local industries like retail, manufacturing, and banking.

4. Innovation and Integration

From AI-driven insights to seamless integrations with other tools, Salesforce empowers Indian businesses to stay ahead in a competitive landscape.

Salesforce’s Impact on Indian Businesses

Transforming Customer Experiences

Salesforce has revolutionized the way Indian companies interact with customers. By centralizing customer data, it enables personalized experiences and builds stronger relationships.

Boosting Productivity

The platform’s automation tools reduce manual tasks, allowing employees to focus on strategic initiatives. This is especially beneficial for resource-constrained SMBs.

Fostering Innovation

Salesforce’s AppExchange ecosystem provides Indian developers with opportunities to create innovative solutions, driving growth and fostering a spirit of entrepreneurship.

Key Products Offered by Salesforce in India

1. Sales Cloud

Empowers sales teams to close deals faster with advanced analytics and real-time data.

2. Service Cloud

Enhances customer support with AI-driven insights and automated workflows.

3. Marketing Cloud

Helps businesses create personalized marketing campaigns to drive engagement.

4. Commerce Cloud

Supports seamless e-commerce experiences across multiple channels.

5. Tableau

Provides robust data visualization and analytics capabilities to make informed decisions.

Salesforce’s Contribution to Employment in India

Salesforce has emerged as a significant employer in the Indian tech industry. Through its various programs and initiatives, it nurtures talent and equips professionals with in-demand skills.

1. Direct Employment

With thousands of employees across its offices, Salesforce is creating jobs in areas like software development, marketing, and sales.

2. Partner Ecosystem

The Salesforce partner ecosystem, comprising consulting and technology partners, generates additional employment opportunities in India.

3. Skill Development Programs

Salesforce’s Trailhead platform offers free online learning resources, empowering individuals to upskill and build careers in the Salesforce ecosystem.

Salesforce’s CSR Initiatives in India

Salesforce is committed to giving back to the community through its 1-1-1 philanthropic model. In India, the company supports various initiatives, including education, disaster relief, and environmental sustainability.

Future Prospects of Salesforce in India

The future looks promising for Salesforce in India. With the government’s focus on digital transformation and the increasing adoption of cloud technologies, Salesforce is poised for exponential growth.

Challenges Faced by Salesforce in India

1. Competition

The Indian market is highly competitive, with players like Microsoft Dynamics and Zoho offering alternative solutions.

2. Cost Sensitivity

While Salesforce is cost-effective for larger enterprises, it may still be expensive for smaller startups.

3. Localization Needs

Adapting solutions to meet diverse regional requirements remains a challenge.

How to get Started with Salesforce in India?

1. Identify your needs

Understand your business requirements and determine which Salesforce products align with your goals.

2. Leverage Trailhead

Use Salesforce’s Trailhead platform to familiarize yourself with its offerings.

3. Partner with Experts

Collaborate with certified Salesforce consultants to ensure a seamless implementation.

Conclusion

Salesforce has become a cornerstone of India’s digital economy, enabling businesses to achieve greater efficiency, foster innovation, and deliver exceptional customer experiences. Whether you’re a startup or an established enterprise, Salesforce’s versatile solutions can help you unlock new growth opportunities. As India continues its digital journey, Salesforce’s role will only grow stronger.

FAQs

1. What is Salesforce best known for?

Salesforce is best known for its CRM solutions that help businesses manage customer relationships, streamline operations, and boost productivity.

2. Is Salesforce suitable for small businesses in India?

Absolutely! Salesforce offers scalable and cost-effective solutions tailored to the needs of small businesses.

3. How does Salesforce support skill development in India?

Through its Trailhead platform, Salesforce provides free learning resources to help individuals upskill and build careers in the Salesforce ecosystem.

4. What industries in India benefit the most from Salesforce?

Industries like retail, manufacturing, financial services, and e-commerce benefit significantly from Salesforce’s tailored solutions.

5. Where are Salesforce’s offices located in India?

Salesforce has offices in major cities like Mumbai, Hyderabad, Bengaluru, and Gurugram.

The post Salesforce Company in India – Transforming Businesses appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Computer programming and coding have gained popularity in recent years. However, coding has become more of a profession than a hobby. If you have a hobby for coding, you can get an advantage while looking for a job because it is considered a critical career skill. Most employers show interest in hiring candidates with coding and programming ability. Currently, schools have started to teach coding to students belonging to junior classes. This helps students understand the basics from an early age for C assignment help, and when getting into higher classes, they are not worried about the complexity.

A lot of students ask why they should learn to code? The simple answer to this question is that the world is changing, and everyone depends on software and the internet. People do not have time to go to the market or visit the mall to buy clothes. They prefer to use an app like Myntra, Nykaa, Amazon, etc. To develop these apps, one needs to learn to code.

Historical Context and Milestones

The origins of computer programming trace back to the mid-19th century with Ada Lovelace’s work on Charles Babbage’s Analytical Engine. Her notes included what is considered the first algorithm intended for machine processing. The field gained momentum in the 1940s and 1950s with the advent of stored-program computers, leading to the development of assembly languages and later high-level languages like FORTRAN (1957) and COBOL (1959). These innovations allowed programmers to write instructions in a format closer to human language rather than binary or low-level machine code.

The late 20th century saw the rise of structured programming, object-oriented programming (OOP), and functional programming paradigms. Languages such as C (1972), C++ (1985), and Python (1991) revolutionized software development by offering modularity, reusability, and ease of maintenance. The evolution of programming languages continues today, with modern iterations like Rust and Kotlin addressing security, performance, and developer productivity challenges.

Moreover, you can get a wide range of career options when you look for a job. Here are ten reasons why coding is an important coding skill.

1. Coding encourages logical thinking

Coding needs logical thinking and trains children to handle complex problems by splitting them into smaller parts that are achievable and easier to solve. This entire process is known as decomposition. Schools teach their to code, not thinking that they will become a professional computer programmer or software engineer, but that fact that they can learn to think logically for C++ Assignment Help.

2. Code helps Students for better Creativity

Coding allows students to become creators. From an early age, if students learn to code, they begin to create something new. They can develop and design apps and video games. With code, youngsters can construct projects that they are fond of. When a student learns to code, they learn to expand their creativity and come up with new ideas to solve problems. Creativity is beyond computers. It allows students to open new ways and create something.

3. Coding helps to Develop persistence

Perseverance is not an uncomplicated attribute to teach when it comes to a child or student. However, it is an essential skill to hone in life. You do not want to leave a situation when you encounter a problem or an obstacle. You need to keep going. Coding helps to learn persistence so that you can find a solution to problems for Csharp assignment help. You need to keep working until you find the correct solution, and it might take up time, but you must not leave it midway.

4. Coding helps to develop resilience

No one can teach you to be resilient; it is something you learn from experience. When you work on coding, you learn resilience through troubleshooting. When you hit a dead-end, your brain starts to find solutions. If the first solution you have come across does not work, try another one until the problem is solved. This process is called debugging in computer programming.

5. Coding can improve Communication Skills

When you learn to code, it is similar to learning a new language. Yes, it is not like Spanish or Italian, but it is like the same skill. When you pick up a new language, you start with the basics and communicate better. Unlike humans, computers only understand specific instructions, and that too when written in simple and easy-to-follow language.

6. Develops structural thinking when learning to Code

Students learn to develop structural thinking when they learn to code. They learn to construct using smaller pieces and build them into something large. This helps students comprehend computer programs and helps students see the big picture when they have a task with smaller pieces.

7. Coding helps Students with problem-solving

Every student has to deal with problems every day. Some are easy to solve, while others are complex and difficult to solve. When you learn to code, you learn to see a problem from different perspectives and situations. You learn to analyse all your options and find a way to solve the problems that come your way. Therefore you learn to solve real-life problems from these coding problems. The problems are obviously different, but you analyse them from a different perspective.

8. Coding improves Students math Skills

One of the main reasons why students benefit from coding is that students who have math as one of their subjects can improve their math skills. Math is necessary when you code, but that does not imply that you have to be a math genius to learn to code.

9. Coding gives Students Satisfaction

When you learn to code and successfully solve a problem, it provides a sense of satisfaction. You become more determined to solve complex problems and gain confidence in your capabilities. When you get confidence and satisfaction, it boosts your performance, and you feel that you can work on more projects.

10. Coding helps younger Students learn to learn

Students learn what the teacher is teaching in a normal classroom environment, but it is not the same with coding. Coding is subject where students can experiment. You can learn from experimentation and find out multiple solutions to a single problem.

A wonderful benefit of coding is that it teaches you that it is absolutely ok to have a different answer from others.

Core Programming Concepts

1. Syntax and Semantics: Every programming language has rules governing its structure (syntax) and meaning (semantics). Proper use of syntax ensures code can be parsed by compilers or interpreters, while accurate semantics guarantee the intended logic is executed.

2. Data Structures and Algorithms: Efficient program design relies on selecting appropriate data structures (arrays, linked lists, trees) and algorithms (sorting, searching). Mastery of these fundamentals enables developers to optimize performance and resource usage.

3. Control Structures: Conditional statements (`if-else`) and loops (`for`, `while`) control program flow, allowing dynamic execution based on varying inputs or conditions.

4. Modularity and Abstraction: Functions, classes, and libraries encapsulate reusable logic, reducing redundancy and improving maintainability. Abstraction hides complexity, exposing only necessary details to higher-level code.

Programming Paradigms

Different programming paradigms offer distinct approaches to software design:

Imperative Programming: Focuses on how tasks are executed through sequences of commands (e.g., C, Python).
Object-Oriented Programming (OOP): Organizes code into objects with properties and methods, promoting clarity and scalability (e.g., Java, C++).
Functional Programming: Treats computation as mathematical functions, avoiding mutable state and side effects (e.g., Haskell, Scala).
Procedural Programming: Employs procedures or routines to structure code linearly (e.g., Pascal).

Modern Development Practices

The evolution of software development has been rapid, driven by the need for efficiency, scalability, and reliability. Modern development practices have transformed how teams build, test, and deploy applications. Among the most impactful methodologies are Version Control, DevOps and CI/CD, Test-Driven Development (TDD), and Cloud Computing. These practices enhance collaboration, streamline workflows, and ensure robust software delivery.

Version Control

Version control systems (VCS) are essential for managing changes in source code over time. They allow multiple developers to collaborate on a project without conflicts, ensuring that modifications are tracked and reversible.

Key benefits of Version Control

• Collaboration Efficiency: Developers can work simultaneously on different features without overwriting each other’s changes.
• History Tracking: Every change is logged, making it easy to revert to previous versions if necessary.
• Branching and Merging: Teams can create isolated branches for features or bug fixes, merging them back into the main codebase seamlessly.

Git, the most widely used VCS, supports distributed development, enabling developers to work offline and synchronize changes later. Platforms like GitHub, GitLab, and Bitbucket provide cloud-based repositories that integrate with other development tools, further enhancing productivity.

DevOps and CI/CD: Accelerating Software Delivery

DevOps bridges the gap between development and operations, fostering a culture of continuous integration (CI) and continuous delivery (CD). Continuous Integration (CI) CI involves automatically merging code changes into a shared repository multiple times a day. Each commit triggers automated builds and tests, ensuring early detection of integration issues.

Tools like Jenkins, CircleCI, and GitHub Actions enable seamless CI/CD pipelines.

Benefits of DevOps and CI/CD

• Faster Releases: Automation reduces deployment cycles from weeks to minutes.
• Improved Reliability: Automated testing ensures fewer bugs reach production.
• Scalability: Cloud-native CI/CD pipelines handle large-scale applications efficiently.

Test-Driven Development (TDD)

Developers follow a repetitive cycle: write a failing test, implement the minimum code to pass the test, and refactor the code for optimization.

Advantages of TDD

• Higher Code Quality: Writing tests first enforces better design and reduces defects.
• Easier Maintenance: Well-tested code is less prone to breaking during updates.
• Better Documentation: Tests serve as executable specifications for the codebase.

Frameworks like JUnit (Java), pytest (Python), and RSpec (Ruby) support TDD by providing robust testing capabilities.

Cloud Computing: The Foundation of Modern Infrastructure

Cloud computing has revolutionized how applications are hosted, scaled, and managed. By leveraging remote servers, businesses can reduce infrastructure costs and improve flexibility.

Key Cloud Models

• Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS): Provides virtualized computing resources (e.g., AWS EC2, Google Cloud VMs).
• Platform as a Service (PaaS): Offers development environments and deployment tools (e.g., Heroku, Azure App Service).
• Software as a Service (SaaS): Delivers ready-to-use applications (e.g., Gmail, Salesforce).

Benefits of Cloud Computing

• Cost Efficiency: Pay-as-you-go models eliminate upfront hardware investments.
• Global Accessibility: Teams can collaborate from anywhere with an internet connection.

Major providers like AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud dominate the market, offering AI, machine learning, and serverless computing capabilities.

Industry Applications

Programming underpins diverse sectors:

Finance: Algorithmic trading, blockchain, and fraud detection systems rely on high-performance code.
Healthcare: Machine learning models assist in diagnostics, while EHR systems streamline patient data management.
Automotive: Embedded software powers autonomous driving and vehicle diagnostics.
Gaming: Real-time rendering and physics simulations demand efficient coding practices.

Emerging fields like quantum computing and AI push programming boundaries, spurring innovation in tools and methodologies.

Scalability and Optimization

Writing efficient code is critical as systems scale. Techniques include:

Profiling and Benchmarking: Identifying bottlenecks to optimize performance-critical sections.
Concurrency and Parallelism: Leveraging multi-threading and distributed computing to improve throughput.
Memory Management: Minimizing leaks and fragmentation through disciplined allocation practices.

Common Challenges

Despite advancements, developers face persistent challenges:

Technical Debt: Accumulated shortcuts require refactoring to prevent deterioration in maintainability.
Security Vulnerabilities: Secure coding practices mitigate risks like SQL injection or buffer overflows.
Compatibility: Ensuring interoperability across platforms and devices remains complex.

The Future of Programming

Trends shaping the future include:

AI-Assisted Development: Tools like GitHub Copilot enhance productivity through code suggestions.
Low-Code/No-Code Platforms: Democratizing development for non-programmers while raising concerns about customization limits.
Quantum Programming: Emerging languages like Q unlock possibilities in cryptography and optimization.

The demand for skilled programmers continues to grow, underscoring the discipline’s pivotal role in technological progress. Mastery of programming principles empowers professionals to innovate, solve complex problems, and contribute to advancements that redefine industries. As new paradigms emerge and computing capabilities expand, the adaptability and creativity of programmers will remain indispensable in shaping the future of digital transformation.

To Wrap up

Coding is one of the most used things in the world. It is used for developing apps, software, websites and video games. It plays a crucial role in artificial intelligence and machine learning. Coding is a vital skill for IT students, offering academic, professional, and personal benefits. It sharpens problem-solving abilities, enhances technical knowledge, and expands career opportunities. Beyond technical advantages, programming encourages creativity, collaboration, and adaptability in a fast-changing digital landscape. By prioritizing coding proficiency, IT students position themselves for long-term success in the technology sector.

The post Computer Programming and Coding helps for IT Students appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Why do all the HTML errors seem to have some kind of vague number rather than a real definition of what just happened while you were trying to remove a website or upload your email? But numbers are commonplace, and discovering what is wrong with your computer requires digging deeper into our alternatives. Interestingly, many HTML errors such as 0x0 0x0 have the same causes or — at least — the same solutions.

List of common HTML Errors

Error 400

If you see a message like “400: Bad Request” or especially “HTTP 400 Error — Bad Request” you can trust what you see. The request that you requested was incorrect in some way. Typing a URL in your browser is a signal to a computer that you are requesting a page from another computer, or server. If something goes wrong with the URL you entered, it can not load and give you an error.

While typing is certainly a possible 400 error, it is also possible that the page you are trying to access has been deleted, the URL has been copied incorrectly or is missing important items. The website may also have been updated.

Error 401

“401: Unauthorized” means you are not the person the website was hoping to see when you tried to sign in. Mistake 401 is a simple mistake — the visible door has just been slammed into your face for website security. If you did not log in to a website that requires users to enter their username and password, you will see Error 401. If you tried to log in, but the web server did not detect you, you mistyped something or something unusual. twist of fate, you will not be allowed to continue and you will be looking down Error 401 again.

Error 403

Naughty into! If you receive an Error 403 message, it means you have tried to access the part of the website that is completely banned, banned. Who knows what the webmaster is trying to hide behind a brick wall you just hit, but one thing is for sure — you will not proceed with that particular URL. At least not yet.

You could be calling Error 403 rather innocently, of course, but you are typing something wrong with the URL or maybe you are trying to access the website at the wrong time of day. This error does not mean that you have done something wrong … unless you have done something wrong.

Error 404

You may see any number of different error messages 404, but they will all have something in the “Error 404: Page Not Found”. You will see an error message 404 if you are trying to remove a webpage that is not actually on the server.

In general terms, Error 404 is said to be your fault, but in reality not all Error 404 messages appear due to user error. Pages may be inferior to a website or you may be trying to access a page that the website owner has removed or modified, and no one can blame you for that.

Error 408

Error 408 is a frustrating stumbling block especially on the internet. Type the URL or click the link. And wait. And wait. Then the website returns the error rather than the site you are trying to access. This Error 408 — “You Have an End Time.”

If you submit a website request and it does not load fast enough, the server stops. Instead of loading the site in question, it coughs up an error. Sometimes a quick recovery is helpful, but sometimes a strong connection is needed. To refresh your browser, click the round arrow next to the address bar.

Fixing HTML Errors

While there are many numbers caused by various online errors 0x0 0x0 above, many will have similar or similar solutions. If you do not find the website you are trying to access, problem solving involves some form of ground piercing.

Check Internet Connection

Do a quick check that you are getting full internet access by removing the search page and looking for something random. If you get results and you can click on those sites, you can skip the wrong internet out of your list of potential problems. If you do not come across any new websites, you may do well to reset your route and restart your computer to make sure you are fully connected to the Internet.

Look at the obvious flaws

Look at the address you just typed in and look for obvious errors — long URLs are especially difficult to spell correctly. If you miss a single letter or dot, you will not go far. Also note, especially in Error 403 where the password will be encrypted, that you do not have Caps Lock unlocked. Also check that the Number Lock is set to the default setting. If you find a valid error, just fix it and try again. The solution may be quite simple.

Restart your computer

Although it is suspected that the Internet is giving you a problem, not your computer, it does not hurt to restart the computer. When you restart your computer it may update some important software or reset the connection to the router so that your internet can work faster or faster. It’s easy to fix, and it’s worth the few minutes it takes.

Update your browser

If you notice that you have a lot of internet problems and you see a few problems appear, check to make sure your internet browser is up to date. Your browser is probably set to update automatically as new versions become available, but if you stop updating or skip updates, you can get caught by going to Windows Update for Internet Explorer, and by going to the Firefox Toolbar. and Chrome.

Update plug-in

If your browser is completely up-to-date, check to make sure your most used plugins are up to date. Among the standard plug-in for websites are things like ActiveX and Flash. You can see the message on the website to update the plug-in or you can update this yourself by visiting the websites and downloading malicious applications to update or install the plug-ins. Firefox provides a plug-in test page here too for ideas on what might be causing the problem.

The post How to understand and Fix HTML Errors 404 or 401 or 403? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Are you in need of a skilled PHP developer for your next project? Look no further! In this article, we will explore the best marketplace to hire freelance PHP developers who can bring your ideas to life. Whether you’re a startup, small business, or an established company, finding the right PHP developer can be crucial for the success of your web development projects. We’ll discuss the benefits of hiring freelancers, the qualities to look for in a freelance PHP developer, and introduce you to Halogig.com, a leading marketplace for connecting businesses with top-notch PHP developers.

The Importance of PHP Developers

In today’s digital age, having a strong online presence is vital for businesses. PHP, a popular scripting language, powers a significant portion of websites and web applications. PHP developers play a crucial role in designing, developing, and maintaining websites, ensuring their functionality and performance. Hiring the right PHP developer can make a world of difference in the success of your online ventures.

Benefits of Hiring Freelance PHP Developers

Flexibility: Freelance PHP developers offer the flexibility to work on a project-by-project basis. You can hire them for short-term assignments or long-term collaborations, depending on your requirements.

Cost-Effectiveness: Freelancers often have competitive rates compared to in-house developers, making them a cost-effective choice for businesses with budget constraints.

Diverse Skill Sets: Freelance PHP developers bring a wealth of experience from working on various projects. They possess diverse skill sets and can adapt to different technologies and frameworks.

Quick Turnaround: Freelancers are accustomed to working on tight deadlines and can provide a quick turnaround for your projects, ensuring timely delivery.

Qualities to Look for in a PHP Developer

Strong Technical Skills: Look for PHP developers with a solid understanding of PHP frameworks, databases, and web development technologies such as HTML, CSS, and JavaScript.

Portfolio and Experience: Review the developer’s portfolio to assess their previous work and experience in projects similar to yours.

Communication Skills: Effective communication is crucial for successful collaboration. Ensure the developer has good communication skills and can understand your project requirements clearly.

Problem-Solving Abilities: A skilled PHP developer should be able to analyze and resolve technical challenges efficiently.

Introducing Halogig.com

Halogig.com is a leading online marketplace that connects businesses with highly skilled PHP developers. With a vast pool of talented freelancers, Halogig.com simplifies the process of finding and hiring the perfect PHP developer for your project. Whether you need assistance with website development, e-commerce solutions, or custom web applications, Halogig.com has you covered.

How Halogig.com Works?

Post your Project: Describe your project requirements and timeline on Halogig.com.

Browse PHP Developers: Explore the profiles and portfolios of PHP developers available on the platform.

Hire the Right Match: Select a PHP developer who best aligns with your project needs and budget.

Collaboration and Communication: Work closely with your chosen developer, provide feedback, and track progress through Halogig.com’s secure platform.

Project Completion and Payment: Once the project is completed to your satisfaction, release payment to the developer through the platform.

Why Choose Halogig.com for Hiring PHP Developers?

Quality Assurance: Halogig.com carefully screens and verifies the skills and expertise of PHP developers, ensuring you connect with top-quality professionals.

Seamless Collaboration: The platform provides tools for efficient collaboration, including messaging, file sharing, and project management features.

Secure Payments: Halogig.com ensures secure transactions, protecting both clients and developers.

Dedicated Support: Halogig.com offers dedicated customer support to address any queries or concerns you may have during the hiring process.

Wide Range of Expertise: Whether you require PHP developers with expertise in Laravel, CodeIgniter, or other frameworks, Halogig.com offers a diverse talent pool to meet your specific needs.

Pricing and Payment Options

Halogig.com offers flexible pricing options based on the complexity and duration of your project. The platform provides transparent pricing information, allowing you to make informed decisions. Payments can be made securely through Halogig.com, ensuring a hassle-free transaction process.

Conclusion

Hiring the right PHP developer is crucial for the success of your web development projects. Halogig.com provides a reliable platform for connecting businesses with highly skilled PHP developers. With a vast talent pool, seamless collaboration tools, and secure payment options, Halogig.com simplifies the process of finding and hiring the perfect PHP developer. Take your projects to new heights with the expertise of freelance PHP developers from Halogig.com.

The post Best Marketplace to Hire Freelance PHP Developers appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Custom Mobile Application Development is becoming more and more popular; according to surveys, they save workers 7.5 hours per week on average, and 82% of business owners think they’ve enhanced earnings. Custom mobile apps may be modified in part or entirely to suit your business’s requirements. Instead of offering a service that meets the needs of a vast population with a variety of requirements, these apps appeal to a specific target audience.

Many Business Advantages of Custom Mobile Application Development

Today’s firms of all sizes, whether small, medium-sized, or large businesses, can maintain their competitiveness and boost productivity thanks to customized business apps. Some of the most well-liked benefits of mobile application development for organizations include the following.

Enhances Effectiveness

Business applications work as a single, all-encompassing piece of software that can perform a variety of duties, obviating the need for several apps because they were developed with the needs of your firm in mind. Because they are made to fit your working style, these applications help increase employee productivity, which is great for businesses. provide high ROI scalability

Applications that are used frequently control a small number of resources and operations. These apps might not be able to handle the demand if your business were to expand.

Security of Data for Applications

Common business apps probably lack specialized security safeguards, endangering your company’s data security. Your data security system will improve if you have a custom app made just for your business since the needs of your business will be taken into consideration during the app development process.

Integrates With Existing Software

Your current software and typical business apps might work together without any complications. Because they are created concerning the business software you already use, custom apps are ensured to integrate correctly and operate without any issues.

Easily maintained

You run the danger of putting yourself in the hands of a dishonest mobile app developer if you use traditional apps for your regular business activities. You will need to locate a new app and stop using your existing one if the creator decides to stop supporting the app for whatever reason. You may take full control of your company app and stop depending on third parties by creating one.

Improves Consumer Communications

You can provide your present clients with real-time, customized updates on your goods and services with the use of customized business applications.

Allows data to be retrieved from new clients

You can gather crucial client data by including simple questionnaires and surveys in the custom mobile application. It functions as a covert method of data collection in addition to saving clients and staff time by removing the requirement for them to physically submit the papers.

Instantly permits projects access

Having quick access to all of your work documents is helpful when traveling. With a custom-created app for your business, you can effortlessly connect your phone and desktop and access all of your work-related data, projects, calendars, etc. Additionally, getting contracts and brochures that you can give to your clients is simple when you use specialized business apps.

Project management is simple

Project deadlines and progress can be tracked in real-time using customized apps that can be loaded. Updates can be sent following the conclusion of each project phase, maintaining the payment cycle.

Make digital records in support of accountability

You can quickly take notes on the phone for dictation if the ideas and thoughts are pertinent to your consumer. After then, these recordings can be immediately stored in secure locations and will only be visible to authorized individuals. By doing this, you may increase responsibility and offer better customer service.

During Custom Mobile Application Development, Consider the Following:

Bespoke app solutions must be thoroughly studied before being implemented due to the market environment, rapidly changing mobile platforms and the requirement for quick turnaround. Consider a few factors before building a unique mobile app for your business.

Faster Time to Market – For custom business apps to go to market quickly, they need to be inexpensive and produced quickly.

Greater Efficiency – The custom apps need to be modified and mended for greater efficiency to ensure that the final solution is successful and improves.

Many Network Compatibility – To ensure that the created app works properly on various networks in various regions, it must be tested for multiple operators.

Data security – Since the majority of apps are made to be used by many people, they need to offer strong authentication and secure data access.

Battery Life – Because people dislike apps that drain their batteries quickly, it is important to consider how the app affects battery life.

Impressive UI/UX – The custom app should have a lovely user interface and provide users with an excellent user experience.

Effective Data Synchronization – The application must be able to reliably and at the right frequency synchronize data with the server.

A streamlined communication channel, such as texting, WAP, or another protocol, must be available in the app.

Trends for Custom Mobile Application Development

Build Your App (BYOA) is a development of the bring your device (BYOD) idea as a result of the increasing consumerization of information technology. Although BYOA enables employees to use better work apps, it can also be seen as a huge security issue. Employees will use mobile or cloud apps if they have little control over how their data is stored, accessed, or used.

The post Custom Mobile Application Development benefits appeared first on OneStop Shop.

DevOps is a workflow that helps organizations deliver better software faster. In this blog post, we’ll explain how DevOps works and why it’s essential for any company to adopt the workflow if they want to compete in today’s technology market.

DevOps is a collaboration between development and IT operations

In practice, DevOps is a collaboration between development and IT operations. It isn’t a job title but a cultural shift focusing on breaking down silos between disciplines. DevOps is about collaborating closely with other teams to deliver better software faster; it’s about communication and automation.

In short: DevOps is about making software distribution easy for everyone involved (including the end-user).

Allows faster, more frequent deployments

Changing requirements, new ideas, and bugs are a natural part of software development. The more you deploy, the more likely you are to find something that needs fixing.

If your team can’t quickly deploy code changes without causing traffic jams in their production environment or incurring expensive downtime penalties from their cloud provider, they’ll be reluctant to experiment with new features.

The solution? Focus on improving the speed and frequency of deployments rather than trying to automate every step in the process (though automation is essential too).

Help deliver better Quality Software

One of the most critical aspects of delivering software is quality. The more you can automate your processes and improve consistency, the better your team will be able to deliver quality products.

In DevOps, it is common for an organization to build an automated continuous integration (CI) pipeline. This type of pipeline will automatically run unit tests and other types of test cases on a piece of code before deploying it into production.

It’s also possible for some organizations to automate their entire deployment process using Jenkins or Spinnaker by deploying each change with every commit in Git or GitHub repositories, respectively.

This approach helps ensure that developers aren’t making mistakes as they write code because they don’t need to remember what they did last week or what they did yesterday when writing new features or fixing bugs – everything comes from automation scripts at this point which is executed once every time changes are made in either repository owned by either customer/product owner or developer themselves.

Enables better communication and collaboration across teams

DevOps is a culture, not just a tool. The most significant value of DevOps is in the process and culture that it enables. It’s a culture where teams align to build high-quality software quickly, safely, and at a low cost by improving communication across organizational functions.

A strong DevOps team will help you deliver better software faster than ever before. Here are some of the ways that we’ve seen this happen:

It reduces the time to market for new features or projects.

You get more frequent feedback from users (and your competition) because your product evolves acceleratedly.
It increases quality as you’re able to implement more frequent automated testing cycles It decreases the time to market because you’re able to test and deploy changes more quickly.

It increases cross-functional collaboration across your organization.

Requires the right tools to be successful

To be successful, DevOps requires the right tools in place. You will need a change management system that allows you to keep track of all changes made to your software and their corresponding test results. You’ll also need monitoring tools that can alert you when problems arise and metrics systems that allow you to see how well teams perform against specific goals or benchmarks.

You’ll also want to ensure you have the right people on board—and no, we don’t necessarily mean developers or testers (although they are very important). We mean anyone who can help facilitate communication between teams so they can share information freely and effectively. This includes engineers from different areas such as QA, development, and infrastructure—and managers who understand how these roles fit together within the larger business context.

Finally, it’s vital for DevOps teams to adopt processes that make sense for their organization rather than relying on tried-and-true methods from other companies or industries because each one has its unique challenges; this is why it’s vital for organizations adopting DevOps practices​to define what those processes will look like beforehand so everyone knows what is expected of them before starting work each day.

Conclusion

We can’t talk about DevOps without mentioning the tools that make it possible. You can use several tools to automate tasks and improve collaboration between your teams, but some of the most popular ones include Jenkins, Puppet, and Chef.

The post How DevOps Helps deliver better Software? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Every front-end developer’s vision is to create a beautiful and versatile website design. Sadly, the procedure involves massive coding, which quickly becomes monotonous and time-consuming. The introduction of bootstrap revolutionized the concept of web designing in the industry. Bootstrap is used on around 12 million websites. It’s time to look into the reasons why you should check into Bootstrap.

Bootstrap

It is a robust front-end HTML, CSS and JavaScript CSS framework. It is free to use. This open-source toolkit includes code targeted to help in the front-end website development process.

Today, let us discuss 8 main reasons for using Bootstrap:

1. It saves time

Using numerous templates in a project takes a lot of time. Furthermore, even minor changes in the design lead to hours of manual updating on numerous web pages. Bootstrap includes pre-made templates and themes. You can select from it, or you can integrate input from other sources. Many developers follow this process. But if u want to make some unique website design, use your creativity and modify a few settings.

A little experimentation will help you create a unique website, which will be different from other Bootstrap-based websites.

2. It’s easy to use

Bootstrap is incredibly simple to use. It has a quick and simple setup procedure. Even beginners can install and use it easily. Even without a rudimentary understanding of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript, it can help you edit the code easily. Moreover, one can learn more from the documentation page for Bootstrap.

3. Responsive Grid-system

Bootstrap removes the overall CSS portion of the workflow and enables developers to utilize its grid system. It is a 12-column structure that helps in the easy development of your page. Beginners can also do it initially, without learning about floats or their peculiarities. Once you grasp the fundamentals of Bootstrap’s grid structure, you can easily adapt your site to tablets or phones. It will appear exactly like the desktop version.

4. Customizable

If you don’t like the default design template of Bootstrap, you can modify its CSS file. You can also merge it with the existent code to make their tasks support one another. This skill is very beneficial for developing a distinctive design for the website. This can be used for short project deadlines, without learning CSS from the beginning.

Bootstrap can be further customized with the customization document and you can design your custom template. You should also discover and delete any unnecessary plugins or elements that you will not need for your web project. There is a section where you can change the parameters of the variables to personalize your template.

5. Cross-Browser compatibility

Bootstrap flawlessly works with all recent editions of popular platforms and browsers. However, Bootstrap indicates that it does not support older or proxy browsers. But, this does not impact its presentation or functionality.

6. Maintaining Consistency

For a long time, discrepancies existed among the Front-end and Backend development staff. The designers of Bootstrap were searching for a way to maintain uniformity between them.

Therefore, Bootstrap removes the need for libraries, which are constantly different from one programmer to the next. Therefore, you can maintain the consistency of your project parts regardless of who is working on them. Consistency also extends to online display, which means you’ll observe a constant performance irrespective of the internet browser you are using for the application.

7. It is an open-source

Bootstrap is an open-source framework. Therefore, it is free of cost to download, use and alter. It also permits it to develop quickly with the support of over a thousand willing participants on GitHub.

8. It is Community-centered and provides abundant Resources

Bootstrap’s official website has a plethora of materials. Furthermore, some additional websites provide materials for the front-end development process. Furthermore, the official website provides excellent documentation. All of these can be utilized to easily develop a webpage. You also gain entry to their layouts and designs and customize them.

You can also explore materials on websites apart from Bootstrap. Then you can utilize them on projects that need their presence. Because the Bootstrap community is large, you can post a question if you are stuck in an issue while programming. You can get answers from the experienced developers, who had dealt with a similar problem when they were beginners as well.

Individuals of the Bootstrap community can present their projects on the Bootstrap Expo website. If you want to know how Bootstrap might help your project, you can explore this webpage as a source of knowledge.

Conclusion

We hope that this article has given you some ideas about the usability of bootstrap. It is easy to learn and developers can use it easily for short-deadline projects. We are a website design company in New York. Our expert developers can help you learn more about Bootstrap website development. Contact us to know more.

The post 8 Reasons for using robust Front-end JS Framework Bootstrap appeared first on OneStop Shop.

There are many technical factors to consider when selecting a database for such a major project, and if you’re eager to know a modern technology, you really have to know that it has momentum in the business so there are assets to help you develop as both a developer and operations expert. Here are several reasons why now is the best time to learn MongoDB. Moreover taking the MongoDB training is an added advantage for the professionals who want to explore this abruptive technology.

Well, before going to know about why one should spend more time on the MongoBD, you need to be aware of the few things listed below.

Let’s go through them one after the other.

What is MongoDB?

MongoDB is indeed a document database which is used to create robust and highly accessible web apps. It’s famous among agile methodologies teams because of its adaptable design approach. MongoDB presents an additional option for all popular languages: it is possible to start developing your project right away without having to worry about setting up a database.

MongoDB is an open-source documents system that allows a system to effectively store data and is based on a horizontally scale-out design. MongoDB, which was established in 2007, has a large development community all around the world.

Each entry in a Mongodb is indeed a document defined in BSON, a binary description of the information, rather than rows and even columns in the SQL database system. That data could then be retrieved in Json by programs.

The simple JSON file representing a historical character is shown below.

Code Style

Document databases are extremely adaptable, allowing for changes in document structure and the storage of incomplete documents. Others can be embedded in one document. Fields in a document are similar to columns in a SQL database in that they can be indexed to improve search performance.

MongoDB has been developed on a scale-out architecture since its inception, which allows many tiny machines to collaborate to create fast systems and process large volumes of data.

Modifications in documents as well as the preservation of unfinished documents are both possible with document databases. Others are incorporated into a single document. Fields inside a document could be categorized to enhance search efficiency, just like rows in a SQL database.

Since its beginning, MongoDB was already built on a scalability design, which enables many small computers to work together to construct fast platforms and handle enormous amounts of data.

MongoDB has also always emphasized providing an exceptional experience, which, together with its other capabilities, have earned this a favorite with designers globally for a variety of applications.

Why use MongoDB?

MongoDB is based on a scalability design, which has grown popular of all types for creating scalable systems with changing data schemas.

MongoDB makes it simple for programmers to manage data from multiple sources as a collection of documents. It stores documents in a JSON-like manner. Most high – level languages automatically translate this style to native entities, giving it a logical decision for programmers because they don’t have to worry regarding data normalization. MongoDB could scale vertically and horizontally to meet big data loads and therefore can manage enormous volumes.

MongoDB was created for web and commercial application developers that need to innovate swiftly and scale gracefully. MongoDB is used by businesses and software developers of all capacities for a number of purposes.

1. In any modern programming, the document database schema provides a powerful mechanism to keep and obtain data that allows developers to work rapidly.

2. MongoDB Atlas was accessible inside any significant public cloud (such as AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud), the Corporate Accelerated model is available in big data centers, as well as the open Platform version is freely available.

3. MongoDB provides a fantastic customer experience for programmers, who really can download it and continue writing code right away.

4. Completely scalable:MongoDB’s horizontally sized businesses architecture could handle massive data & traffic levels.

5. MongoDB does have a vast and well-developed platform environment. It features a global network of programmers and experts, making it simple to obtain assistance. It also provides enterprise-level assistance.

When designing application software that manages a range of data in a comprehensible way, MongoDB allows your organization to do more and quicker.

If you really need to: Enable a quick incremental approach, MongoDB seems to be a fantastic choice. Allow a huge handful of teams to collaborate. Adapt to large read and understand traffic volumes. Increase the amount of your data store. As the business evolves, adjust the distribution type. Text, geographical, and time information can be stored, managed, and searched.

MongoDB is developed as a business as the amount of use applications with all these qualities has increased.

Now we will explore the features and advantages of mongDB.

Features of the Mongdb

MongoDB is now one of the greatest popular databases in the industry since it is very effective for programmers to save, maintain, and recover information while using many programming languages designed apps.

Let’s have a look at the best five MongoDB features for the developers. They are:

Document-Oriented Systems Potential – MongoDB was the first of what are now known as Nosql systems, which arose as a result of RDBMS systems that rely on SQL failing to accommodate the complexity and fast design cycle required for modern systems.

Document-oriented systems such MongoDB, column databases, in-memory database systems, as well as other NoSQL technologies are included.

Records are saved in MongoDB as texts in compacted BSON files. The files could be downloaded in Json, that provides a number of advantages:

1. It is a natural way to store information.

2. It’s accessible by humans.

3. The single document could include both structured and unstructured data.

4. To store complicated data elements, nest JSON.

5. Because JSON seems to have a complex and adaptable schema, adding different fields is simple.

6. Like most programming, files correspond to objects.

JSON is a straightforward yet effective way to express and store information that most developers find simple to work with.

Perhaps most crucially, the database model is at the company’s hands. Even without assistance of a data analyst, developers alter and rearrange the database structure as the program matures. MongoDB could use schema verification to control and integrate structural changes of objects when necessary.

To handle additional data types beyond JSON, MongoDB invented the Binary JSON standard (BSON). The new layout enables for higher bandwidth extraction. BSON data may be accessed and indexed, which greatly improves efficiency. Text, numeric, geographic and incomplete indexing are among the sorting methods supported by MongoDB.

User Experience for Developers

MongoDB always has spent a great deal of time and resources checking to make sure programmers have a good time. MongoDB have ensured that perhaps the database could be used with a wide variety of content technologies, such C, C# /.NET, Objective – c, Go, Php, Html, PHP, Ruby, Java, Rust, Scala and Swift.

As even more enterprise customers have entered the MongoDB ecosystem, new capabilities have been developed to help corporate IT departments use and operate MongoDB. For clients who demand it, MongoDB also provides first-class assistance.

It’s simpler than ever before to utilize MongoDB using MongoDB Atlas, the dataset at the heart of the MongoDB Cloud. With some keystrokes just on the graphical interface, users may create a cluster and begin writing.

MongoDB Atlas helps programmers to really get started in either large public infrastructure right immediately and move on premises MongoDB installations to the clouds with ease.

MongoDB Atlas does have significant features such as:

1. Full-text searching using MongoDB Atlas Searching (enabled by Lucene web browser).

2. MongoDB Realm provides completely controlled back-end mobile services & online app development.

3. Developers can query and merge data saved in Atlas using information stored in Amazon Web services or other HTTPS stores using the MongoDB Atlas Centralized Repository.

Transactionality and Durability:

Because of MongoDB’s scalability architecture, that spreads tasks throughout many fewer (and less expensive) servers, you could create applications which can withstand traffic surges as your company grows.

MongoDB’s architectural advancements allow for huge reads & writes. The concept of workloads used by MongoDB remains at the center of these advancements, enabling clusters of data to really be kept together while being distributed along a set of servers. Many Database systems, on the other hand, employ a constrained scale-up design which relies on the creation of better and faster machines.

It’s customary to integrate objects inside objects when modeling information in MongoDB. Using MongoDB, something that used to require numerous operations in classic database systems are sometimes accomplished inside a single trade.

If necessary, MongoDB additionally allows database operations, which aggregate several database updates and enable them to really be performed or refused in a group.

Maturity of the System and Community:

MongoDB has only been around since 2006 which is used by hundreds of businesses for a variety of purposes. The system has indeed been enhanced to satisfy a vast number of additional requests as a logical outcome of that utilization level. Many large businesses really would like to make it simple to receive help with any tech which becomes the backbone of their operations.

MongoDB does have a huge and active development community in the active forum, academics, and even among technology providers and consultancy organizations all around the world.

When Can MongoDB Be Used?

MongoDB is indeed a general-purpose repository being used in a variety of fields to aid different applications such as gaming, retails and financial service, etc.. Because it handles long-standing obstacles in information design and system development, MongoDB has located a new home together in multiple organizations and roles. MongoDB is commonly used in the following scenarios:

Bringing together massive quantities of disparate data – If you’re combining dozens or hundreds of sources of data, the document’s model’s versatility and capability can help you generate a single continuous perspective in a manner which other systems can’t. When alternative databases had failed, MongoDB seems to have been effective in providing such initiatives to life.

Illustrating evolving complicated data structures – Document oriented allows documents to really be embedded to represent hierarchical structures as well as to accept data alterations over decades of documents. Geographic information formats, for example, are well accepted. As a result, the repository is more durable and doesn’t have to be rebuilt each time anything happens.

Data delivery for greater application – MongoDB’s scalability design can handle enormous amounts of information and operations. Due to the obvious way this was created, MongoDB gives a comprehensive path to scaling, unlike alternative systems which can either handle such scope or could only do so with massive amounts of technology and peripheral devices. MongoDB comes with built-in scalability.

Private or hybrid apps are supported – MongoDB could be designed to run as software installed or through MongoDB Atlas, a repository solution, on a laptop, a huge consortium of desktops inside a data center, or even in the cloud platform. Solutions that support all setup now and for the hereafter if you already have apps which need to operate anywhere they sound right.

Supporting collaborative and agile innovation – Developers are in charge of the data in document systems. Data is transformed into developer-friendly code. It is not the same as forcing programmers to adopt a bizarre framework that necessitates an expert. Document – oriented also enables the representation of the data to evolve as needs are adequately recognised. Cooperation and accountability enable one group to manage one element of a text while another manages another.

Advantages of MongDB

Because of its competitive advantages and full rich features set, mongodb is a preferred choice for the programmers and developers.Compared to typical database systems, MongoDB has a number of advantages:

Data framework for cloud-based applications – MongoDB isn’t just another database. That’s a comprehensive data infrastructure for applications. MongoDB Atlas, the company’s cloud solution, gives customers access to a wide range of applications that all work very well with your databases.

Document models that are adaptable – MongoDB’s document architecture makes it simple to define and manage practically every database schema. MongoDB’s BSON file type, which was inspired by JSON, enables users to still have entities with different layers of fields inside the similar collection.

MongoDB enables users to define precise schemas as well as and validate information. When faced with actual data and modifications in demands or environment, this adaptability is invaluable.

Data access that is broadly supported and code-native – To really get information in Object form in order to use in programmes, many databases required the usage of heavy wrapper including ORMs (Objects-Relational Mappers). MongoDB’s choice to save and visualize information in the document implies which you may use from any type of language, and also utilizing the native data formats.

Design that is adaptable to change – Whether you’re used to needing to shut down your website or app to modify the structure of your information, you’re in good fortune: MongoDB is designed for it.

We put much effort in designing an efficient understanding of the failures, however the databases are often the bottleneck. Changing schemas doesn’t need any interruption, so you could begin writing additional information to MongoDB anywhere at time while disrupting its processes.

Strong monitoring and query – What purpose seems to be a database when you can’t know what you’re looking for within it? MongoDB primarily intended to make information accessible and rarely needs join or transaction, but it’s capable of managing sophisticated queries.

With a limited line of descriptive code, you can search deeply into records and sometimes even operate complicated analytic pipelines using MongoDB Querying API.

Simple and cost-effective setup – MongoDB provides a variety of versatile options. By using MongoDB Atlas within the cloud, users can select the instance size which best suits your needs. One could also configure your clusters to expand autonomously as needed. This manner, you may keep your prices low while yet being capable of handling unexpected traffic spikes.

You could now establish a Serverless Database in addition to the financial flexibility of specialized clusters. Users would only be paid for the current consumption of these datasets, making it extremely adaptable and ideal for many low-consumption use cases.

Conclusion

MongoDB is indeed a general-purpose repository which can aid your software development operations in a variety of ways. With its scalable abilities and flexible design, it can assist you in creating potential opportunities. It has adapters with most programming languages as well as a big user base, making it a wonderful user experience. It can also be used with any of the main cloud providers.

Why don’t you give a quick start on this MongoDB Atlas right now? Because it makes complete sense to grow your career brightly.

The post Why you Should Spend more Time Thinking related to Mongodb Training? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

When looking for a business solution to help you launch a new business online or run an existing one efficiently, you should think of an e-commerce platform. A Microsoft e-commerce platform is a business solution suite built on ASP.NET architecture with a myriad of features to help entrepreneurs create online pages, add and edit products, sell to customers, and process payments, among other operations.

Reliable Microsoft e-commerce platforms may also separate the business front end and back end to promote more focus on customers and products. If you have heard of headless e-commerce, this is it. With this introduction, you now know some of the features to check for your business. But let’s discuss these more in detail.

Tools to Promote Online Business

The Microsoft e-commerce platform you choose should be equipped with tools to help you operate online. They include the following.

Web page creation tools – Whether you need to create a unique webshop or use existing markets, the platform you choose should facilitate this efficiently. On the same note, it should make it possible to produce descriptions, images, and change them without challenges.

Marketing tools – When you want to drive revenue to your business, you need to market the business efficiently. A good .NET platform should come with SEO and other marketing tools to promote the business efficiently.

Payment processing engine – Whether you are integrated with places or using any other webshop, it is the responsibility of the Microsoft e-commerce platform to help process payments securely and accurately. So, ensure that it has this feature.

These features perfectly suit Virto Commerce, which is an ASP.NET commerce platform that you may want to consider right now for your business.

Cloud-Based

Today, most businesses solutions are operated online. They are called cloud-based, which is where remote servers store the data and can present it via the internet anywhere in the world. An appropriate Microsoft e-commerce platform should function online and provide cloud-based solutions. With these, entrepreneurs can operate from anywhere using their internet-connected laptops, tablets, or mobile phones.

Integration

It is better when the Microsoft e-commerce platform you choose can work with other online solutions. This happens through integration, which gives you more features and tools to utilize. These could be markets, marketing platforms, or other partners.

If you happen to follow up on the integration, ensure that they add value to your online business. This means you should be able to access and utilize them as soon as you subscribe to the platform.

Data Processing Capability

We live in a world full of data. Any online business processes a lot of data every minute from customer buying habits to stocks and finances. A good Microsoft e-commerce platform should have the mechanism to collect, store, analyze, and report on data efficiently.

Luckily, all ASP.NET Microsoft e-commerce platforms are designed to handle a large amount of data, so they are efficient for any business. And since they are cloud-based, you can access the data securely from any location.

Conclusion

Even as we conclude, it is worth mentioning that the cost of subscribing to the platform is very important. All ASP.NET platforms are affordable because the programming architecture is also affordable. So, your main focus should be on the features we have discussed.

The post Microsoft E-Commerce Platform features for Businesses appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Windows Vista has been around since 2021, so if you want to learn how to update windows to 10, you’ll be going up against a lot of older computers that have already acquired this upgrade. If your computer is still on the XP operating system, it may be hard to imagine making any changes, but it’s easy to do. Even if your computer has a XP registry, which can be upgraded, you can still get this done relatively easily. It just requires some time and patience. In the end, it’s well worth the effort when you find out that your computer is faster and more secure. While doing this process if you are facing the error of [pii_email_c75373ce5b34bf577425] . Follow this mention instruction link.

The first thing you need to do to upgrade Windows to 10 is to clean up the existing registry. If you don’t know much about how the registry works, it’s basically a database where all the settings for your computer are stored. Every time you install or delete programs, change the control panel and add or remove hardware, you will make changes in the registry. Because all of these things happen very frequently, the registry can become somewhat unstable and corrupt over time. As a result, your computer might experience a wide range of problems, including crashes, slow performance and computer freezes.

How to update Windows to 10 is to use a registry cleaner program to scan through the registry and remove any outdated entries. You will also probably want to remove programs that you don’t use very often. Some of these may not even be used by the computer you’re using to upgrade Windows. There are many excellent registry cleaners available, and many of them are designed to be very easy to use.

Before you start the process, you should back up your computer. This will ensure that if something goes wrong, you can simply restore the backup. Even if you’re new to the process, you should read the manual carefully before starting it. Most programs are pretty straightforward to use, but there are a few basic ones that are less familiar than others.

You will need to access the Internet in order to download and run a program online. This program will look at your current system and determine which files and settings you need to remove and/or upgrade. Once the download is complete, you will need to run the program. It will then proceed to clean up your computer’s registry. This process normally only takes about 10 minutes or so.

Once the registry is cleaned up, you can then install the new software and restart your computer. The new program will install with your old settings and restore your computer to the way it was before you started the download. If there were any errors during the install, you will need to re-install the program. It should take about a minute.

The post How to upgrade Windows to 10? – A Simple Guide to run Smoothly appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Cross-browser testing verifies that a website or web application functions and appears appropriately across several browsers and platforms. With each browser manufacturer having a unique view of how a browser should operate, it’s only possible to guarantee that your site works well with a wide variety of browsers using cross browser testing automation tools.

Cross-Browser Testing – What is it?

A website is composed of several components, and each browser’s relationship with these components differs. For example, CSS might behave entirely differently in Mozilla Firefox than it does in Google Chrome. Additionally, design components might vary in size among browsers.

Cross-browser testing ensures that these components work flawlessly across all supported browser versions. You may use it to guarantee that HTML, JavaScript, Applets, AJAX requests, Flash, and web design components display and act correctly across all browser types.

Cross-browser testing’s primary purpose is to ensure consistency by enabling testers to identify problems that may prevent a site from showing or operating correctly across a range of screen sizes and browsers.

What is the Importance of Cross-Browser Testing?

Although it is a significant time sink for QA and professional developers, cross-browser testing is critical for providing the best possible user experience. As per Statista, 13% of respondents reported using the Opera browser to test their web applications in 2018.

Currently, when you compare multiple browsers, you’ll see that each one uses a different backend technology to render webpages. Cross-browser testing takes into consideration the distinctions between these technologies.

It requires modifications to the site’s code to enable it to adapt to different browsers. Additionally, it assists designers and developers in identifying faults that should be addressed immediately upon discovery.

Typical cross-browser compatibility concerns include the following:

• JavaScript implementations vary.
• CSS resets that have been missed.
• A mismatch between font size and picture orientation.
• HTML5 is not supported.
• Inconsistent alignment of pages.
• Incompatibility of the layout with the browser.
• Incompatibilities across frameworks or library versions, and more.

Cross-browser testing enables you to fix these and other issues before to formally releasing your website or web application.

Manual Testing

As the name implies, manual cross-browser testing is the practice of manually testing web apps without automated tools or scripts.

It’s a straightforward process for validating a feature’s functioning against business requirements and reporting software bugs/defects. Manual testing needs a significant amount of human labor.

Manual cross-browser testing requires testers to develop test cases and execute them manually. This is a lengthy and laborious process. Therefore, if we want to test a significant amount of functionality on the web across, say, 50 different web browsers, devices, and operating systems, manual browser testing is not the optimal way.

Automated Testing

Cross-browser testing via automation is more viable and efficient than human cross browser testing. A cross-browser automated testing tool can generate automated test scripts, execute the tests, and compare the expected performance.

Though the procedure is entirely automated, the initial test scripts are created manually. These scripts may then be used to execute many tests across several browsers.

The fundamental objective of automated browser testing is to finish the cross-browser testing procedure in the shortest amount of time possible.

When Should We Do Manual Browser Testing?

Each sophisticated skill or technology used in the software business offers several benefits and drawbacks. Along with its many advantages, automated browser testing has certain limits for testing specific situations.

The testing team must evaluate the constraints and problems of automated testing to determine when manual testing may be used. There may be several times when automation is available in an application, but it will be challenging to script. Under this scenario, manual browser testing is preferable.

Moreover, even with the most excellent automated testing tools and experience in writing automated test scripts, some modules in the program will not be automatable. CAPTCHAs, often used on e-commerce websites, cannot be automated (and should not be). As a result, manual browser testing is more appropriate in this case.

Complex functions in an application need the tester to delve deep and research the module, which demands a significant amount of time for scripting, which is why manual testing is the optimal technique in this case.

Manual testing may also be used to execute test cases involving UI (user interface) validations. Manual browser testing may be used to identify edge situations and conduct negative testing to understand your application better.

When evaluating the ROI, manual browser testing is preferable if the money invested in automation is not justified by the results obtained from tests.

Why Should you Opt for Automated Browser Testing?

Manual application testing is a significant challenge in the software business. One must develop specific tests for various combinations. Moreover, evaluating each variety is not only time demanding but also does not provide enough test coverage.

Since the introduction of automation, human effort in evaluating web applications has been cut by more than 70%. The remaining 30% of the effort is necessary to choose an efficient automation testing solution, write the initial test scripts, and then execute the tests using those automated scripts.

The post Importance of Automated vs Manual Cross Browser Testing appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Gradients are a prominent role in web designing for a long. But, its relevance has increased multiple times due to its simplicity and ability to appeal. Gradients compliments photos, visuals, background without any extra effort required. Gradients fit in themselves in all website parts. They are versatile and easy to use. Eventually, designers fall in love with gradients. It benefits web admins in different respects. Namely:

1. Attract more visitors with solid visuals.

2. Bind users for long by giving them emotional appeal.

3. Put more emphasis on certain website elements.

In the following sections, we’ll explore why is it so? Stay in tune for more details.

What are the reasons behind using Gradients?

The first question arises, what are gradients? Gradients are gradual movement from one color to another. It is like when we do painting, with intermixing two colors.

The intersection of two colors generates another color. In return, it leaves an entirely different effect on the minds of users. These are the main reasons:

1. Make Compelling Backgrounds

Backgrounds are influential in making web pages more attractive and expressive. Designers can use background colors for different purposes:
Let’s say there is a flow of text. In this, one section is on a serious note. So, dark backgrounds are effective. Gradient backgrounds create visitors’ visual interests. A gradual shift in hues and colors with one side dark and the other dark make compelling backgrounds.

2. Direct Eyes to move

Colors have properties that allow eyes to move from light to dark colors. It is easy to direct eyes from left to right and top to bottom. Accordingly, use gentle shifts in colors.

For example, the designer wants to emphasize the page center. Dark colors can merge in the center. It can start from light green at the top and darker green at the center. Similarly, you can use light blue from the bottom and royal blue at the center. Both color combinations will complete the design.

Otherwise, you can access web design services to create suitable gradients for your web pages.

3. Text Gradience

Text and gradients may seem to be an odd combination. But they look fantastic together. You can try:

1. It helps call attention to a word in the line. Rainbow and neon colors work well.

2. Useful for easily readable words with bigger fonts.

3. Give contrasting effects to the text.

If you’re making it more readable, it means your job is complete.

4. Gradient Patterns

Gradient patterns are highly effective in building a spotlight within site. These are the ones:

F Shape – It moves from left to right and top to bottom in the F shape. Usage of two to three will solve your purpose.

Radial – The radial pattern is a beautiful one. It starts from the center and spread across the web page.

Picking Colors – Picking colors could sometimes be challenging. It depends on how it suits. It can be as easy as picking adjoining or complimentary colors from the color wheel.

5. Inspiration from Nature

Nature is the best inspiration for choosing colors. Do you know nature plays with colors a lot? These are the instances:

1. Dawn and dusk are the intersections of several colors. When morning precedes, how yellow and orange start spreading all over. There are two shades on leaves: one dark and one light.

2. Designers need to be excellent observers. Some flowers are so beautiful that they start from darker hues like dark purple, light purple, and orange than yellow.

3. To convey brand stories, using nature color will convey the message by itself.

6. Highlight brand Colors

Color coverage is crucial for illustrating the value of your brand. Let’s say you’re building an “About Us” page, presenting your company, or creating office design.

You can use brand colors lavishly. It can form a significant part of your brand-related products or associated web elements, clothes, or anything.

Suppose you have two or three brand colors. Using their gradients will highlight your brand.

7. Trendy and Subtle Colors

Trendy colors keep on changing from time to time. But, they attract the attention of the target audience instantly. You can use them within the web elements. These are effective for festival season, trending topics in the market.

On the other hand, subtle colors go more towards serene products. If you’re launching services for serious events, subtle gradients could be the best partners.

Additionally, subtle colors add a dimension of depth. Angles like right can intensify the position of light colors. They are like pauses in a speech that enhances the effect of other colors on the website.

Conclusion

For takeaway, gradients can make a simple image an illustrative and interesting one. Gradients leave their effect on navigation, text, call to action, or highlighting a part of content. So, it is fun to experiment with gradients on different web page aspects.

The post Reasons behind using Gradients in User Interface Designing appeared first on OneStop Shop.

The user-friendly interface and application responsiveness of React library modules have attracted large companies and successful companies. In addition, ReactJS has strong community support and has made progress in technological innovation as a developer tool. Overall, ReactJS to ensure that the basics of the offshore React JS programmers team were able to meet unusual circumstances, and applied the right business networks and mobile development. Through the Java programming language, developers can use React.JS to develop digital application pages. Generally, ReactJS is a programming library used to develop user interfaces (UI) created in 2013. While integrating ReactJS into your Website you need to refer their JS library. Currently, ReactJS is a unique application for developers because the software contains compatible code that can be used by community developers.

These “components” are built using acceptable Javascript and HTML scripts, which make content management easier for ReactJS administrators. More specifically, the user interface equipped with ReactJS can organize the search bar, profile description, story and post list components.

In addition, a software development division has basic programming basics, you can experience the benefits of ReactJS services. Ideally, operators with conceptual knowledge of functions, objects, arrays, and classes, as well as Javascript and HTML experience, can use library modules for web and mobile application development more effectively.

By examining the advantages of ReactJS services, you can best reflect its advantages. Ideally, developers believe that responsive and secure library user interfaces are very valuable for web and mobile applications.

Most noteworthy is that ReactJS provides administrators with a system that has easy to use data for complex network and application development. Reasonably, virtual document object modifiers, interactive user interfaces, and high-level component organization separate ReactJS from other library servers.

To some developers ReactJS may seem complicated but the advanced ReactJS services makes it stand out of the competition. Controversially, ReactJS can illustrate the difficulty of developers in terms of versatility, feature installation and migration process.

Advantages include compatible writing components, duplicate system components, the Document Object Model (DOM), a one-way directional data and search engine optimization tools. Other benefits of ReactJS are several developer tools, error-proofing features, functional frameworks, community development, and reputable resources.

Advantages of Integrating ReactJS

ReactJS module for mass production proved effective website design with a compatible design.

Debug Extension

When developing web and mobile applications, React applications are compatible with debugging extensions to resolve unnecessary errors. ReactJS cooperates with other high-tech industries to provide users with extensions that can handle debugging functions quickly and easily. The extension is suitable for the user’s web browser to facilitate access and response.

App Compatibility

Unlike most front-end libraries, ReactJS provides application compatibility with two different versions. The web development version is “React”, and its mobile version is “React Native”, which is used for application development. In contrast, “React Native” mobile application development software shares key library components of its parent version. Feel free to consult or hire dedicated ReactJS developers.

User Promotion

Using familiar programming code, ReactJS is a simple user interface (UI) library. Combined, HTML and Javascript scripts are known as developer utilities and are compatible with most web browsers. Since it is an open source user interface library, most of the programming for application functions is easy to access for mobile and web developers.

Data Distribution

For programming purposes, developers can enter ReactJS code in a larger number of data sets. Similarly, this process is also called “one-way”. This data flow is correctly assigned functions in the main developer class to implement the appropriate application functions.

Fortunately, the input data function is easy to apply, and the placement of additional library scripts is listed in an easily accessible format. In addition, this method of data interpretation provides programmers with more debugging security and easier error identification. All in all, the application is easy to understand and can run more efficiently without having to deal with complex code sequences.

User-friendly Components

ReactJS library components are very useful for developers. A particular web application may contain many components, but entering and addressing data within a segment is simple.

In other words, this means that when developers browse ReactJS, users will gain greater data control. In addition, the component list can be reused, which enhances user-friendliness and saves time in developing applications.

Virtual DOM

Moving on, the front-end developer framework can make good use of tools such as Virtual DOM. The device promotes faster web applications through better content management. In detail, the system analyzes the components in mobile and web applications, and automatically improves and updates the components.

Unlike traditional data tools, this system is dedicated to handling components that need to be configured correctly to allow the application to execute correctly. The advanced features related to the Integrating ReactJS library illustrate its technical dilemma between different web and mobile applications.

Application Design

In addition, the ReactJS system enables users to use creative and functional mobile and web applications without complicated coding. These applications are simple to run and easy to read programs to enhance human readability and reliability within the code sequence.

Generally, framework design values ​​simplicity rather than creating programs and applications that may cause trouble for users in the future.

To Conclude

All in all, the internal functions of the library user interface are compatible with browsers shared by large companies, and are composed or organized code and pattern sequences to keep information protected and updated.

Compared with competitor’s library modules, ReactJS provides services for frequently updating its version, using recognizable programming languages ​​to simplify scripts and advanced configuration resources suitable for mobile and web development applications. In addition, the design of ReactJS ensures that developers use responsive and safe programming to write, edit and modify library components.

Author’s Bio – Nasrullah Patel Co-founder Peerbits, one of the leading offshore development team providers. He guided many companies to hire offshore remote developers team from Peerbits for their complex and customized projects. His years of hard work, dedication, and experience has helped him in developing profound expertise for a wide array of technologies, tools, and platforms. He believes in sharing his strong knowledge base with a learned concentration on entrepreneurship and business.

The post Benefits of Integrating ReactJS into your Website appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Inheritance is the Concept using which you can inherit properties and methods from one Class to another Class. The Class from which we will inherit properties or methods that is Called parent Class. Which Class inherit from Parent Class that is Called Child Class.

This relationship is Similar to Father and Son relationship. You must noticed in major Cases kid inherits properties depending upon his or her parents.

In below I am showing an example of Person and Teacher Classes. My Person Class is having First Name, Last Name, Age and Gender. As teacher as a person my teacher class inherits all the properties of my person class. Additionally I am adding Salary as a new property.

/*Constructor Class*/
function person(firstname, lastname, age, gender) {
this.name = { firstname, lastname };
this.age = age;
this.gender = gender;
};

Normally what we do, The time we Create the Class we design the properties and methods. Think once if we required some additional methods or properties to an existing Class without disturbing the Class, in this scenario prototyping is useful. Look at the below example here I am adding a greeting method to my person Class using Prototyping.

/*Prototyping Person Class*/
person.prototype.greeting = function() {
alert('Hi! I\'m ' + this.name.firstname + '.');
};

Here I am Creating an instance for my Person Class and Calling the method greeting.

var personInstance = new person("Bikash", "Dash", 27, "M", 20000);
personInstance.greeting();

In the below Code I am Creating the teacher Class by inheriting all the properties from Person Class. As the number of arguments known to me, here I used Call to bind person class properties to teacher class.

/*Teacher Class inherits from Person Class*/
function Teacher(firstname, lastname, age, gender, salary) {
person.call(this, firstname, lastname, age, gender);
this.salary = salary;
}

/*To assign Person prototype we have to Create Prototype for Teacher*/
Teacher.prototype = Object.create(person.prototype);
var newTeacher = new Teacher("Baby", "Roy", 26, "F", 30000);
alert(newTeacher.name["firstname"]);
alert(newTeacher.gender);

/*After Teacher.Prototype only this will work*/
newTeacher.greeting();

Here if we alert(Teacher.prototype.constructor); it will show Person Class Constructor. To display Teacher Class Constructor we have to execute the following line of Code.

Teacher.prototype.constructor = Teacher;

The post Example of Inheritance using Class, Prototype or Call Javascript methods appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Unless you have been living under a rock, the term ‘Big Data’ will sound familiar to you. This new buzzword which was coined back in the year 2005 by Oreily Media, is a technology associated with capturing, storing and analysing huge amounts of data sets and thereby extracting information out of same. As easy as that may sound, it requires an immense amount of knowledge and skill to analyze such huge chunks of data. There are big data certification courses which teach you how to effectively extract information from a given data set, utilising special tools and techniques. So if you are thinking of building a career as Big Data Developer, here are the top 7 options for you to consider:

1. Data Scientists

One of the most lucrative career options in the field of big data is becoming a data scientist. A data scientist can be thought of as a ‘king of data science’ who is responsible for mining data from numerous sources and then analysing the same to predict future behaviour. Working along with engineers, statisticians and other IT professionals their job is to identify trends and behaviours which give competitive advantages and hence help businesses flourish. A data scientist can earn anywhere between $89,000 – $100,000 depending upon skills and experience.

Preferred Skillsets – Critical Thinking, Proficient with mathematics, data analysis, risk management and business intuition

2. Data Engineers

One of the other high demand profiles in the big data field is that of a data engineer. A data engineer is responsible for developing and creating architectures which help store and transfer data from one source to other. Generally, a data engineer’s job is to design databases and systems where exabytes of data is stored and collected. They further design algorithms for collecting data as well as conduct quality analysis of the data. It is the system which these engineers build which the data scientists utilise for data analysis and capturing. A data engineer on an average can earn somewhere between $60,000 – $124,000.

Preferred Skillsets – Proficient with MapReduce, Mahout, MATLAB, Java, C++, SQL and other similar tools and languages.

3. Data Visualisation Developer

As can be deciphered from the name itself, a data visualisation developer’s role is to present data in a visual format where it is easy to understand and comprehend. A data visualisation developer often works closely with the data scientists and designs charts, graphs and diagrams using advanced development tools for example D3.js. This, in turn, makes it easy for clients to understand the trends and insights obtained from the analysis and gives them a good understanding of metrics they need to monitor and improve. Though the job sounds easy, it requires extensive technical knowledge and creativity. A data visualisation developer can make around $106,000 – $ 130,000 annually depending on their experience and skill.

Preferred Skillsets – Knowledge of design colour schemes, data-ink ratio, statistics

4. Business Intelligence Engineer

A business intelligence engineer is responsible for managing a data warehouse and at the same time helps turn the analysed data into critical pieces of information which help the businesses make sound decisions. They help create structures and reports of the data which help the decision makers know the key metrics where they need to make improvements and hence come up with strategic plans for business growth. A business intelligence engineer can make anywhere between $95,000 – $137,000 annually depending on skills and knowledge.

Preferred Skillsets – Business acumen, data analysis and modelling, proficiency with BI tools and software like MS Excel, SharePoint etc. Proficiency with relational databases.

5. Business Analytics Specialists

While some people argue that business analytics engineers are pretty much similar to business intelligence engineers, however, there lies a key difference between them. Compared to the business intelligence engineer a business analytics specialist is less involved in deep dive analysis of data and is more focused on the business side. A business analytics specialist utilises tools which interpret the data obtained from intelligence engineers and data scientists and based on these derive insights for business growth. A business analytics specialist can make around $77,000 – $ 130,000 annually and even more depending on the level of growth he can help an organisation achieve.

Preferred Skillsets – Strong interpretation skills, proficient in mathematics, domain expertise, knowledge of languages such as R/ Python etc.

6. Analytics Manager

An analytics manager is responsible for creating strategies and plans based on the reports obtained from business analytics specialists. They operate on relatively low volumes of data and are generally aligned towards the goals and growth of a single organisation. They come up with plans and strategies which helps companies achieve their target within deadlines at minimum cost and with the maximum possibility of profit. Analysing data and delivering results isn’t as easy as it seems and an analytics manager often spends weeks filtering data and coming up with accurate projections. They can make anywhere between $83,00 – $ 134,000 depending upon the country they work in and experience they possess.

Preferred Skillsets – Critical thinking, knowledge of mathematics, report writing and presentation.

7. Machine Learning Engineers

One of the newest career options in the big data field is that of a machine learning engineer. A machine learning engineer tends to possess knowledge of both machine learning as well as big data. They use this skillset of their’s to build solutions and systems which extract information and automatically derive insights from the same with minimum to no human intervention. These systems can thus run 24 hours and 7 days a week and have data being gathered and analysed in real time ensuring authenticity and accuracy at all instants. The solutions they build can be utilised in a single organisation to achieve growth, or they can be embedded a global repository which can be queried by those who need it. Being high in demand this career option pays between $90,000 – $ 140,000 even to freshers who have the required skills.

Preferred Skillsets – Advanced programming, statistics, data modelling, critical thinking.

There are many other similar career options which one can pursue in the big data field with a very fine line of differences between them. Once you complete the big data certification and have the knowledge as well as hands-on experience in mining, extracting and processing data, there is no limitation, and the chances of growth are tremendous.

The post Emerging Career Opportunities in Big Data Developer Techie Should know appeared first on OneStop Shop.

They say you can use a visual editor to develop an API, but it won’t always turn out as planned. The reason why they say this is that many if not most aspects of an API have less to do with visuals and more to do with functionality. Unlike consumer level software APIs are meant to deliver technology and resources to developers who may develop a system for the end user. So, the API does not have to look great, but it needs to perform above the mark in terms of speed, security, and overall functionality. That’s why you don’t need to know how to use a visual editor to know how to develop an API.

Your Development Language of Choice

What development language would you like to use for your API? Well, that question is actually rhetorical because the choices are few. Ideally, you’ll want to know JAVA, but if you don’t, there are only a few other choices. However, none of them measure up as good as knowing Java. That’s why it would be a good idea to learn it before moving further with learning how to develop APIs.

Work your Way through Samples and Examples

The best way to learn how to develop any API technology including REST is through examples. The more you practice with examples, the better you will become. Not to mention the fact that you’ll also stumble on to more than one way to achieve the same outcome. Any good developer knows that there is more than one way to achieve a goal that said each aspect has its own pros and cons. So it’s important that you weigh them in before deciding on a particular method.

Learn API Documentation

A big part of developing an API is documentation. Many people may learn how to develop an API by watching tutorials, but they have no idea how to document it. In practice, documentation is a big part of making it as an API developer. If you have any aspirations to publish APIs, then you should focus your attention as much as if not more on documentation.

API documentation is tedious but worth the effort considering how well it can help you fare in the long term.

Introduction to APIs

An Application Programming Interface (API) is a set of protocols, tools, and definitions that allows different software applications to communicate with each other. APIs act as intermediaries, enabling seamless data exchange and functionality between disparate systems. They are the backbone of modern software, powering everything from social media platforms to financial services.

APIs come in various forms, including web APIs (such as REST and GraphQL), operating system APIs (like Windows API or POSIX), and library-based APIs (such as Java’s JDBC). Understanding how APIs work is essential for developers, product managers, and even non-technical professionals who interact with software integration.

Why Learn API Development?

API development is a critical skill in today’s technology-driven world. Here’s why learning it is beneficial:

1. Interconnectivity – APIs allow applications to share data and functionality, reducing redundancy and improving efficiency. 2. Career Opportunities – Proficiency in API development is highly sought after in industries ranging from fintech to healthcare. 3. Scalability – Well-designed APIs enable applications to scale by allowing modular development. 4. Innovation – APIs facilitate third-party integrations, fostering innovation and expanding product capabilities.

Types of APIs

1. REST APIs Representational State Transfer (REST) is the most widely used architecture for web APIs. It relies on HTTP requests (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE) and uses JSON or XML for data exchange. REST APIs are stateless, meaning each request is independent, improving scalability.

2. GraphQL APIs Developed by Facebook, GraphQL allows clients to request only the data they need, reducing over-fetching. Unlike REST, which exposes multiple endpoints, GraphQL uses a single endpoint with a flexible query language.

3. WebSocket APIs Unlike REST, WebSocket enables real-time, bidirectional communication between clients and servers, ideal for chat apps, live updates, and gaming.

4. gRPC APIs gRPC is a high-performance RPC (Remote Procedure Call) framework that uses HTTP/2 and Protocol Buffers for efficient communication between microservices.

Guru Tutorials Only

Would you learn how to drive a car from someone who is a newbie him or herself? Or cooking for a newbie chef? That’s right you won’t waste your time or effort. So, it is always a good idea to leverage the power of a professional tutorial. The more professional and expert a tutorial is the more you will benefit from it. Not to mention you’ll learn a lot from it too.

Understand what’s Going On

As an API developer or someone who aspires to become one, it takes time to understand what’s going on. So, keep in touch with the community via Github, and play around with examples. A few hours of practice a day can go a long way.

Steps to Develop an API

1. Define the Purpose Identify what problem the API will solve and outline its core functionalities.

2. Choose the Right Technology Select an architecture (REST, GraphQL, etc.) based on scalability, performance, and use-case requirements.

3. Design the API Plan endpoints, request/response structures, and authentication mechanisms using tools like Postman or Swagger.

4. Implement the API Develop the API using a programming language (Python, JavaScript, Java, etc.) and a framework (Flask, Express.js, Spring Boot).

5. Test the API Perform unit, integration, and load testing to ensure reliability. Postman and Jest are useful for testing.

6. Deploy and Monitor Host the API on cloud platforms (AWS, Azure, Heroku) and monitor performance using tools like New Relic or Prometheus.

Best Practices for API Development

1. Keep It Simple – Follow RESTful principles for clarity and consistency.
2. Versioning – Use versioning (e.g., `/v1/users`) to manage changes without breaking existing clients.
3. Error Handling – Provide meaningful error messages and status codes.
4. Caching – Implement caching to reduce server load and improve response times.
5. Security – Use HTTPS, validate inputs, and sanitize data to prevent attacks like SQL injection.

Common Challenges

– Performance Bottlenecks – Poorly optimized queries can slow down APIs.
– Scalability Issues – APIs must handle increased traffic without downtime.
– Security Vulnerabilities – APIs are common targets for cyberattacks.
– Documentation Gaps – Inadequate documentation hinders adoption.

Conclusion

Learning API development is an invaluable skill in the digital age. By understanding different API types, mastering core concepts, and following best practices, developers can build efficient, scalable, and secure APIs. Whether for personal projects or enterprise solutions, APIs bridge the gap between systems, unlocking endless possibilities for innovation and collaboration.

The post Tutorials for Learning API Development using a Visual Editor appeared first on OneStop Shop.

C is definitely one of the most popular programming languages out there, and it is also one of the easiest. But that doesn’t mean that there aren’t things that people can find out to be quite troublesome. C was designed to be as close to the machine as possible, without being dependent on a particular architecture. It was initially designed by Dennis Ritchie to reimplement the UNIX operating system and as such works quite closely to the underlying machine. You can check out best C tutorials on Hackr.io to learn C programming. Learning C is smooth journey, however, there are a few things that are quite difficult to master in C Language.

Let us look at the topics that cause a problem for most students and try to understand what these are.

1. Arrangement of Data in Memory

Memory alignment refers to the arrangement of data in memory. It deals with the issue of accessing the data and dealing with them as units of information available from the main memory. It needs to be understood that the main memory is a contiguous block of memory, each having a fixed number of bits. The location of the address can access the data which is represented by this fixed number of bits. Thus these addresses are the smallest units of memory that can be manipulated by the user through his program. In C, the programmer has to deal with functions like memse_16aligned and posix_memalign. Most people do not understand the entire concept.

2. Function Pointers in C Programming

Another confusing thing in C is the concept of function pointers. It is possible in C to define and use function pointers, i.e., the pointer variable can be created that point to functions. These function pointers can be declared, and values can be assigned to them in the form of functions. They can then be used to access the functions they point to. Most students get confused about how these functions are invoked and used. Even their declaration often becomes an issue. Though most people tend to skip it, the library function of C recommends using them.

3. Pointer Arithmetic

Many people cannot even distinguish between a pointer to a constant value and a constant pointer, let alone understand the concepts related to pointer arithmetic. Many people try not to mess up with pointers and try to leave them out altogether. That is why people often find it easier not to use pointers at all and instead use just the variables. But this is not possible at all times. Many programmers who use C are unaware of keywords like restrict. Many even do not understand the use of void pointers even after using C for years.

4. Buffer Overflow

Programmers also find it confusing to understand the concept of the buffers. Many do not understand how gets() is different from getline(). Also, the concepts of flushing input and output streams seem complicated to most people who work in C. There is also the confusion between getchar_unclocked and getchar. Many people are used to writing programs without even considering that there could see a possibility of buffer outflow. All this shows how things can get confusing in C.

5. Variable number of Arguments

Most of the C programmers do not get how a variable number of arguments can be passed through a function. This is referred to as a form of polymorphism in languages that support an object-oriented paradigm. Even though people can see how popular functions like the printf and scanf take a varying number of arguments, people cannot implement the same in their code. This shows how simple things can get pretty complicated in C.

6. Cache Effects

Programmers also do not understand the cache effect in C language. A particular piece of code might be slower than the other because of cache stores contiguous values. Since C lies so close to the underlying machine, it has a significant impact on the programs that are run. The effect of cache becomes even more pronounced in algorithms that involve matrices or linear algebra. There are libraries like CBLAS that leverage cache effectively.

7. Memory Management Tricks in C Programming

Memory management is one of the biggest issues that programmers probably face in C. There needs to the constant care taken about the memory leaks and the dynamic allocation. The difference between malloc, calloc, and realloc needs to be understood as well. Most programmers find it difficult to use these functions and create programs that run smoothly on all systems.

8. Goto and Label

Most people do not use statements like goto and label. These features can be used with a lot of effect in different situations. People avoid it because the incorrect usage often leads to bugs. It is not a big thing to worry about though. Many advanced programmers consider this breaking of flow, not a good technique and ask people to avoid using it.

9. Macros and Preprocessor in C Programming

These are some of the coolest things that can be found in the C language. But the problem is that most people do not understand how to use them and cannot even write proper syntaxes for them. If a function can be converted into a macro, it will reduce the running time by a large margin. There are pre-processor directives that can be used anywhere within the file. Not only that, there are nested directives as well. This helps to prevent header files from being included multiple times. There is also the option to define and use environmental variables (or constants) that can optimize certain bits of code.

There are lots of other things that needs mention as well. One of these is the range of values in the switch case. Ignoring inputs in scanf is also another thing that most people have not even heard of. There are also lots of small details in C that people have overlooked somewhere along the way and could play an important role in various pieces of code. Another thing that should be mentioned is the undefined behavior in C that students often do not know about. Many people thus misinterpret how the operations work. The sequence point is one of those topics in C that get encountered rarely and cannot be easily understood. There are undefined behaviors of C that depend on the underlying architecture.

The post Macros or Function Pointers like 9 Challenging topics in C Programming appeared first on OneStop Shop.

UX Design is User Experience Design and UI Design is User Interface Design. These elements are vital to a product. They also work closely together. User interface tends to be those series of screens, visual elements, as well as pages, for instance, buttons and icons, which you employ to interact with some device. User experience is the internal and personal experience which an individual has when they interact with all parts of a company’s services along with products.

It is necessary to differentiate the total user experience, mainly from the user interface, despite the fact that the UI is a really vital area of the design. An example includes Google. When considering its interface, it tends to be simple. The UI is simply a logo, a search bar, some limited buttons, plus a search result page. Imagine if you searched for something on Google and it took about 15 seconds to appear, therefore you will not immediately receive an answer. If the interface remained the same despite this, one’s experience with Google would change.

Let us look at the differences between UI and UX design

UX is concerned with the user’s journey in figuring out an issue whilst UI focuses on the way a product’s surfaces look plus function.

UX design tends to be focused on anything which impacts a user’s journey to figure out a problem, this can be positive or negative, moreover both on-screen and also off. When you consider UI design, this focuses on how the particular product’s surfaces look as well as function. UI tends to be only part of that journey.

Concerns of a UX designer with those of a UI designer

A UX designer concerns themselves with the conceptual parts of the design process whilst the UI designer concerns themselves on the more tangible areas. The UX designer possesses deep skills when it comes to strategy, research, information architecture as well as interaction design, only web design premium packages include good UX design. When it comes to the UI designer, they possess skills in interaction design as well. Nevertheless, their focus is more towards factors such as information design, motion design along with the brand.

UI and visual design – UX and complete Experience

UI is generally concerned with visual design plus information design, particularly around screens. But UX is concerned with the full experience, in fact, it may not be concerned at all about the screen.

UI and UX connection to the products

UI is said to be focused specifically on the product. This is a series of snapshots precisely in time. Whilst UX concerns itself on the user along with the journey they have through the product. The UI is the specifics of screens, it focuses on labels, structure, visual style, and moreover guidelines. The UX tends to be the path specifically through a product, it escapes the screen moreover articulates the user’s journey along with motivations. It justifies why things are present in the UI. It also tells why they are not there. The UI handles constraints, whilst the UX challenges them.

The post Look at the Differences between UX designer and UI designer appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Among several advanced features of AngularJS, Directive is a major Chapter. Using Directive we can reuse our Codes like a widget. Directive comes with many Directive Definition Objects (DDO). From them restrict is one. Using restrict option inside a Custom Directive we can prevent the access level of Directive for Element(E), Attribute(A), Comment(M) or Class(C).

For an example if you want to use your Custom Directive only like a element in view (<elem-attr-directive></elem-attr-directive>) then while creating the Directive pass the restrict option E (restrict: “E”). Similarly if you want to restrict the use of directive like an Attribute then you can pass A in place of E or else if you want your directive to be used like an element or attribute you can pass AE together (restrict: “AE”).

To make your vision clear in below I am sharing an example using restrict option inside Custom Directives. In this demo app I created 3 Custom Directives. The first one is restricted to use like Element or Attribute. The second one “customColor” directive is restricted to use like Class and the third one “commentDirective” is a directive to use during Comments.

Notice Carefully, depending upon the restrict option, structure of each directive is different. The first on “elemAttrDirective” is restricted to use like an Element or Attribute. The cause it’s having template option. Using template here I am showing a line of text followed by H1 tag. Where in my second directive “customColor” I am finding the HTML Elements from DOM using link function and then applying CSS Style as this directive is restricted to use like a Class. Similarly in “commentDirective” I am using template and replace option to rewrite the Comment while using in view. Make a note while using a directive which is restricted to use in Comment block you have to put you directive name followed by “directive:”.

Using restrict option in AngularJS Custom Directive

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<script src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.6.4/angular.min.js"></script>
</head>

<body ng-app="DemoApp">

<!-- In view of using restrict option for Element(E) -->
<elem-attr-directive></elem-attr-directive>

<!-- In view of using restrict option for Attribute(A) -->
<div elem-attr-directive></div>

<!-- In view of using restrict option for CSS Class(C) -->
<div class="custom-color">This is a Class based Custom Directive in AngularJS</div>

<!-- In view of using restrict option for Comment(M) -->
<!-- directive:comment-directive -->

<script>
var DemoApp = angular.module("DemoApp", []);

/* Always declaring directive name using Camel Case */
DemoApp.directive("elemAttrDirective", function() {
return {
restrict: "AE",
template: "<h1>This line is from Directive using restrict option AE.</h1>"
};
});

DemoApp.directive("customColor", function() {
return {
restrict: "C",
link: function(scope, element, attrs) {
element.css("color", "#FF0000");
}
}
});

DemoApp.directive('commentDirective', function() {
return {
restrict: 'M',
replace: true,
template: '<div>This line is from "commentDirective" Custom Directive.</div>'
};
});
</script>

</body>
</html>

The post How to use restrict option in AngularJS Custom Directive? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Gridview is an awesome Control to display data in Tabular shape. Let’s assume while displaying records in a Gridview Customer wants to re-order the records. In such scenario row Drag and Drop feature works great. In back-end to maintain Order of records here I am with a column in Excel. Using order by with a SQL query I am displaying the records in Sequence.

Understanding Drag and Drop Functionality

Drag and drop is an intuitive user interface feature that allows users to move or reorder elements by clicking, holding, and dragging them to a new location. This functionality enhances user experience by simplifying interactions, reducing the need for manual input, and improving efficiency.

In this example I am with a Gridview control “gvLocations”. Which displaying data from an excel file using OLEDB connection. Code for Gridview is as below.

Gridview

<asp:GridView ID="gvLocations" runat="server" AutoGenerateColumns="false">
<Columns>
<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Id" ItemStyle-Width="30">
<ItemTemplate>
<%# Eval("ID")%>
<input type="hidden" name="LocationId" value='<%# Eval("ID") %>' />
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:BoundField DataField="Location" HeaderText="Location" ItemStyle-Width="150" />

<asp:BoundField DataField="Order" HeaderText="Order" ItemStyle-Width="100" />
</Columns>
</asp:GridView>
<br />
<asp:Button Text="Update Preference" runat="server" OnClick="UpdatePreference" />

To implement Drag and Drop over a Gridview. In the below section I am using jQuery. To add this in your app, embed the jQuery library files in your app and Copy the below JQ Function to the header part of your aspx page.

Drag and Drop using Jquery

<script type="text/javascript" src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.8.3/jquery.min.js"></script>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jqueryui/1.8.24/themes/smoothness/jquery-ui.css" />
<script type="text/javascript" src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jqueryui/1.8.24/jquery-ui.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript">
$(function () {
$("[id*=gvLocations]").sortable({
items: 'tr:not(tr:first-child)',
cursor: 'pointer',
axis: 'y',
dropOnEmpty: false,
start: function (e, ui) {
ui.item.addClass("selected");
},
stop: function (e, ui) {
ui.item.removeClass("selected");
},
receive: function (e, ui) {
$(this).find("tbody").append(ui.item);
}
});
});
</script>

In Code behind I am 3 subroutines BindGrid, UpdatePreference and UpdatePreference with different signature. Whie page load if page is not postback I am calling the BindGrid() subroutine. Which help to display records in the Grid. Drag and Drop happening using the above Jquery Code. Now after re-ordering while I am updating the Excel. For this I have a button “Update Preference” in my aspx page. Onclick of this button I am calling UpdatePreference() subroutine. From 2 UpdatePreference() subroutine first one is responsible to extract id and order. Then from this I am calling the another UpdatePreference(locationId, order). Which updating records in Excel File using the Loop defined at UpdatePreference.

Code-behind

Imports System.IO
Imports System.Data.OleDb
Imports System.Data
Imports System.Configuration

Partial Class _Default
Inherits System.Web.UI.Page

Dim FilePath As String = "C:\Users\biswabhusan_panda\Documents\Visual Studio 2013\WebSites\KShop\Files\temp.xlsx"
Dim Extension As String = ".xlsx"

Dim ConStr As String = ConfigurationManager.ConnectionStrings("ConnString").ConnectionString()

Protected Sub Page_Load(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles Me.Load
If Not IsPostBack Then
Me.BindGrid(FilePath, Extension)
End If
End Sub

Private Sub BindGrid(ByVal FilePath As String, ByVal Extension As String)

ConStr = String.Format(ConStr, FilePath)

Dim connExcel As New OleDbConnection(ConStr)
Dim cmdExcel As New OleDbCommand()
Dim oda As New OleDbDataAdapter()
Dim dtbl As New DataTable()

cmdExcel.Connection = connExcel

'Get the name of First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

Dim dtExcelSchema As DataTable
dtExcelSchema = connExcel.GetOleDbSchemaTable(OleDbSchemaGuid.Tables, Nothing)
Dim SheetName As String = dtExcelSchema.Rows(0)("TABLE_NAME").ToString()

connExcel.Close()

'Read Data from First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

cmdExcel.CommandText = "SELECT * From [" & SheetName & "]"

oda.SelectCommand = cmdExcel
oda.Fill(dtbl)
connExcel.Close()

'Bind Data to GridView 
gvLocations.DataSource = dtbl
gvLocations.DataBind()

End Sub

Protected Sub UpdatePreference(sender As Object, e As EventArgs)
Dim locationIds As String() = (From p In Request.Form("LocationId").Split(",") Select p).ToArray()
Dim order As Integer = 1

For Each locationId As Integer In locationIds
Me.UpdatePreference(locationId, order)
order += 1
Next

Response.Redirect(Request.Url.AbsoluteUri)
End Sub

Private Sub UpdatePreference(locationId As Integer, order As Integer)

ConStr = String.Format(ConStr, FilePath)

Dim connExcel As New OleDbConnection(ConStr)
Dim cmdExcel As New OleDbCommand()
Dim oda As New OleDbDataAdapter()
Dim dtbl As New DataTable()

cmdExcel.Connection = connExcel

'Get the name of First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

Dim dtExcelSchema As DataTable
dtExcelSchema = connExcel.GetOleDbSchemaTable(OleDbSchemaGuid.Tables, Nothing)
Dim SheetName As String = dtExcelSchema.Rows(0)("TABLE_NAME").ToString()

connExcel.Close()

'Read Data from First Sheet
connExcel.Open()

cmdExcel.CommandText = "UPDATE [" & SheetName & "] SET Order='" & order & "' WHERE ID=" & locationId & ""
cmdExcel.ExecuteNonQuery()
connExcel.Close()

End Sub
End Class

Web.Config

<connectionStrings>
<!--<add name ="Excel03ConString" connectionString="Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source={0}; Extended Properties='Excel 8.0'" />-->
<add name ="ConnString" connectionString="Provider=Microsoft.ACE.OLEDB.12.0;Data Source={0}; Extended Properties='Excel 8.0'"/>
</connectionStrings>

Common Challenges and Solutions

1. Performance Issues with Large Datasets For grids with many items, consider:

– Virtual scrolling to render only visible items.
– Debouncing drag events to reduce unnecessary re-renders.

2. Cross-Browser Compatibility Test the implementation across browsers and use polyfills if needed for older versions.

Use Cases

1. Content Management Systems: Reordering images or articles in a gallery.
2. Task Management Apps: Prioritizing tasks by dragging them up or down.
3. E-Commerce Platforms: Rearranging product listings.

Conclusion

Implementing drag and drop in a GridView enhances usability by allowing users to intuitively rearrange data. By following the steps outlined above, developers can create a seamless and interactive experience. Proper handling of events, styling, and persistence ensures the feature works reliably across different platforms and devices. With these techniques, you can build dynamic applications that improve user engagement and efficiency.

The post How to Rearrange Rows in a Gridview using Drag and Drop? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Early to the age of responsive Frameworks to develop a responsive web-page we required to plan for various resolutions and devices. Practically which is a critical challenge for developers. Looking into this year back some organizations come up with “RWD Framework”. Such as BootStrap or Foundation. Using these frameworks now it is a fun to develop a responsive web-page.

Foundation is a bundle of HTML, CSS and JavaScript files. Using Foundation in less of time we can design amazing responsive web-pages. Foundation works on multiple devices like Laptop, Mobile, Tablet or iPad. Using this Front-end Framework developers can create web-pages ensuring a smooth experience no matter the device.

Getting Started With Foundation

The Framework Foundation is easy to learn and install. Foundation works with SASS. Before we will jump to discuss more about the anatomy of Foundation. Let you know “Looking into the purpose of use Foundation is divided into 2 types “Foundation for Site” and “Foundation for Email”.

Foundation for Site: This package is a best tool for UI designers. Foundation for Site includes HTML, CSS and JavaScript. Using this you can create any kind of awesome web-pages. The CSS file comes with Foundation in rich with many useful in-built CSS Classes. Which saves time to develop responsive web-pages.

Foundation for E-mail Templates: Similar to “Foundation for Site” Foundation for Email designed to create responsive browser friendly email templates. Using this you can easily create any custom responsive emails that work on every device, even in Outlook.

Hello World!

To start with Foundation you required to download the JS and CSS libraries. Download the latest version of Foundation from http://foundation.zurb.com/sites/download.html/. Then unzip the downloaded folder. Add the folder to the root folder of your web application.

To embed Foundation CSS and JS files use link and script tag respectively. Look at the demo app how I implemented Foundation in my first “Hello World!” App.

<!doctype html>
<html class="no-js" lang="en">
<head>
<meta charset="utf-8" />
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0" />
<title>Hello World!</title>
<link href="https://cdnjs.cloudflare.com/ajax/libs/foundation/6.3.1/css/foundation.css" rel="stylesheet" />
<script src="https://cdnjs.cloudflare.com/ajax/libs/modernizr/2.8.3/modernizr.js"></script>
</head>
<body>
<h3>Hello World!</h3>
<div class="row">
<div class="large-12 columns">
<label>Input Label</label>
<input type="text" placeholder="large-12.columns" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="large-4 medium-4 columns">
<label>Input Label</label>
<input type="text" placeholder="large-4.columns" />
</div>
<div class="large-4 medium-4 columns">
<label>Input Label</label>
<input type="text" placeholder="large-4.columns" />
</div>
<div class="large-4 medium-4 columns">
<div class="row collapse">
<label>Input Label</label>
<div class="small-9 columns">
<input type="text" placeholder="small-9.columns" />
</div>
<div class="small-3 columns">
<span class="postfix">.com</span>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="large-12 columns">
<label>Select Box</label>
<select>
<option value="husker">Husker</option>
<option value="starbuck">Starbuck</option>
<option value="hotdog">Hot Dog</option>
<option value="apollo">Apollo</option>
</select>
</div>
</div>
<script src="https://cdnjs.cloudflare.com/ajax/libs/jquery/3.1.1/jquery.js"></script>
<script src="https://cdnjs.cloudflare.com/ajax/libs/foundation/6.3.1/js/foundation.js"></script>
<script>
$(document).foundation();
</script>
</body>
</html>

Prototype to Production

Off course you can design any custom HTML template as per your requirement. But itself Foundation provides awesome optimized HTML Templates. Rather wasting time to start from scratch, take the benefit of these free templates.

The post Getting Started with Advanced Responsive Front-end Framework – Foundation appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Whether in a banking application or a job portal every where we required to authenticate user before allowing access. Or else Spam user can destroy our properties. In the login mechanism of ASP.NET using Form Authentication we can validate an user. During Forms Authentication ASP.NET authenticates user and maintains authentication token in a cookie for next consecutive actions. During page request the cookie travels with URL. In a ASP.NET page cycle Form Authentication participate through the FormsAuthenticationModule class.

To implement Form Authentication first you required to update you web.config file with the following line of Codes. In forms tag set loginUrl property value to Login page file path. Then to block anonymous users from unknown login set Authorization to deny All. Syntax for deny all is <deny users=”?” />.

Web.Config

<system.web>
<authentication mode="Forms">
<forms loginUrl="login.aspx" name=".lgnConfig">
</forms>
</authentication>
<authorization>
<deny users="?" />
</authorization>
</system.web>

In Login.aspx after validating user credentials, redirecting the logged user to default page using “RedirectFromLoginPage” method.

Login.aspx

<%@ Page Language="VB" %>
<%@ Import Namespace="System.Web.Security" %>

<script runat="server">
Sub Login_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
If ((txtEmailID.Text = "biswabhusan_panda@infosys.com") And _
(UserPass.Text = "raghavi")) Then
FormsAuthentication.RedirectFromLoginPage _
(txtEmailID.Text, chkRemember.Checked)
Else
lblMsg.Text = "Invalid credentials. Please try again."
End If
End Sub
</script>

<html>
<head id="Head1" runat="server">
<title>Exmple of Forms Authentication</title>
</head>
<body>
<form id="frmLogin" runat="server">
<h3>User Login Page</h3>
    
<div>E-mail ID</div>
<div><asp:TextBox ID="txtEmailID" runat="server" /><asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="rfEmailID" ControlToValidate=" txtEmailID" Display="Dynamic" ErrorMessage="Empty values are not allow." runat="server" /><div>

<div>Password</div>
<div><asp:TextBox ID="txtPassword" TextMode="Password" runat="server" /><asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="rfPassword" ControlToValidate="txtPassword" ErrorMessage=" Empty values are not allow." runat="server" />
</div>

<div><asp:CheckBox ID="chkRemember" runat="server" />&nbsp;Remember for Next Login</div>
<div><asp:Button ID="btnLogin" OnClick="Login_Click" Text="Log in" runat="server" /></div>
<div><asp:Label ID="lblMsg" ForeColor="red" runat="server" /></div>
</form>
</body>
</html>

Once user is at default page, In default page provided Signout button. Which destroys authenticated cookie using FormsAuthentication.SignOut method.

Default.aspx

<%@ Page Language="VB" %>
<html>
<head>
<title>Successful Forms Authentication</title>
</head>

<script runat="server">
Sub Page_Load(ByVal Src As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
lblWelcomeMsg.Text = "Welcome, " & Context.User.Identity.Name
End Sub

Sub Signout_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
FormsAuthentication.SignOut()
Response.Redirect("Login.aspx")
End Sub
</script>

<body>
<h3>Example of Forms Authentication</h3>
<asp:Label ID="lblWelcomeMsg" runat="server" />
<form id="frmDefault" runat="server">
<asp:Button ID="btnSignOut" OnClick="Signout_Click" Text="Sign Out" runat="server" /><p>
</form>
</body>
</html>

The post How to implement Forms Authentication in ASP.NET? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

There are several ways to design ToolTip. You can design a tooltip using JavaScript or JQuery or CSS or BootStrap. Compare to Client Script ToolTip pure CSS based tooltip renders better performance. In the below demo I created a ToolTip using pure CSS classes. This is Cross Browser friendly and easy to customize.

“addtooltip” class represents styles for HTML page and mouse over area. Class Tooltip is responsible for the look and feel of ToolTip popup div. Using tooptip:before maintaining mouse cursor type during mouse movement from link to tooltip window. Similarly, using tooltip:after drawing Triangle to the bottom of tooltip rectangle.

Introduction to Tooltips

Tooltips are small, contextual pop-up boxes that provide additional information when a user hovers over or focuses on an element. They enhance user experience by offering concise explanations, definitions, or supplementary details without cluttering the interface. Traditionally, tooltips were implemented using JavaScript, but modern CSS techniques allow for pure CSS-based solutions that are lightweight and performant.

Why Use Pure CSS Tooltips?

Pure CSS tooltips eliminate the need for JavaScript, reducing page load time and improving performance. They are simpler to implement, easier to maintain, and work seamlessly across different browsers when properly structured. Additionally, CSS tooltips degrade gracefully on browsers that do not support advanced CSS features.

Basic Structure of a CSS Tooltip

A pure CSS tooltip consists of two main components: 1. Trigger Element: The element (e.g., button, link, or icon) that activates the tooltip on hover or focus. 2. Tooltip Content: The hidden text or element that becomes visible when the trigger is activated.

In HTML I am with 2 div’s. First Div is addtooltip which contains tooltip div as a child. This Tooltip is based on pure CSS to run this you don’t required any plugin like JQuery or AngularJS.

Example.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<head runat="server">
<title>ToolTip using pure CSS</title>
<link rel="stylesheet" src="toolTip.css" />
</head>
<body>
<div>
<div class="addtooltip">
This is a Demo ToopTip.
<div class="tooltip">I am a tooltip!</div>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

toolTip.css

.addtooltip {
background: #ddd;
cursor: pointer; /* Cursor icon to Hand Symbol */
font-size: 30px;
padding: 15px 20px;
margin: 100px 75px 10px 100px;
position: relative;
text-align: center;
width: 210px;
-webkit-transform: translateZ(0); /* Google Chrome Flicker Fix */
-webkit-font-smoothing: antialiased; /* Google Chrome Text Rendering Fix */
}

.addtooltip .tooltip {
background: #9ed3f3; /* Background Color of ToolTip rectangle */
bottom: 100%;
color: #0000FF; /* ToolTip Text Color */
display: block;
left: -25px;
opacity: 0;
padding: 20px;
pointer-events: none;
position: absolute;
width: 100%;
margin-bottom: 15px;
transition: all .25s ease-out;
-webkit-transition: all .25s ease-out; /* Fixing Transition issue in Google Chrome */
-moz-transition: all .25s ease-out; /* Fixing Transition issue in FireFox */
-ms-transition: all .25s ease-out; /* Fixing Transition issue in Safari */
-o-transition: all .25s ease-out; /* Fixing Transition issue in Opera */
transform: translateY(10px);
-webkit-transform: translateY(10px); /* Fixing Transform issue in Google Chrome */
-moz-transform: translateY(10px); /* Fixing Transform issue in FireFox */
-ms-transform: translateY(10px); /* Fixing Transform issue in Safari */
-o-transform: translateY(10px); /* Fixing Transform issue in Opera */
box-shadow: 2px 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.28);
-webkit-box-shadow: 2px 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.28); /* Fixing box-shadow issue in Google Chrome */
-moz-box-shadow: 2px 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.28); /* Fixing box-shadow issue in FireFox */
-ms-box-shadow: 2px 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.28); /* Fixing box-shadow issue in Safari */
-o-box-shadow: 2px 2px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.28); /* Fixing box-shadow issue in Opera */
}

/* While moving your Mouse Cursor to ToolTip this will keep Continuity */
.addtooltip .tooltip:before {
bottom: -20px;
content: " ";
display: block;
height: 20px;
left: 0;
position: absolute;
width: 100%;
}

/* CSS Triangles below ToolTip Rectangle */
.addtooltip .tooltip:after {
border-left: solid transparent 12px;
border-right: solid transparent 12px;
border-top: solid #9ed3f3 12px;
bottom: -12px;
content: " ";
height: 0;
left: 50%;
margin-left: -13px;
position: absolute;
width: 0;
}

.addtooltip:hover .tooltip {
opacity: 1;
pointer-events: auto;
transform: translateY(0px);
-webkit-transform: translateY(0px); /* Fixing Transform issue in Google Chrome */
-moz-transform: translateY(0px); /* Fixing Transform issue in FireFox */
-ms-transform: translateY(0px); /* Fixing Transform issue in Safari */
-o-transform: translateY(0px); /* Fixing Transform issue in Opera */
}

Common Pitfalls and Solutions

1. Z-Index Issues: Ensure tooltips appear above other elements by setting a high `z-index`.
2. Responsiveness: Use relative units (e.g., `em`, `rem`) for tooltip sizing.
3. Touch Devices: Provide fallbacks for devices without hover support (e.g., tap-to-reveal).

Advanced Techniques

1. Custom Shapes: Use `::before` and `::after` pseudo-elements for arrows or unique designs.
2. Dynamic Content: Combine with CSS variables for reusable tooltip styles.
3. Dark/Light Mode: Adapt tooltip colors using `prefers-color-scheme`.

Conclusion

Pure CSS tooltips are a lightweight, efficient way to enhance user interaction without relying on JavaScript. By leveraging CSS positioning, transitions, and accessibility best practices, developers can create responsive, cross-browser tooltips that improve usability across all devices. With careful attention to design and compatibility, these tooltips provide a seamless experience for users while maintaining clean, maintainable code.

The post Cross Browser pure CSS ToolTip using after and before Pseudo-elements appeared first on OneStop Shop.

As you know Jquery is the advanced version of JavaScript. The library we use to implement Jquery is developed using pure JavaScript. Did you remember those days when Jquery in not introduced in Web Technology? During that period to do a Client-Side operation we depend upon JavaScript. Here if I will ask you to select an element from a HTML page using JavaScript, Then I know in replay you will show me those JS methods like GetElementByID or GetElementByName. Yes you are correct using these methods we can select HTML page element for Scripting.

The next generation of JavaScript, Jquery made simple the way to select an element from a HTML page. This technique in Jquery is called “Jquery Selectors”. Jquery Selectors are used to select HTML elements based on their name, id, classes, types, attributes and values of attributes. Looking into the structure of Document Object Model (DOM) Jquery Selectors are categories into 3 types.

• The element Selector
• #ID Selector
• .Class Selector

Before Jump to discus more about the types of Jquery Selectors first let you know all selectors in Jquery start with a dollar sign followed by parentheses. Like $().

The element Selector

Element Selector in Jquery selects elements from a HTML document using the element name. For an example if in your HTML page there are 2 or more paragraphs you want to apply background-color for them, then this Selector is the best option. You can do like the below.

$(document).ready(function(){
$("button").click(function(){
$("p").css("background-color","yellow");
});
});

#ID Selector

As you know in a HTML page elements ID is unique for each. During development we use ID to identify an element. The similar concept Jquery uses here. Using Jquery ID Selector you can select any single or unique element from a HTML page. To find an element with a specific ID, write a hash character, followed by the element ID as below.

$(document).ready(function(){
$("button").click(function(){
$("#myDiv").show();
});
});

Here myDiv is a Div declared inside the body tag of HTML.

.Class Selector

To maintain better look and feel CSS plays an Classical role over HTML. That’s why Class. A CSS Class is nothing but a block of Code which defines various styles for a HTML element. Let’s assume in my HTML page I have 10 div’s which are using same CSS Class. What the Customer wants is all those div’s with same Class name need to Fill red background Color. In such scenario Jquery Class Selectors are useful. To select an element from a HTML document Jquery Class Selector uses the Class name. To find an element with a specific Class, write a dot character, followed by the element CSS Class as below.

$(document).ready(function(){
$("button").click(function(){
$(".myDiv").hide();
});
});

Here myDiv is a Div declared inside the body tag of HTML.

Examples of jQuery Selectors

$(“*”) – Used to select all elements of a HTML page.

$(this) – Used to select the Current element.

$(“p.intro”) – Used to select all the paragraphs with Class name intro.

$(“p:first”) – Used to select only the first paragraph.

$(“[href]”) – Used to select all elements with an href attribute.

$(“a[target=’_blank’]”) – Used to select all <a> elements with target attribute value equal to “_blank”.

$(“:button”) – Used to select all <button> elements and elements of type=”button”.

$(“tr:even”) – Used to select all even <tr> elements.

$(“tr:odd”) – Used to select all odd <tr> elements.

The post Element, ID and Class Selectors using JQuery with Example appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In ASP.NET there are several controls to present data in a web page. Some of the popular data controls are GridView, ListView, DetailsView, FormView, Repeater or SQLDataSource. If you will notice in the recent versions of Visual Studio you will watch DataPager as a Data Control. Like a Gridview using DataPager Control we can present data in tabular shape. Look at the example below where I am binding data to a DataPager control inside a ListView Control.

To enable users to page through data in a ListView control or a control which implements IPageableItemContainer interface, we can use DataPager control in ASP.NET. While declaring a DataPager Control declare it inside LayoutTemplate. If your DataPager Control is not inside the ListView control then you need to set PagedControlID property value to ListView control ID.

ListView from Default.aspx

<asp:ListView ID="lvEmployees" runat="server" GroupPlaceholderID="grpPlaceHoder"
ItemPlaceholderID="itemPlaceHolder" OnPagePropertiesChanging="OnPropertiesChanging">
<LayoutTemplate>
<table cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<th>Emp ID</th>
<th>Emp Name</th>
<th>Status</th>
</tr>
<asp:PlaceHolder runat="server" ID="grpPlaceHoder"></asp:PlaceHolder>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">
<asp:DataPager ID="dpager" runat="server" PagedControlID="lvEmployees" PageSize="10">
<Fields>
<asp:NextPreviousPagerField ButtonType="Link" ShowFirstPageButton="false" ShowPreviousPageButton="true"
ShowNextPageButton="false" />
<asp:NumericPagerField ButtonType="Link" />
<asp:NextPreviousPagerField ButtonType="Link" ShowNextPageButton="true" ShowLastPageButton="false" ShowPreviousPageButton="false" />
</Fields>
</asp:DataPager>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</LayoutTemplate>
<GroupTemplate>
<tr>
<asp:PlaceHolder runat="server" ID="itemPlaceHolder"></asp:PlaceHolder>
</tr>
</GroupTemplate>
<ItemTemplate>
<td><%# Eval("ID")%></td>
<td><%# Eval("Name")%></td>
<td><%# Eval("Status") %></td>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:ListView>

Code-behind Default.aspx.vb

Imports System.IO
Imports System.Data.OleDb
Imports System.Data

Partial Class _Default
Inherits System.Web.UI.Page

Dim FilePath As String = "C:\Users\biswabhusan_panda\Documents\Visual Studio 2013\WebSites\ExcelApp\Files\temp.xlsx"
Dim Extension As String = ".xlsx"

Dim ConStr As String = ConfigurationManager.ConnectionStrings("ConnString").ConnectionString()

Protected Sub Page_Load(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles Me.Load
If Not Me.IsPostBack Then
Me.BindListView(FilePath, Extension)
End If
End Sub

Protected Sub OnPropertiesChanging(sender As Object, e As PagePropertiesChangingEventArgs)
TryCast(lvEmployees.FindControl("dpager"), DataPager).SetPageProperties(e.StartRowIndex, e.MaximumRows, False)
Me.BindListView(FilePath, Extension)
End Sub

Private Sub BindListView(ByVal FilePath As String, ByVal Extension As String)

ConStr = String.Format(ConStr, FilePath)

Dim connExcel As New OleDbConnection(ConStr)
Dim cmdExcel As New OleDbCommand()
Dim oda As New OleDbDataAdapter()
Dim dtbl As New DataTable()

cmdExcel.Connection = connExcel

'Get the name of First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

Dim dtExcelSchema As DataTable
dtExcelSchema = connExcel.GetOleDbSchemaTable(OleDbSchemaGuid.Tables, Nothing)
Dim SheetName As String = dtExcelSchema.Rows(0)("TABLE_NAME").ToString()

connExcel.Close()

'Read Data from First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

cmdExcel.CommandText = "SELECT * From [" & SheetName & "]"

oda.SelectCommand = cmdExcel
oda.Fill(dtbl)
connExcel.Close()

'Bind Data to GridView 
lvEmployees.DataSource = dtbl
lvEmployees.DataBind()

End Sub
End Class

The post How to Bind Data to DataPager inside ListView Control in ASP.NET? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In ASP.NET Gridview is a best approach to present Tabular data. Looking into the advanced functionalities of a Gridview control using this you can fetch data from any data media like SQL, MySQL or even an Excel File. In the below demo I have an Excel File with 5 columns of data. Using Gridview we are presenting those excel records in tabular shape on a web page.

To try the below demo, Create an ASP.NET Web Application. Then to prepare data open an Excel File. Add any 5 columns of data with single word header. Name the File as temp.xlsx. Then in your application under root folder create a folder named as “FILES”. Move the temp.xlsx File inside. To debug the below app in your new app, Add the Default.aspx file with it’s code-behind file in VB.NET. To get started Copy the below Gridview Control in your Default.aspx page.

Gridview using Auto Generate Edit Button

<asp:GridView ID="grdRecords" runat="server" AutoGenerateColumns="false" AutoGenerateEditButton="true" AllowPaging="true" PageSize="20" Font-Names="Arial" Font-Size="11pt" AlternatingRowStyle-BackColor="#C2D69B" HeaderStyle-BackColor="green" HeaderStyle-ForeColor="#FFFFFF" OnPageIndexChanging="OnPaging" Width="100%">
<Columns>
<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Emp Name">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="lblEmpName" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Name")%>'></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>
<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Emp ID">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="lblEmpID" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("ID")%>'></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>
<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Status">
<EditItemTemplate>
<asp:DropDownList ID="ddlRowStatus" runat="server" AutoPostBack="true">
<asp:ListItem>thisis</asp:ListItem>
</asp:DropDownList>
</EditItemTemplate>
<ItemTemplate>
<%# Eval("Status") %>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField> 
<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Starts">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="lblStarts" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Starts")%>'></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>
<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Ends">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="lblEnds" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Ends")%>'></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>                   
</Columns>
</asp:GridView>

You must noticed here how I am binding data to the above Gridview. Status Field is the Field which I want to edit using Auto Generate Edit Button. That’s why inside template field for this column I am with 2 sub-entries ItemTemplate and EditItemTemplate. EditItemTemplate holding that control which will display in the place of Status column at the time of Edit.

The below Code is from the Code-behind File. Logic is very simple. Using BindGrid() sub-routine we are displaying records in the Grid. 3 more gridview events I used grdRecords_RowCancelingEdit, grdRecords_RowDataBound, grdRecords_RowUpdating. Using RowCancelingEdit() event I am handling the Cancel button functionalities. While using RowDataBound() we are binding data for Status dropdownlist in Grid. Finally after user Edit the record we are updating the Excel File under RowUpdating() event. FilePath and Extention these two are used as parameters in many Functions. That’s why it is declared as global variable.

Code-behind Codes for Gridview using Edit button

Imports System.IO
Imports System.Data.OleDb
Imports System.Data

Partial Class _Default
Inherits System.Web.UI.Page

Dim FilePath As String = "C:\Users\biswabhusan_panda\Documents\Visual Studio 2013\WebSites\ExcelApp\Files\temp.xlsx"
Dim Extension As String = ".xlsx"
Dim ddlRowStatus As DropDownList

Dim ConStr As String = ConfigurationManager.ConnectionStrings("ConnString").ConnectionString()

Protected Sub Page_Load(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles Me.Load
If Not Page.IsPostBack Then
ViewState("Filter") = "ALL"
BindGrid(FilePath, Extension)
End If
End Sub

Protected Sub OnPaging(sender As Object, e As GridViewPageEventArgs)
grdRecords.PageIndex = e.NewPageIndex
Me.BindGrid(FilePath, Extension)
End Sub

Private Sub BindGrid(ByVal FilePath As String, ByVal Extension As String)

ConStr = String.Format(ConStr, FilePath)

Dim connExcel As New OleDbConnection(ConStr)
Dim cmdExcel As New OleDbCommand()
Dim oda As New OleDbDataAdapter()
Dim dtbl As New DataTable()

cmdExcel.Connection = connExcel

'Get the name of First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

Dim dtExcelSchema As DataTable
dtExcelSchema = connExcel.GetOleDbSchemaTable(OleDbSchemaGuid.Tables, Nothing)
Dim SheetName As String = dtExcelSchema.Rows(0)("TABLE_NAME").ToString()

connExcel.Close()

'Read Data from First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

If ViewState("idFilter") <> "" Then
cmdExcel.CommandText = "SELECT * From [" & SheetName & "] WHERE ID LIKE '%" & ViewState("idFilter").ToString() & "%'"
ElseIf ViewState("nameFilter") <> "" Then
cmdExcel.CommandText = "SELECT * From [" & SheetName & "] WHERE NAME LIKE '%" & ViewState("nameFilter").ToString() & "%'"
Else
If ViewState("Filter").ToString() = "ALL" Then
cmdExcel.CommandText = "SELECT * From [" & SheetName & "]"
Else
cmdExcel.CommandText = "SELECT * From [" & SheetName & "] WHERE Status='" & ViewState("Filter").ToString() & "'"
End If
End If

oda.SelectCommand = cmdExcel
oda.Fill(dtbl)
connExcel.Close()

'Bind Data to GridView 
grdRecords.DataSource = dtbl
grdRecords.DataBind()

End Sub

Protected Sub grdRecords_RowCancelingEdit(sender As Object, e As GridViewCancelEditEventArgs) Handles grdRecords.RowCancelingEdit
grdRecords.EditIndex = -1
Me.BindGrid(FilePath, Extension)
End Sub

Protected Sub grdRecords_RowDataBound(sender As Object, e As GridViewRowEventArgs) Handles grdRecords.RowDataBound

If e.Row.RowType = DataControlRowType.DataRow Then
If (e.Row.RowState And DataControlRowState.Edit) > 0 Then
ddlRowStatus = DirectCast(e.Row.FindControl("ddlRowStatus"), DropDownList)

If (ddlRowStatus.ID = "ddlRowStatus") Then

Dim list As New ArrayList

ConStr = String.Format(ConStr, FilePath)

Dim ConnExcel As New OleDbConnection(ConStr)
Dim CmdA As New OleDbCommand()
Dim CmdB As New OleDbCommand()
Dim oda As New OleDbDataAdapter()
Dim dtbl As New DataTable()

CmdA.Connection = ConnExcel
CmdB.Connection = ConnExcel

'Get the name of First Sheet 
ConnExcel.Open()

Dim dtExcelSchema As DataTable
dtExcelSchema = ConnExcel.GetOleDbSchemaTable(OleDbSchemaGuid.Tables, Nothing)
Dim SheetName As String = dtExcelSchema.Rows(0)("TABLE_NAME").ToString()

ConnExcel.Close()

'Read Data from First Sheet 
ConnExcel.Open()

CmdA.CommandText = "SELECT DISTINCT Status From [" & SheetName & "]"

Dim reader As OleDbDataReader = CmdA.ExecuteReader()

If reader.HasRows Then
Do While reader.Read()
list.Add(reader(0).ToString())
Loop
End If

reader.Close()

ddlRowStatus.DataSource = list
ddlRowStatus.DataBind()
End If
End If
End If
End Sub

Protected Sub grdRecords_RowEditing(sender As Object, e As GridViewEditEventArgs) Handles grdRecords.RowEditing
grdRecords.EditIndex = e.NewEditIndex
Me.BindGrid(FilePath, Extension)
End Sub

Protected Sub grdRecords_RowUpdating(sender As Object, e As GridViewUpdateEventArgs) Handles grdRecords.RowUpdating

ddlRowStatus = DirectCast(grdRecords.Rows(e.RowIndex).FindControl("ddlRowStatus"), DropDownList)
Dim lblEmpID As Label = DirectCast(grdRecords.Rows(e.RowIndex).FindControl("lblEmpID"), Label)

ConStr = String.Format(ConStr, FilePath)

Dim connExcel As New OleDbConnection(ConStr)
Dim cmdExcel As New OleDbCommand()
Dim oda As New OleDbDataAdapter()
Dim dtbl As New DataTable()

cmdExcel.Connection = connExcel

'Get the name of First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

Dim dtExcelSchema As DataTable
dtExcelSchema = connExcel.GetOleDbSchemaTable(OleDbSchemaGuid.Tables, Nothing)
Dim SheetName As String = dtExcelSchema.Rows(0)("TABLE_NAME").ToString()

connExcel.Close()

'Read Data from First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

cmdExcel.CommandText = "UPDATE [" & SheetName & "] SET Status='" & ddlRowStatus.SelectedValue & "' WHERE ID=" & lblEmpID.Text.ToString() & ""
cmdExcel.ExecuteNonQuery()
connExcel.Close()

grdRecords.EditIndex = -1
Me.BindGrid(FilePath, Extension)

End Sub

End Class

The post How to update records in a Gridview using Auto Generate Edit Button? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Due to the popularity of MS Excel, Still today more than 75% of Organizations prefers to maintain their data in MS-Excel. Whether it’s the matter of project management or a budget plan, MS-Excel is an awesome tool. I noticed in my organization more then 80% percent records are in Excel. One day my boss come to me with a plan that he need to update “Utilization_Reports.xlsx” using User Interface. For him I had taken the ownership to develop this tool. During this development phases I found how to fetch data from an Excel File like a database table using SQL Queries. This stay interesting for me. Sharing the same for your reference.

Gridview

<asp:GridView ID="grdRecords" runat="server" AutoGenerateColumns="false" AllowPaging="true" PageSize="10" Font-Names="Arial" Font-Size="11pt" AlternatingRowStyle-BackColor="#C2D69B" HeaderStyle-BackColor="green" HeaderStyle-ForeColor="#FFFFFF" OnPageIndexChanging="OnPaging" AutoGenerateEditButton="true" Width="100%">
<Columns>
<asp:TemplateField  HeaderText="Employee Name" SortExpression="Name">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="lblEmpName" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Name")%>'></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>
<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Employee ID" SortExpression="ID">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="lblEmpID" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("ID")%>'></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>
<asp:TemplateField>
<HeaderTemplate>
Status:
<asp:DropDownList ID="ddlStatus" runat="server" OnSelectedIndexChanged="CountryChanged" AutoPostBack="true" AppendDataBoundItems="true">
<asp:ListItem Text = "ALL" Value = "ALL"></asp:ListItem>
</asp:DropDownList>
</HeaderTemplate>
<EditItemTemplate>
<asp:DropDownList ID="ddlRowStatus" runat="server" AutoPostBack="true">
<asp:ListItem>thisis</asp:ListItem>
</asp:DropDownList>
</EditItemTemplate>
<ItemTemplate>
<%# Eval("Status") %>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>                    
</Columns>
</asp:GridView>

As we mentioned above here I want to fetch an excel file like a database table. So first let us declare the connection string for MS-Excel. That’s what I did in below web.config file.

Web.Config

<appSettings>
<add key="FolderPath" value="Files/"/>
</appSettings>
<connectionStrings>
<!--<add name ="Excel03ConString" connectionString="Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source={0}; Extended Properties='Excel 8.0'" />-->
<add name ="ConnString" connectionString="Provider=Microsoft.ACE.OLEDB.12.0;Data Source={0}; Extended Properties='Excel 8.0'"/>
</connectionStrings>

To bind data to the Gridview in Codebehind I am with the below Subroutine. In BindGrid I am passing FilePath and File Extention as the parameters. These are simple string varibales. Declare as global variables. To fetch data from Excel like a database First I am traking the 0th Sheet of Excel. Then running a SQL Query over the table of my Excel File. Finally using a ASP.NET DataAdapter I am filling data to the gridview.

BindGrid

Private Sub BindGrid(ByVal FilePath As String, ByVal Extension As String)

ConStr = String.Format(ConStr, FilePath)

Dim connExcel As New OleDbConnection(ConStr)
Dim cmdExcel As New OleDbCommand()
Dim oda As New OleDbDataAdapter()
Dim dtbl As New DataTable()

cmdExcel.Connection = connExcel

'Get the name of First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

Dim dtExcelSchema As DataTable
dtExcelSchema = connExcel.GetOleDbSchemaTable(OleDbSchemaGuid.Tables, Nothing)
Dim SheetName As String = dtExcelSchema.Rows(0)("TABLE_NAME").ToString()

connExcel.Close()

'Read Data from First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

If ViewState("Filter").ToString() = "ALL" Then
cmdExcel.CommandText = "SELECT * From [" & SheetName & "]"
Else
cmdExcel.CommandText = "SELECT * From [" & SheetName & "] WHERE Status='" & ViewState("Filter").ToString() & "'"
End If

oda.SelectCommand = cmdExcel
oda.Fill(dtbl)
connExcel.Close()

'Bind Data to GridView 
grdRecords.DataSource = dtbl
grdRecords.DataBind()

End Sub

The above subroutine is responsible to Fill the Gridview. But to display data in Gridview we need to Call this during page load. That’s what I am doing in below. Inside the not page.ispostback event I am calling the Function with required parameters.

In Page Load

Dim FilePath as String = "C:/demo.xlsx"
Dim Extension as String = ".xlsx"

If Not Page.IsPostBack Then
ViewState("Filter") = "ALL"
BindGrid(FilePath, Extension)
End If

The post How to display Excel File records in an ASP.NET Gridview? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

We use filter to Search information’s easier. Recall a web-page where you have lot of records in a Grid. What your Customer wants is “They want to provide Search filter in the header row for some columns of the grid”. You can say like MS-Excel column filter. Here my app is with ASP.NET. To display data I am using a Gridview. Here in Gridview I am with 3 columns Name, ID and Status. Refer to my Customer they wants me to implement a dropdownlist with all the possible status in Status column header. Functionally, On change of dropdownlist event he wants to filter only those records which are having the selected Status.

Look at the below demo app. Here in place of database I am fetching data from a MS-Excel file. Data structure I maintained in Excel file is with 3 columns Name, ID and Status. Similar to a database table here Emp ID acts like the Primary Key. This is unique for each.

Gridview

<asp:GridView ID="grdRecords" runat="server" AutoGenerateColumns="false" AllowPaging="true" PageSize="10" Font-Names="Arial" Font-Size="11pt" AlternatingRowStyle-BackColor="#C2D69B" HeaderStyle-BackColor="green" HeaderStyle-ForeColor="#FFFFFF" OnPageIndexChanging="OnPaging" AutoGenerateEditButton="true" Width="100%">
<Columns>
<asp:TemplateField  HeaderText="Employee Name" SortExpression="Name">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="lblEmpName" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("Name")%>'></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>
<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Employee ID" SortExpression="ID">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="lblEmpID" runat="server" Text='<%# Bind("ID")%>'></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>
<asp:TemplateField>
<HeaderTemplate>
Status:
<asp:DropDownList ID="ddlStatus" runat="server" OnSelectedIndexChanged="CountryChanged" AutoPostBack="true" AppendDataBoundItems="true">
<asp:ListItem Text = "ALL" Value = "ALL"></asp:ListItem>
</asp:DropDownList>
</HeaderTemplate>
<EditItemTemplate>
<asp:DropDownList ID="ddlRowStatus" runat="server" AutoPostBack="true">
<asp:ListItem>thisis</asp:ListItem>
</asp:DropDownList>
</EditItemTemplate>
<ItemTemplate>
<%# Eval("Status") %>
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>                    
</Columns>
</asp:GridView>

Like the general, to bind data to the grid I am calling BindGrid() subroutine under page_load. Additionally I am with 1 more sub-routine BindCountryList() which responsible to display all possible Status from Excel File. To reset custom search in 0th index of dropdownlist I added “ALL”. By changing dropdownlist selected value to “ALL”, it is updating a ViewState variable. Which conditionally filtering using a SQL Query in BindGrid() subroutine.

VB.NET Code Behind

Imports System.IO
Imports System.Data.OleDb
Imports System.Data

Partial Class _Default
Inherits System.Web.UI.Page

Dim FilePath As String = "C:\Users\biswabhusan_panda\Documents\Visual Studio 2013\WebSites\ExcelApp\Files\temp.xlsx"
Dim Extension As String = ".xlsx"

Dim ConStr As String = ConfigurationManager.ConnectionStrings("ConnString").ConnectionString()

Protected Sub Page_Load(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles Me.Load
If Not Page.IsPostBack Then
ViewState("Filter") = "ALL"
BindGrid(FilePath, Extension)
End If
End Sub

Protected Sub OnPaging(sender As Object, e As GridViewPageEventArgs)
grdRecords.PageIndex = e.NewPageIndex
Me.BindGrid(FilePath, Extension)
End Sub

Protected Sub CountryChanged(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs)
Dim ddlStatus As DropDownList = DirectCast(sender, DropDownList)
ViewState("Filter") = ddlStatus.SelectedValue
Me.BindGrid(FilePath, Extension)
End Sub

Private Sub BindGrid(ByVal FilePath As String, ByVal Extension As String)

ConStr = String.Format(ConStr, FilePath)

Dim connExcel As New OleDbConnection(ConStr)
Dim cmdExcel As New OleDbCommand()
Dim oda As New OleDbDataAdapter()
Dim dtbl As New DataTable()

cmdExcel.Connection = connExcel

'Get the name of First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

Dim dtExcelSchema As DataTable
dtExcelSchema = connExcel.GetOleDbSchemaTable(OleDbSchemaGuid.Tables, Nothing)
Dim SheetName As String = dtExcelSchema.Rows(0)("TABLE_NAME").ToString()

connExcel.Close()

'Read Data from First Sheet 
connExcel.Open()

If ViewState("Filter").ToString() = "ALL" Then
cmdExcel.CommandText = "SELECT * From [" & SheetName & "]"
Else
cmdExcel.CommandText = "SELECT * From [" & SheetName & "] WHERE Status='" & ViewState("Filter").ToString() & "'"
End If

oda.SelectCommand = cmdExcel
oda.Fill(dtbl)
connExcel.Close()

'Bind Data to GridView 
grdRecords.DataSource = dtbl
grdRecords.DataBind()

Dim ddlStatus As DropDownList = DirectCast(grdRecords.HeaderRow _
.FindControl("ddlStatus"), DropDownList)
Me.BindCountryList(ddlStatus, FilePath, Extension)

End Sub

Private Sub BindCountryList(ByVal ddlStatus As DropDownList, ByVal FilePath As String, ByVal Extension As String)

ConStr = String.Format(ConStr, FilePath)

Dim ConnExcel As New OleDbConnection(ConStr)
Dim CmdA As New OleDbCommand()
Dim oda As New OleDbDataAdapter()
Dim dtbl As New DataTable()

CmdA.Connection = ConnExcel

'Get the name of First Sheet 
ConnExcel.Open()

Dim dtExcelSchema As DataTable
dtExcelSchema = ConnExcel.GetOleDbSchemaTable(OleDbSchemaGuid.Tables, Nothing)
Dim SheetName As String = dtExcelSchema.Rows(0)("TABLE_NAME").ToString()

CmdA.CommandText = "SELECT DISTINCT Status From [" & SheetName & "]"

ddlStatus.DataSource = CmdA.ExecuteReader()
ddlStatus.DataTextField = "Status"
ddlStatus.DataValueField = "Status"
ddlStatus.DataBind()
ConnExcel.Close()

ddlStatus.Items.FindByValue(ViewState("Filter").ToString()) _
.Selected = True
End Sub
End Class

The post How to add Search Filter in the Column Header of Gridview? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

AJAX stands for “Asynchronous JavaScript and XML”. AJAX technology helps for partial loading. Which improve the performance of a Web page. Example of few AJAX based web applications are YouTube, Gmail, Google Maps & Facebook tabs. If you are looking to implement AJAX using Jquery then you required to know Jquery inbuilt AJAX methods. Using these methods you can request HTML, JSON, XML & TEXT based Files data from a remote server. In below let us discuss more about the most frequently used jQuery AJAX example using Load(), Get() & Post() methods.

What is jQuery AJAX?

jQuery AJAX is a set of methods provided by the jQuery library to perform asynchronous HTTP (Ajax) requests. It abstracts the complexities of raw JavaScript AJAX calls, providing a simpler and more efficient way to interact with web servers. By leveraging jQuery AJAX, developers can fetch, send, and manipulate data without requiring a full page reload, leading to a smoother user experience.

Key Features of jQuery AJAX

1. Simplified Syntax – jQuery’s AJAX methods reduce the amount of code needed compared to vanilla JavaScript.

2. Cross-Browser Compatibility – Handles browser inconsistencies, ensuring consistent behavior across different platforms.

3. Support for Multiple Data Formats – Works with JSON, XML, HTML, and plain text.

4. Event Handling – Provides success, error, and completion callbacks for better control over requests.

5. Asynchronous and Synchronous Requests – Allows both async (default) and sync operations.

load() Method

Jquery AJAX Load() method is simple and powerful. It is easy to implement but using this method you can do much complex jobs easier. We use load method to fetch data from server and can bind those data to HTML elements. Syntax for load method is as below.

Syntax: $(selector).load(URL,data,callback);

Jquery AJAX load method accepts 3 parameters URL, data & callback. URL is nothing but the physical file path of the file you want to load. Rest 2 parameters are Optional. Data parameter comes with Key & Value pair. It passes through the request as querystring. Callback parameter is the name of a function which you want to execute after the load() method is completed.

Example:

$("#div").load("employee_details.txt");

employee_details.txt

<h2>AJAX using Jquery</h2>
<p id="paragraph">This is sample text in a paragraph.</p>

$.get() Method

As you know in client server architecture we use Get method to fetch data from the server. In Jquery $.get() method we use with HTTP GET request. Syntax for Jquery Get method is as below.

Syntax: $.get(URL,callback);

Jquery $.get() method accepts 2 parameters URL & Callback. URL is the file path from which you want to read the data. Callback is the parameter of a function name which you want to execute after the sucessful Call.

Example:

$("button").click(function(){
$.get("employee_details.asp", function(data, status) {
alert("Records: " + data + "\nStatus: " + status);
});
});

employee_details.asp

<%
response.write("This is some text from an external ASP file.")
%>

$.post() Method

Like Get method Post is one more useful method of Client Server architecture. Using Post method we send data to Server from Client. Syntax for Post method is as below.

Syntax: $.post(URL,data,callback);

Jquery $.post() method accepts 3 parameters URL, Data & Callback. URL is the server file to which file you want to post data from Client end. Rest 2 parameters are optional. Using data parameter you can send any data in key value pair while sending request to the server. The optional callback parameter is the name of a function to be executed if the request succeeds.

Example:

$("button").click(function(){
$.post("sample_post.asp",
{
empname: "Raghav",
city: "Washigton DC"
},
function(data, status){
alert("Records: " + data + "\nStatus: " + status);
});
});

sample_post.asp

<%
dim f_name, city
f_name = Request.Form("empname ")
city = Request.Form("city")
Response.Write("Dear " & f_name & ". ")
Response.Write("Hope you live well in " & city & ".")
%>

Common Use Cases of jQuery AJAX

1. Form Submission Without Page Reload – Submit form data asynchronously and display a success/error message.

2. Dynamic Content Loading – Load partial HTML or data from a server on demand.

3. Autocomplete Suggestions – Fetch suggestions from a server as the user types.

4. Real-Time Data Updates – Poll the server periodically for new data (e.g., notifications).

5. API Integration – Communicate with RESTful APIs to fetch or modify data.

Best Practices for jQuery AJAX

1. Use HTTPS for Security – Always prefer secure connections to prevent data breaches.

2. Validate Input and Output – Sanitize data to avoid security vulnerabilities.

3. Handle Errors Gracefully – Provide user feedback if a request fails.

4. Optimize Performance – Minimize unnecessary requests and cache data when possible.

5. Use Asynchronous Mode – Avoid synchronous requests as they block the UI.

Limitations of jQuery AJAX

– Dependence on jQuery – Requires the jQuery library, increasing page load time.
– Not a Replacement for Modern APIs – Fetch API and Axios offer more modern alternatives.
– Limited to HTTP/HTTPS – Cannot handle WebSocket or other protocols.

Conclusion

jQuery AJAX simplifies asynchronous web communication, making it an essential tool for developers building dynamic web applications. By understanding its methods, handling responses effectively, and following best practices, developers can create seamless, interactive experiences.

The post Jquery AJAX Example for Load(), Get() and Post() methods appeared first on OneStop Shop.

You must remember in the early age of HTML to draw graphics in a Web page generally we use GIF images or Flash animations. Here the major drawback is image based animations are not at all SEO friendly. Search engine are unknown about the anatomy of the animation. Looking into this the 5th generation of HTML introduced Canvas. Canvas is a rectangular area in a HTML page. Which we can define using two dimensions X & Y. By default a Canvas is not having any border or content. To draw graphics using a Canvas we required the help of Scripting language. By own Canvas is acts like a Container. Look at the below HTML5 Canvas Examples to know how draw shapes over a Canvas.

Canvas vs. SVG: Key Differences

While both Canvas and SVG enable graphics rendering in the browser, they differ in several ways:

Rendering Method: – Canvas is raster-based, meaning it draws pixel-by-pixel. – SVG is vector-based, using mathematical descriptions of shapes.

DOM Interaction: – Canvas does not retain individual objects; once drawn, shapes cannot be modified unless redrawn. – SVG elements are part of the DOM, allowing for direct manipulation via CSS or JavaScript.

Performance: – Canvas performs better for large numbers of objects and complex animations. – SVG is better suited for static or interactive vector graphics that require scalability.

Using a Canvas we can draw graphics like lines, boxes, circles, rectangles, squares, polygons, tingles, texts or even can add images. All the latest browsers (Google Chrome 4.0 or above, IE 9.0 or above, Mozilla Firefox 2.0 or above, Safari 3.1 or above and Opera 9.0 or above) supports Canvas. Canvas is rich for high end graphics. Starting from an animation to develop a game Canvas is awesome. While SVG gives better results for Text rendering Canvas gives better results for Graphics.

The following Syntax we use to define a HTML5 Canvas.

<canvas id="mycanvas" width="300" height="250">
Your browser does not support HTML5 Canvas.
</canvas>

Keep remember while defining a Canvas always assign an ID to your Canvas. ID helps to detect the Canvas during client Scripting. You can dynamically provide width and height to a Canvas but it is advisable to define width and height during you declare a Canvas. Going forward if required you can update this settings.

With the above introduction let us watch some real-time examples about how to draw various shapes on over a Canvas using Scripting language. Here in the below demo I am using the popular client scripting language JavaScript. In a HTML5 Canvas you are free to any scripting language.

Example to draw a Line over Canvas?

Look at the below Code. Here I am drawing a straight line using JavaScript over a Canvas. The logic I implemented here is so simple. Using getElementById I am detecting the Canvas control from my HTML page. Then defining dimensions using getContext() method. Then to define coordinates for the line using moveTo I am setting the line pointer to 0, 0 coordinate. Then for the end points using lineTo() method. Keep remember the lineTo() method is useful to draw lines. At last I am applying stroke to the line using stroke() method.

var d = document.getElementById("demoCanvas");
var dln = d.getContext("2d");
dln.moveTo(0,0);
dln.lineTo(200,100);
dln.stroke();

Example to draw a Rectangle over Canvas?

As we discussed above we can draw graphics on canvas using client scripts (JavaScript or Jquery). In the below example I used JavaScript to draw a rectangle. Here “mycanvas” is the id of HTML5 Canvas control. Using document object model (DOM) getElementById() method I am fetching the canvas control to my JavaScript code. Then using getContext(‘2d’) I am instructing my Canvas to draw 2D Graphs. To create a rectangle I used fillRect() method. Which accepts 4 parameters as x1, y1 & x2, y2 as the rectangle areas. To fill color to my Rectangle I am using fillStyle() method.

var mycanvas = document.getElementById('mycanvas');
var context = mycanvas.getContext('2d');
context.fillStyle = 'blue';
context.fillRect(20, 20, 80, 80);

Example to draw a Circle over Canvas?

Similarly like a line to draw a Circle I am using arc() method. Arc() method accepts 6 parameters as x, y, radius, Starting Angle, Ending Angle & Counter Clockwise or Anti-Clockwise. Look at the example below how I did draw a Circle.

var d = document.getElementById("demoCanvas");
var dln = d.getContext("2d");
dln.beginPath();
dln.arc(95,50,40,0,2*Math.PI);
dln.stroke();

Example to draw a Text over Canvas?

To draw a text over Canvas generally we use FillText() method. FillText() accepts 3 parameters. First is the String which one you want to Draw as graphics. 2nd and 3rd parameters are the starting position of the text using X and Y coordinates. Additionally to define font size or font family we use font() method.
var d = document.getElementById(“demoCanvas”);

var dln = d.getContext("2d");
dln.font = "30px Arial";
dln.fillText("Hello World",10,50);

Example to draw Image over Canvas?

Keep remember you can’t directly insert an image to the Canvas. To display an image over a Canvas you have to Draw that image. To draw an image over a Canvas drawImage() method works. Like fillText() DrawImage() also accepts 3 parameters. First parameter is the image File path. 2nd & 3rd parameters are the starting point defined using X & Y Coordinates.

var d = document.getElementById("demoCanvas");
var dln = d.getContext("2d");
var img = document.getElementById("imgTag”);
dln.drawImage(img,10,10);

Conclusion

HTML5 Canvas is a versatile tool for creating dynamic graphics and animations on the web. Unlike SVG, it operates at the pixel level, making it ideal for performance-intensive applications. By mastering basic drawing techniques and animation principles, developers can build engaging visual experiences for users. Whether for games, data visualization, or interactive art, Canvas provides the flexibility needed to bring creative ideas to life.

The post HTML5 Canvas Examples to draw Circle, Rectangle, Line, Text & Image appeared first on OneStop Shop.

No matter whether you are a JAVA or C# or C++ professional. Object Oriented Programming (OOPs) Technique is common to all high level languages. I experienced during a Technical interview nearly all experienced interviewers prefer to ask OOPs related interview questions. Compare to an experienced professional a fresher can have more chance to face OOPs interview questions during his/her Career journey. Object Oriented Programming technique is not at all difficult to learn but it is little bit confusing. That’s why to judge a fresher interviewers use OOPs interview questions. To make your Career journey easier here in this session we are sharing the most frequently asked OOPs interview questions with answers. Read thoroughly the below interview questions before visit the interviewer.

What is an Object?

Objects are the physical and conceptual things that found in the universe. Hardware, Software, documents, human being and even concepts are all examples of objects.

What is a Class?

The object with the same data structure (attributes) and behaviors (operations) are grouped into a single entity is called class.

What is Polymorphism?

Polymorphism refer to the ability of an object to have numerous methods with the same name. This is also referred to as function overloading. An object can have multiple functions with the same name but different parameter lists. The appropriate function to execute is chosen depending on which parameter list is provided in the function call.

What do you mean by inheritance in OOPs?

Inheritance is a process by which one object can acquire the characteristics from one or more other objects. Here the best example is the generation. Watch your-self you must inherited many properties from your parents and grand parents.

What is a Constructor?

A Constructor function is a special function that is a member of a class and has the same name as that of class. A Constructor is the first member function executed automatically when the object is created. Constructor should be declared in the public section of the class. Constructor should not have any return values. They have no return type specified. Constructor can have arguments. So they can be overloaded.

What is Copy Constructor?

The initialization of one class object with another object of its class is referred to as default member-wise initialization. Conceptually, the copying of one class object with another is accomplished by copying each of the non-static class data members. The class designer can override the default behavior by providing a special class copy constructor. It is invoked whenever one class object is initialized with another object of its class. Defining a copy constructor help to prevent problems that might occur when one object is used to initialize another.

What is a Destructor?

When a object is no longer needed, it can be destroyed. A destructor is a special user-defined member function that is invoked automatically whenever an object of its class goes out of scope or whenever the delete expression is applied to a pointer to a class object. This function complements the operation performed by any of the constructors. The destructor is given the name of the class prefixed with a tilde (~). It can neither return a value nor can it take any parameters. Because it can’t specify any parameters, it can’t be overloaded.

What is the difference between Early & Late Binding?

The function overloading is a polymorphic behavior where there is one name for the function, but multiple forms. The multiple forms arise out of varying signatures and argument types received by the functions. When one overloaded function is called, the compiler matches the arguments passed with the signature of various functions with same name. Once the match is found, the appropriate function is linked at the compiler time itself. This is called early binding or static binding.

When the function in the same name and signature are defined in both base class as well as derived class, the concept of the virtual function will be implemented. In these type of cases, the functions in base class and derived class are invoked with the help of the base class pointer. Hence the compiler delays the linking of the function to refer to till run-time. Although the function is called through the base class pointer, the actual function invoked will be determined at run-time. Since the function to be executed is determined only at run-time is called late binding or dynamic binding.

Why you required Virtual Function?

In C++, a function call can be bound to the actual function either at compile time or at run-time. Resolving a function call at compile time is known as compile-time or early or static binding, whereas resolving a function call at run-time in known as run-time or late or dynamic binding. Run-time polymorphism allows postponing the decision of selecting the suitable member functions until run-time. In C++, this is achieved by using Virtual functions.

What do you mean by Abstract Class?

A class containing pure Virtual functions can’t be used to define any objects of its own. Such classes are called abstract classes. Abstract classes can be used as a framework upon which new classes can be built to provide a new functionality.

What is Friend Functions?

There are 3 levels of internal protection for the different members of a class: public, protected and private. The protected and private members can’t be accessed from outside the same class at which they are declared. It is possible to grant a non-member function access to the private members of a class by using a keyword friend. A friend function has access to all private and protected members of the class for which it is a friend. Special characters of a friend functions are it is not a member function of the class. It is like a normal external functions. It is not in the scope of the class to which it has been declared. It can be declared either public or private section of the class.

Book – Object Oriented Programing using C++
Author – Alok Kumar Jagadev, Amiya Kumar Rath, Satchidananda Dehuri

The post OOPs Interview Questions with Answers for Freshers appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In Object Oriented Programming (OOP), more emphasis is given to the data rather than functions. In OOPs, Data is encapsulated with the associated functions that operate on it. That gives rise to a concept called Data Encapsulation. In OOPs, the real-life problem can be decomposed into a number of entities called Objects and then data and functions built around these objects.

Features of Object Oriented Programming

1. Emphasis on data rather than algorithm.

2. Programs are divided into objects.

3. Data abstraction introduced.

4. Data and associated functions are tied together into a single unit.

5. Data is hidden and is not accessible to the external functions.

6. Object communication takes place using functions.

7. Further data and functions can be added without disturbing the existing code.

What is an Object?

Objects are the physical and conceptual things that found in the universe. Hardware, Software, documents, human beings and even concepts are all examples of objects. Every object will have data structures called attributes and behavior called operation. Each object will have its own identity through its attributes and operations are same; the objects will never become equal. For instance, in case of student object, two students have the same attributes like name, address, sex and marks but they are not equal. Objects are the basic run-time entities in an object-oriented system.

What is the definition of a Class?

The objects with the same data structure (attributes) and behavior (operations) are grouped into a single entity called Class. All those objects processing similar properties are grouped into the same unit. Example of a class is as below.

Class Students {
private:
int rollNo;
char name[25];
char address[35];
char sex;
float marks;

public:
void getData();
void putData();
};

Each class describes a possible infinite set of individual objects; each object is said to be an instance of its class and each instance of the class has its own value for each attribute but shares the attribute name and operations with other instances of the class. The following points on classes can be noted.

1. A class is a pattern, template or blueprint for a category of structurally identical items.

2. A class is an abstraction of the real-world entities with similar properties.

3. A class is a theme that consists of both a pattern and a mechanism for creating items based on that pattern.

4. The class is an implementation of abstract data type.

Data Encapsulation

Data Encapsulation is the mechanism whereby the implementation details of a class are kept hidden from the user. It is sometimes referred to as data hiding. The user can only perform a restricted set of operations on the hidden members of the class by executing special functions. The advantages of using data encapsulation comes when the implementation of the class changes but the interface remains the same. The concept of data encapsulation is supported in C++ through the use of public, protected and private access modifiers.

#include <iostream>
using namespace std;

class Adder{
public:
// constructor for the class
Adder(int i = 0) {
results = i;
}
		
// interface to outside world
void addNumber(int num) {
results += num;
}
		
// interface to outside world
int getResults() {
return results;
};
		
private:
// using private access modifier hiding data from outside world
int results;
};

int main( ) {
Adder mul;
   
mul.addNumber(10);
mul.addNumber(20);

cout << "Results " << mul.getResults() << endl;
return 0;
}

Inheritance

Inheritance is a process, by which one object can acquire the characteristics from one or more other objects. It allows the declaration and implementation of one class to be based on one or more existing classes. Some object-oriented systems permit only single inheritance – a situation in which the characteristics of an object may be acquired from a single object. Many object-oriented systems allow multiple inheritance – a situation in which the characteristics of an object may be acquired from two or more corresponding objects. Inheritance is the most promising concepts of OOP, which help realize the goal of constructing software systems from reusable parts, rather than hand coding every system from scratch. Inheritance coupled with polymorphism and dynamic binding, minimizes the amount of existing code to be modified while enhancing a system. Read more about types of inheritance.

#include <iostream>
using namespace std;

// Base class for various shapes
class Shapes  {
public:
void setWidth(int wh) {
width = wh;
}
		
void setHeight(int hg) {
height = hg;
}
		
protected:
int width;
int height;
};

// Derived class rectangle from Shapes
class Rectangle: public Shapes {
public:
int getRectangleArea() { 
return (width * height); 
}
};

int main(void) {
Rectangle Rectan;
 
Rectan.setWidth(12);
Rectan.setHeight(17);

// Print the area of the object.
cout << "Total area of the Shape: " << Rectan.getRectangleArea() << endl;

return 0;
}

Polymorphism

Objects are smart enough to be dynamic. Specifically, they have the ability to react differently depending on the situation. By using Polymorphism, an object can be made to handle any scenario with the exact same method name. Thus, depending on what the object is asked to pint, it will be able to print it. Polymorphism refer to the ability of an object to have numerous methods with the same name. This is also referred to as function overloading. An object can have multiple functions with the same name but different parameter lists. The appropriate function to execute in chosen depending on which parameter list is provided in the function call. Instead of having separate functions like PrintPicture(), PrintLetters() and PrintNumber(), one unified function name as print() can be used. The object itself will determine which function in to be invoked, depending on the type of situation.

#include <iostream>
#include <string>

#define PI 3.14159

using namespace std;

//Base class for Shapes
class Shapes 
{
public:
Shapes() {}
double area_calculation() { return 0; }
};

// Rectangle derives from Shapes
class Rectangle : public Shapes
{
public:
double width, height;
Rectan(double wh = 2, double hg = 2)
{
width = wh;
height = hg;
}
double area_calculation()
{
return width*height;
}
};

// Circle derives from Shapes
class Circle : public Shapes
{
public:
double radius;
Circle(double r = 2) { radius = r; }
double area_calculation()
{
return PI*radius*radius;
}
};

int main()
{
Circle cir;
Rect rectan;

Shapes* ptr = &cir; //ptr -> cir
cout << "Circle Area: " << ptr->area_calculation << endl;

ptr = &rectan; //ptr -> rectan
cout << "Rectangle Area: " << ptr->area_calculation << endl;

return 0;
}

Referred From:

Book: Object Oriented Programing using C++
Author: Alok Kumar Jagadev, Amiya Kumar Rath, Satchidananda Dehuri

The post Object Oriented Programming (OOPs) Concepts with Examples appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In PHP there are more than hundred of String functions available freely to make string operations easier. But you must noticed during our day today development frequently we use some of the String functions. Normally those string function are String replace, Sub String, String length, String Position or Trim a String. For fresher in PHP let us discuss all those frequently used String function with examples. It’s not matter if you don’t know all PHP string functions, when required you can take the help of Google to recall the Syntax. But to be a good programmer it’s mandatory for you to remember below PHP string functions.

ltrim(), rtrim() & trim String Functions

Assume that you have a string with whitespace or predefined characters at the beginning and end. In this case to remove whitespaces or predefined characters trim function is useful. Compare to ltrim and rtrim trim function helps to reduce spaces and predefined characters from the both side (left and right) of a string. While ltrim removes whitespaces & predefined characters from left part of a string rtrim helps to remove whitespaces & predefined characters from the right side of a string. Look at the example below.

<?php
$str = "Hari is a good Boy.";
echo ltrim($str,"Hari");
?>

Output: is a good Boy.

str_replace() Function

In PHP we use str_replace() function to replace specific characters with some other characters. This function is case sensitive. If in a string you want replace a specific word str_replace function replace all the words with similar characters. Syntax for str_replace is as below.

Syntax: str_replace(find, replace, string, count);

Keep remember str_replace accepts 4 parameters. The first 3 parameters are mandatory. Where ever the last parameter count is optional. The first parameter find says which string of characters you want to replace. While replace says what are the other characters you want to replace for the find characters. String parameter is the variable which holds the complete string. Count is optional. In place of count if you are passing any variable as a parameter it returns the total number of time the find word replaced. Look at the example below here I have a string “Hello Biswabhusan!”. I want to replace “Biswabhusan” with “Peter”. To know how many times the word “Biswabhusan” was replaced I am passing $i as the count parameter and printing that after a hyphen.

<?php
echo str_replace("Biswabhusan","Peter","Hello Biswabhusan!", $i);
echo "-" . $i;
?>

Output: Hello Peter!-1

str_split() Function

Using str_split() Function you can split a string to array. str_split() function accepts 2 parameters string and length. The first parameter sting is the string which you want to split in to arrays. The second parameter length is an optional parameter. By default this is 1. To know how to implement str_split() Function Look at the example below.

<?php
print_r(str_split("biswabhusan",3));
?>

Output: Array ( [0] => bis [1] => wab [2] => hus [3] => an )

strpos() Function

During string operation sometime we required to know the position of a particular word or character in a complete string. In such case strpos() is useful. Using strpos() you can easily know the first occurrence position of any word or character in a complete sentence. Keep remember strpos() function is case-sensitive and binary-safe. It accepts 3 parameters string, find & start. The first parameter string is nothing but the sentence where you want to know the position of a specific word or character. The second parameter Find is the word or character you want to search. The third parameter start is optional. It specifies in the complete string from where after you want to search the find word or character. For an example in below I am with a string “Ravi is a good person.”. Here I want to know the position of “good”.

<?php
echo strpos("Ravi is a good person.","good");
?>

Output: 10

Related Functions

strrpos() – This function helps to find position of the last occurrence of a word or character inside a string. This is case-sensitive.

stripos() – This function helps to find position of the first occurrence of a word or character inside a string. This is case-sensitive.

strripos() – This function finds the position of the last occurrence of a word or character inside a string. This is case-insensitive.

strlen() Function

To know the length of a String we use strlen() function in PHP. This function accepts 1 parameter as string. strlen() always returns integer value. In-case you pass a empty string it return 0. Look at the example below here to strlen I am passing a string “How are you?”. In result strlen() returns 12. It’s means that strlen() function calculates spaces including characters.

<?php
echo strlen("How are you?");
?>

Output: 12

strrev() Function

You must remember those days while to reverse a string we do implement a for loop over the length of a string. Then using echo we print each characters from last to first. In latest revision of PHP (Version 4 onwards) this issue is resolved with strrev() function. Using this function you don’t required to write a complex logic for reverse a string. Simply by passing the string as a parameter to strrev() function you can easily achieve a reverse string. Look at the example below.

<?php
echo strrev("This is an Example.");
?>

Output: .elpmaxE na si sihT

substr() Function

This is a very useful string function. During we extract a part of string from the complete string this function is helpful. substr() function accepts 3 parameters as string, start and length. The first parameter string is nothing but the complete string from which you want to derive part of string. The second parameter start specifies where to start from the complete string. It accepts both negative and positive values. By passing positive number substr() function with start at a specified position from the beginning of the string. If you are passing negative number then it start at a specified position starting from the end of the string. Third parameter length is optional. If in a string of 25 characters length you are passing 2nd and 3rd parameter as 5 and 12 then substr() will return the sub-string from the 5th position to 17th position of complete string. Look at the example below.

<?php
echo substr("This is a awesome School.", 5, 12);
?>

Output: is a awesome.

strtolower() & strtoupper() PHP String Functions

These 2 string functions are used to change the case of Characters. Both of these functions accepts 1 parameter as the string. Using strtolower() you can convert a string to lowercase letters. Similarly using strtoupper() function you can convert a string to uppercase letters. Look at the example below.

<?php
echo strtolower("Hello WORLD.");
?>

Output: hello world.

<?php
echo strtoupper("Hello WORLD!");
?>

Output: HELLO WORLD!

The post Frequently used PHP String Functions with Example & Explanation appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During application development basically we pass through 2 phases front-end & back-end. Front-end is nothing but the area where user interacts. That’s why Front-end is also known as User Interface (UI). Some of the user interface examples are forms, controls, images or validations. While back-end is the part where we store user information. For an example while designing a Customer details form using Save option we do store Customer details like First Name, Last Name, Email ID or Phone Number to the database.

So here database resides behind the user view. That’s why work related to database such as database designing, storing, updating, retrieving or deleting records comes under back-end development. Hope now you have a clear vision about what is the difference between front-end & back-end development. This session I am specially writing by targeting you like the beginners of database. Here you can easily understood database basics and most commonly used database terminologies.

Types of Databases

They are fundamental to modern computing, supporting everything from small applications to large-scale enterprise systems. Different types of databases are designed to handle various data structures, relationships, and use cases. Understanding these types helps in selecting the right database for specific needs.

1. Relational Databases – They store data in tables consisting of rows and columns, where relationships between tables are established using keys.

2. NoSQL Databases – NoSQL (Not Only SQL) databases provide a more flexible approach to data storage, accommodating unstructured or semi-structured data.

3. NewSQL Databases – NewSQL databases combine the scalability of NoSQL with the ACID guarantees of traditional relational databases. They are designed for distributed environments requiring high performance and consistency.

Examples: – Google Spanner – CockroachDB

These databases are used in financial services and global-scale applications demanding high availability and strict consistency.

4. In-Memory Databases – In-memory databases store data primarily in RAM rather than on disk, enabling extremely fast read/write operations.

Use Cases:

– Real-time analytics
– High-frequency trading
– Caching systems

6. Object-Oriented Databases – These databases store data as objects, making them compatible with object-oriented programming languages.

Advantages:

– Eliminates the need for object-relational mapping (ORM).
– Supports inheritance and polymorphism.

Examples:

– db4o
– ObjectDB

7. Distributed Databases – Distributed databases store data across multiple physical locations, improving availability and fault tolerance.

Types:

– Homogeneous: Same database system across nodes (e.g., Google Spanner).
– Heterogeneous: Different systems working together (e.g., federated databases).

8. Cloud Databases – Hosted on cloud platforms, these databases offer scalability, managed services, and pay-as-you-go pricing.

Examples:

– Amazon RDS
– Google Cloud Firestore

Database Stores data using Tabular Shape

First of all let me tell you whatever the database program (MS SQL Server or MySQL or Oracle or DB2) you will choose for you application development, theories for database basics are same for all. Database stores data using tabular shape. While this tabular shape further divided into 2 dimensions rows and columns. A database management system (DBMS) stores data in such a fashion that it becomes very easier to retrieve, update or produce information. For an example let you have an employee details table. Where you have fields like Employee Name, Date of Birth, Email ID, Salary or Contact Details. In such case if you want to extract information about all those employee who is having salary greater than 30 thousand, database is smart enough to do that for you.

ACID Properties

In database basics ACID stands for Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation and Durability. Here before I explain more about these properties first let you know these properties are the keys for which database is so popular today. Atomicity says during a transaction involving 2 or more discrete pieces, whether all of them are committed or none. Let take an case study where in a bank while a customer depositing some money to his or her account in back-end we do insert the fresh entry and in the next step we update the previous balance. Here if insert get executed and update fails than it is not acceptable. That’s why in such cases we do all consecutive actions under a single transaction. This feature is called Atomicity.

Like Atomicity Consistency is one more key feature of DBMS. Consistency says during a transaction either creates a new with valid state of data or else if any failure occurs return all data to the previous state of before transaction. Here I will give you an example. Assume during you submit a form in between due to sudden power failure you get disconnected from the server. From the complete record partial data available to the server and connection break. In such case database will not insert that partial record to the table rather it will discard the transaction without affecting the previous state.

Isolation says a transaction in process and not yet committed must remain isolated from other transaction. Durability is nothing but once data Committed is get saved by the system, even after in-case of any failure or system restart, the data is remain as it is in correct state.

Entity & Relationship

In ER Model an Entity is nothing but the real-world object. Properties of an Entity is called attributes. Every attributes holds a set of values which called domain. For an example in a Employee Details table, Employee is an Entity while attributes are Name, Age, Sex, Salary or Designation. About relationship I can say it is a logical association of entities.

Primary Key & Composite Key

In a table Primary Key is the field which stores unique entry for each individual records. Using Primary Key we can identify any individual record in millions. Which field we declare as the Primary Key that can’t contain null value or blank. While inserting a record make sure Primary Key is the mandatory field. Generally we use auto increment feature in Primary Key field. Generally we use integer data type under Primary Key field. Rather a single column if we are declaring 2 or more column as Primary Key than that is called Composite Key. In case of Composite key we can’t guarantee uniqueness of a single column but while it comes together it fulfill all the properties of a Primary Key.

Unique Key

A Unique Key is very similar to Primary Key. Like the Primary Key Unique Key provides unique identification of each record in a table. Keep noted in a table you can have only one Primary Key but you can define as many as unique key you wants. One more difference of Primary Key and Unique Key is Unique Key allow null value to store.

Foreign Key

A Foreign Key always points Primary Key of an another table. It’s a key feature of Foreign Key that it prevents to insert records which is not establishing relationship between two tables. Even Foreign Key filed never accepts invalid data from being inserted.

CHECK Constraint in SQL

In a SQL table we use CHECK constraint to limit the range of value that can be placed in a column. If you will define CHECK constraint to a single column it allows only limited values for that column. In case you define CHECK constraint to a table it can limit the values in certain columns based on values in other columns in the row.

Database Basics Unique Key and Foreign Key

Unique keys and foreign keys are fundamental to relational database design, ensuring data accuracy and meaningful relationships. While unique keys prevent duplicate entries in critical fields, foreign keys maintain connections between tables, preserving referential integrity. Understanding these constraints allows for robust database structures that support efficient data management. By applying them correctly, businesses can avoid inconsistencies and build scalable, reliable systems.

What is a Unique Key?

A unique key is a constraint applied to a column or a set of columns in a database table to ensure that all values stored in those columns are distinct. The primary purpose of a unique key is to prevent duplicate entries in specific fields while allowing NULL values (unless explicitly restricted).

Characteristics of a Unique Key

– Uniqueness: Ensures no duplicate values exist in the constrained column(s).
– Nullable: Can contain NULL values unless defined as NOT NULL.
– Multiple Keys: A table can have more than one unique key.

What is a Foreign Key?

A foreign key is a column (or a set of columns) in one table that references the primary key or unique key of another table. Foreign keys help maintain consistency by preventing actions that would leave orphaned records or violate logical relationships.

Characteristics of a Foreign Key

– References Another Table: Points to a primary key or unique key in a related table.
– Ensures Referential Integrity: Prevents invalid data from being inserted into the foreign key column.
– Cascading Actions: Supports operations like CASCADE DELETE or UPDATE to maintain consistency.
– Can Allow NULL: Depending on the design, foreign keys may permit NULL values if the relationship is optional.

Conclusion

Choosing the right database depends on data structure, scalability needs, and performance requirements. Relational databases excel in structured data environments, while NoSQL systems offer flexibility for unstructured data.

The post Database Basics with Terminologies definition for Beginners appeared first on OneStop Shop.

SQL Stands for “Structured Query Language”. This is a popular programming language to manage Data. SQL consists of DDL (Data Definition Language), DML (Data Manipulation Language) & DCL (Data Control Language). SQL was first appeared in 1974. That time It was developed by Donald D. Chamberlin & Raymond F. Boyce in IBM. In 1986 the SQL was initially released. SQL is approved by both ANSI & ISO. SQL is derived from the word “SEQUEL”. In this session for absolute beginners let us share the list of frequently used SQL Queries.

To get Started with various SQL Queries first we required to Create a Database and Table with Sample Data.

Create & Drop Database Queries

To Create a Database in SQL we use Create Database Query. Create Database query Syntax is as below.

Syntax: CREATE DATABASE Database_Name;

Assume here we are going to Create a Database with name “temp_db”. Then you required to execute the following query.

CREATE DATABASE temp_db;

Like Create Database to Drop a Database you required to run the following query.

Syntax: DROP DATABASE Database_Name;

Create & Drop Table SQL Queries

Once you successfully Created the Database next you required to Create Tables to Store records. In the below example I creating a SQL Table to store manager details. The Table name is ManagerDetails. In this table Manager_ID is the primary key.

CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ManagerDetails (
Manager_ID varchar(10) NOT NULL DEFAULT '', 
Manager_Name varchar(200) NOT NULL DEFAULT '', 
Manager_Designation varchar(200) NOT NULL DEFAULT '', 
Manager_Salary varchar(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0', 
PRIMARY KEY (Manager_ID) 
)

Like Create Table to Drop a Table from your Database you required to run the following query.

Syntax: DROP TABLE Table_Name;

INSERT Statement SQL Queries

To execute various SELECT Statements on over a SQL Table at minimum we required some Sample records. Here in my ManagerDetails table I am inserting 12 sample records using the following insert queries.

INSERT INTO ManagerDetails (Manager_ID, Manager_Name, Manager_Designation, Manager_Salary) VALUES
(1, 'Sujata Mohapatra', 'Sr. Manager', '28000'),
(2, 'Ravi Ranjan Dash', 'Program Manager', '32000'),
(3, 'Bijaylakshmi Dash', 'Business Manager', '48000'),
(4, 'Rosalin Roy', 'Sr. Program Manager', '62000'),
(5, 'Nibedita Mahapatra', 'Jr. Manager', '18000'),
(6, 'Meghana Roy', 'Sr. Manager', '35000'),
(7, 'Manamohan Mohanty', 'Sr. Team Lead', '23000'),
(8, 'Rupak Maharana', 'Business Head', '36000'),
(9, 'Ramkrishna Dalei', 'QA Manager', '18000'),
(10, 'Puspashree Mishra', 'Team Leader', '15000'),
(11, 'Jayshree Moharana', 'Sr. Project Manager', '55000'),
(12, 'Ravi Prakash Dash', 'Business Head', '42000');

SELECT Queries

In SQL we use SELECT Statement to fetch records from a Table. Looking into the complexity and filter there are various clauses introduced with SQL Select Statement. Let us explore those clauses 1 by 1. First let us discuss the Select Statement using which we can Fetch all the records from a Table.

SELECT * FROM ManagerDetails;

OR

SELECT Column_Name_A, Column_Name_B,..., Column_Name_N FROM ManagerDetails;

DISTINCT Clause

In a SQL Table it may happen a column may contain more than 1 records with duplicate values. In this scenario to list only the different values we use DISTINCT Clause with SELECT Statement look at the Syntax below.

Syntax: SELECT DISTINCT Column_Name, Column_Name, Column_Name FROM Table_Name;

Example:

SELECT DISTINCT Manager_Salary FROM managerdetails;

Here you can notice in my ManagerDetails table Manager_Salary column contain 18,000 Salary for more than 1 manager. Using DISTINCT Clause the result will show me 18,000 Salary only once.

WHERE Clause

This is a Conditional Clause. For an example in the above ManagerDetails table if you want to Filter those managers who are having more then 40,000 Salary per month this clause is helpful. Look at the example below.

Example:

SELECT * FROM ManagerDetails WHERE Manager_Salary > 40000;

Logical Clause (AND/OR)

Logical Clause can be used with various SELECT Statement Clauses. To show you an example here I am using Logical Clause with Where Condition. What I want is from the above ManagerDetails table I want those manager records who are having salary more than 40,000 and less than 60,000. Basically there are 2 types of logical clauses AND & OR. In below example let me show you how to use AND logical clause.

Example:

SELECT * FROM ManagerDetails WHERE Manager_Salary > 40000 AND Manager_Salary < 60000;

IN Clause

This Clause is useful to fetch specific records with Specific ID’s or Values. For an example using below SQL Query I am looking all those manager records who are having Salary 28000 and 18000.

Example:

SELECT * FROM ManagerDetails WHERE Manager_Salary IN (28000, 18000);

BETWEEN Clause

Generally we use Between Clause with SELECT Statement when we required to extract those records which are in between a specific value. For an example here in ManagerDetails table I want to fetch all those records who are having salary in between 30,000 t0 50,000. Look at the SQL Queries below.

Example:

SELECT * FROM ManagerDetails WHERE Manager_Salary BETWEEN 30000 AND 40000;

LIKE Clause

We use Like Clause in a SQL SELECT Statement to Search. For an example in ManagerDetails table I want to fetch all those record who are with the first name “Ravi”.

Example:

SELECT * FROM ManagerDetails WHERE Manager_Name LIKE 'Ravi%';

The meaning of % at the end of Ravi is what are the names started with these characters. In case you want to search those records where the middle name is Ravi you can go for the expression “%Ravi%”.

ORDER BY Clause

We use Order By clause with Select statement for sorting. Using Order By clause there are two types of sorting can possible Ascending and Descending. For Ascending order we use ASC and for Descending order we use DESC keywords respectively. Look at the example below how I am fetching Manager Details depending upon there Salary.

SELECT * FROM ManagerDetails ORDER BY Manager_Salary ASC;

OR

SELECT * FROM ManagerDetails ORDER BY Manager_Salary DESC;

GROUP BY Function

We use GROUP BY function in conjunction with aggregate functions to group the set of results by one or more columns. Syntax for Group By function is as below.

Syntax: SELECT Column_Name, aggregate_function(Column_Name)
FROM Table_Name
WHERE Column_Name operator value
GROUP BY Column_Name;

COUNT Function

To count number of records against column(s) we use Count Function. For an example if you want to count the number of rows in ManagerDetails table, you can execute the following query.

SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ManagerDetails;

HAVING Function

Having function work similar like where Clause but the only difference is where clause can’t be used with aggregate functions where Having can.

Syntax: SELECT Column_Name, aggregate_function(Column_Name)
FROM Table_Name
WHERE Column_Name operator value
GROUP BY Column_Name
HAVING aggregate_function(Column_Name) operator value;

CREATE & DROP INDEX

Using index in a SQL Table we fetch the record in less time. User can’t view the index but in behind it works to speed of search queries.

CREATE INDEX myIndex ON ManagerDetails (Manager_ID);

Not only for a Single Column index can be set for multiple Columns.

CREATE INDEX myIndex ON ManagerDetails (Manager_ID, Manager_Name);

Also we can Create unique index on a table. Unique index not allow duplicate values.

CREATE UNIQUE INDEX myIndex ON ManagerDetails (Manager_ID);

To drop index from a SQL Table you can use the following Queries for various databases.

Drop index Syntax for MS Access:

Syntax: DROP INDEX index_name ON table_name;

Drop index Syntax for MS SQL Server:

Syntax: DROP INDEX table_name.index_name;

Drop Index Syntax for MySQL:

Syntax: ALTER TABLE table_name DROP INDEX index_name;

ALTER & UPDATE Queries

Generally we use Alter SQL Statement to add or modify Columns of a Table. The syntax of ALETER Statement is as below.

Syntax: ALTER TABLE Table_Name ADD Column_Name Datatype;

For an example if I want to add one more column to my ManagerDetails table I can execute the following query.

ALTER TABLE ManagerDetails ADD Emp_Age date;

Like ALTER UPDATE query helps to update specific record in a table. Assume that in my ManagerDetails table I want to updated “Rosalin Roy” salary to “65000”. Then the following query I need to execute.

UPDATE ManagerDetails SET Manager_Salary='65000' WHERE Manager_ID=4;

Syntax for UPDATE Statement is as below.

Syntax: UPDATE Table_Name SET Column_Name1=Value1, Column_Name2=Value2, … WHERE Some_Column=Some_Value;

TURNCATE & DELETE TABLE SQL Queries

Both the command TURNCATE & DELETE we use to delete records from a SQL Table. But the only difference is using delete we only delete records but the identity id did not get deleted. For an example if you have 5 records in a table and you used delete statement to clear the records. When after delete all records you will insert a new record it will show you id 6. But using TURNCATE identity filed get reset. Look at the example of TURNCATE & DELETE queries.

Delete statement can be 2 types Conditional or All. To remove all records from a table we use:

DELETE * FROM ManagerDetails;

To have a conditional DELETE Statement we use the following Syntax.

Syntax: DELETE FROM table_name WHERE some_column=some_value;

Similar to DELETE Statement the following Syntax we use for TURNCATE a table.

Syntax: TRUNCATE TABLE table_name;

The post List of frequently used common SQL Queries with Example appeared first on OneStop Shop.

ADO stands for ActiveX Data Objects. Command object is the biggest object in ADO.NET. It is the only object which can perform actions with database. You can create instances of Command object using Command class or Connection.Create. For absolute beginners in this session let us explore more about ADO.NET architecture with examples.

Connection using ADO.NET

SqlConnection sqlConn = new SqlConnection("............");
SqlCommand sqlCmd = sqlConn.CreateCommand();

All databases supports 2 types of queries.

Action Queries – Action queries are those which change the state of database and which don’t return any results except the number of records affected. Example of few action based queries are Insert, Delete & Update statements.

Non-action Queries – Non-action queries are those which don’t affect the database but return the result. Example of non-action based queries are Select statements.

ADO.NET Methods to Executing queries

ADO.NET Command object provides the following methods to execute queries.

• ExecuteNonQuery()
• ExecuteReader()
• ExecuteScalar()
• ExecuteXMLReader()

1. ExecuteNonQuery

This method is used to execute those queries which perform some action & changes against the state of the database. We use this method to execute action based queries such as Insert, Delete or Update records.

Ex:

Delete * from EmpDetails;

Or

INSERT INTO EmpDetails VALUES(‘Biswabhusan’, ‘Software Developer’, ‘InfoSys’);

2. ExecuteReader

Using this method we can execute any kind of Select Statements. ExecuteReader returns single or multiple value depending upon the Query.

Ex:

SELECT EmpName FROM EmpDetails; //This query returns multiple values.
SELECT count(*) FROM EmpDetails; //This query returns a single value.

SELECT emp.EmpID, emp.EmpName, dep.DepNo, dep.DepName from EmpDetails emp, DepDetails dep where emp.DepNo = dep.DepNo //This conditional query returns values from multiple tables.

3. ExecuteScalar

This method is used for Select statements which return only single values.

Ex:

SELECT count(*) FROM EmpDetails;

4. ExecuteXMLReader

This method is applicable only for SqlClient namespace. It is used for queries which return XML data. But OLEDB managed provider does not support this method.

Ex:

SELECT * FROM JobDetails FOR XML AUTO

Note: ExecuteNonQuery(), which is included from ADO.NET Version 1.0/1.1 is used for synchronous execution of queries, whereas BeginExecuteQuery() and EndExecuteQuery() methods which were introduced in ADO.NET Version 2.0 are used for asynchronous execution of queries.

Batch SQL

We can write more than one SQL statement in a single string and execute them as a group(internally execution takes place one after the other) at the same time. This is called batch SQL. The statements are separated by a semicolon and written in the same string.

Ex:

“SELECT empName FROM EmpDetails; SELECT * FROM JobDetails; SELECT * FROM DepDetails”

Batch SQL is very effective & saves time because it is not necessary to wait for the execution of first statement, in order to run the next statement. But there is also a great drawback in this approach, which relates to the SQL injection attacks.

SQL Injection attacks – If even a Single statement which is harmful to the database is provided in the batch, it results in stalling of the whole database.

DataReader

In ADO.NET there are only two objects which can store data. One is DataSet while the other is DataReader.

Features of DataReader – DataReader is a forward only accessible object. Using DataReader we can only read the data. It is a read-only object of ADO.NET. It provides sequential access for rows & can be extended for sequential column access also.

How DataReader Works?

The select statement from the command object is processed and a ResultSet with the required data is created in the form of rows and columns at the database server. The address of this ResultSet is provided to the DataReader.

cmd=new SqlCommand(“SELECT * FROM EmpDetails”, conn);
dr=cmd.ExecuteReader(); //provides the address of the ResultSet to the DataReader(dr)

When the read() method of the DataReader is used it returns true if records are present and false if records are not present. At the same time if records are present, a similar structure like the ResultSet is created at the client side and the first record is fetched into it. The DataReader reads the record from this structure. dr[n] is an indexer to access its created structure.

Ex: dr[0] provides the first column of the retrieved row.
dr[1] provides the second column of the retrieved row.

A pointer exists on ResultSet to identify the record being read. When the read() method is again called from the DataReader, the pointer moves to the next record if present. The structure at the DataReader now gets overwritten by this record.

Drawbacks of DataReader – It is a forward-only and read-only object. DataReader is a connection-oriented object, which means that the access to data is possible only as long as the connection exists. DataReader works only on databases, but not on other data sources like XML files.

Note: It is always necessary to close the DataReader object after the required data is read. Inspite of all drawbacks, DataReader usage is in its performance. To access data, DataReader is the fastest object in entire .NET Framework.

More DataReader Methods and Properties

dr.GetString(0): This statement is used to retrieve the data in the required format. Here the requirement is to retrieve the first column value of the DataReader in the form of a string. Normally for this purpose, the below method is adopted.

textBox1.Text=dr[0].ToString();

Here the data is first retrieved and then converted into string format. But if dr.GetString(0) is used, the data is directly retrieved in the form of string, which aids in better performance.

dr.GetInt32(1) – This works similar to the above method, but fetches data in the form of an integer. Similarly there are methods like GetDouble, GetByte, GetDateTime etc. for different datatypes.

HasRows Property – It checks whether records are present or not and returns true or false accordingly. This property provides better performance than Read() because Read method checks the presence of the records and also reads the records. Since HasRows property does not read the records it performs faster.

IsClosed – It returns true if the DataReader is closed, otherwise returns false. If cmd.ExecuteReader (CommandBehaviour.CloseConnection) is used then connection gets closed when DataReader is closed. In such cases, the state of the connection can be checked by using IsClosed property.

IsDBNull – This property is used to check if a DataRow is null. Returns true if it is null, otherwise returns false.

Ex: if(dr.IsDBNull[0]) checks whether the first row is null.

Stored Procedures

Different methods of writing programs in back-end are Blocks (T-SQL for SQL Server, PL/SQL for Oracle) – Blocks compile every time when called. They are not Stored Procedures – Procedures get compiled and stored as part of database objects. So they perform faster in execution. They need to be explicitly called using an execute statement or functions – They also get compiled and stored like procedures. They can be called with a select statement.

Triggers – They are executed automatically(implicitly called).

Why use Stored Procedures?

Stored Procedures are used because of the following features they offer

• Modular programming
• Distribution of work
• Database security
• Faster execution
• Network traffic reduction
• Flexibility

A typical procedure looks like the following one.

CREATE PROCEDURE dbo.AddJob
(
@jobdesc varchar(50),
@minlvl int,
@maxlvl int
)
AS
INSERT INTO JobDetails VALUES(@jobdesc, @minlvl, @maxlvl)
RETURN

Every parameter in a procedure should be preceded by a special character @ to differentiate from the column names of the table. By default all the declared parameters are input parameters. If the procedure has to return values, then the output parameters must be explicitly specified by using OUTPUT keyword for SQL Server and OUT for Oracle.

Calling procedures from Client-side

This is the code for adding records into the jobs table. The three column values are entered into the text boxes (no need to add values to the first column because it is an identity column) and at the click of a button the whole record should be entered into the table. This is done by using the stored procedure shown earlier. To call that procedure, the button click code should be written as follows.

cmd = new SqlCommand("AddJob", cn);
cmd.CommandType = CommandType.StoredProcedure;
cmd.Parameters.AddWithValue("@jobdesc", txtJobDesc.Text);
cmd.Parameters.AddWithValue("@minlvl", txtMinLvl.Text);
cmd.Parameters.AddWithValue("@maxlvl", txtMaxLvl.Text);
cmd.ExecuteNonQuery();
MessageBox.Show("Record Added");

Here the textbox values are assigned to the parameters of the procedure by using Parameters.AddWithValue() method using command object. When the command is executed, it executes the procedure at the database server and records are added into the table.

Note: If OleDb is used then the parameters should be in same order as the columns in the table, but for SQL Server this is not required.

The command types that are supported by ADO.NET are:

Text: This is default. It can be any query including the table name.
StoredProcedure: To call a procedure at the back-end.
TableDirect: This is mainly for OleDb, where the table name has to be specified in place of command text.

Procedures can be written to return query results also(i.e. select statement results). To execute the procedures that return query results, ExecuteReader should be used from the command object instead of ExecuteNonQuery as shown below.

cmd = new SqlCommand("jobsinfo", cn);
cmd.CommandType = CommandType.StoredProcedure;
SqlDataReader dr = cmd.ExecuteReader();

But it is not preferred to write such procedures because all databases do not support them. But for returning values from the procedures, nearly all back-ends support directional parameters-IN, OUT, INOUT.

IN Parameter: It is read-only in procedure i.e.the procedure can only read the value from it and but cannot return value to it. The direction of this parameter is from the calling program (client) to called program(server).

OUT Parameter: It is write-only which means that the procedure can only return values to it, but cannot read any values from it. Direction is from server to client.

INOUT Parameter: It can be used for both Read and Write. It is bi-directional i.e. from server to client as well as from client to server.

The post ADO.NET ExecuteNonQuery, ExecuteReader, ExecuteScalar Examples appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Generally we use range slider during we decide a specific range of value to input the system. For an example in a shopping cart application if you want to find out all dress materials with in your budget ($100 to $300) in such case range slider is very useful. To develop a responsive range slider from scratch is a time consuming job. Looking into this Jquery UI provides in-built Jquery range slider. It’s very easy and less time consuming job to implement in your application.

Look at the demo app below. Here in my HTML page I have 2 div’s. One is displaying range slider selected values while other one is responsible for Jquery UI slider. To integrate Jquery UI in the below app I referred Jquery library, Jquery UI CSS & Jquery UI CDN links.

To implement range Slider

To implement range Slider I am applying Jquery UI in-built slider method to the div with id rangeSlider. To Configure my range Slider according to my inputs here I passed various parameters such as range, min, max & values. By declaring range: true I am telling Jquery UI slider to provide me a range based Control. Using min & max I am assigning the minimum and maximum value for the range Slider. Values are nothing but the initial range. Here my slider is showing range from 100 to 600 dollars. Initial during after page load by setting values to 200 to 400 I am showing the slider range in-between 200 to 400 dollars. For more API functions like Orientation or Slide you can refer http://api.jqueryui.com/slider/.

This Jquery range slider is designed by Jquery UI. It is completely browser compatible and supports all modern browsers. Even you don’t need to worry about it’s responsiveness. Independent of all devices this range slider works fine. To the run the below app just copy the codes to a notepad file. Save it as a html file & open in your browser. As in the below app we are referring CDN links make sure while running the app you are with internet connectivity.

Example.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>Responsive Jquery range slider</title>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="https://cdnjs.cloudflare.com/ajax/libs/jqueryui/1.12.0/jquery-ui.css">
<script src="https://code.jquery.com/jquery-3.1.0.min.js"></script>
<script src="https://code.jquery.com/ui/1.11.4/jquery-ui.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript">
$(document).ready(function() {
$("#rangeSlider").slider ({
range: true,
min: 100,
max: 600,
values: [200, 400],
slide: function(event, ui) {
$("#priceRange").html("$" + ui.values[0] + " - $" + ui.values[1]);
$("#minimumPrice").val(ui.values[0]);
$("#maximumPrice").val(ui.values[1]);
}
});
/* In real-time updating the value of range Slider to Span */
$("#priceRange").html("$" + $("#rangeSlider").slider("values", 0) + " - $" + $("#rangeSlider").slider("values", 1));
});
</script>
</head>
<body>
<div>Selected Range: <span id="priceRange"></span></div>
<br />
<div id="rangeSlider"></div>
</body>
</html>

jQuery Range Slider Using jQuery UI

Range sliders are essential UI components that allow users to select a value or range of values within a specified minimum and maximum limit. They enhance user interaction by providing a visual and intuitive way to input data. jQuery UI, a popular library built on top of jQuery, provides a simple yet powerful way to implement range sliders with minimal coding.

Understanding jQuery UI Slider

The jQuery UI Slider widget converts a standard HTML element into an interactive slider. It supports single handles for selecting a single value or multiple handles for defining a range. The slider can be customized in terms of appearance, behavior, and functionality, making it suitable for various applications such as price filters, volume controls, and data visualization.

Key Features of jQuery UI Slider

1. Customizable Range – Define minimum and maximum values.
2. Single or Dual Handles – Choose between a single slider or a range slider.
3. Step Increments – Set predefined intervals for slider movement.
4. Smooth Animation – Enable or disable sliding animation.
5. Event Handling – Respond to user interactions like sliding, start, and stop.
6. Theming – Apply jQuery UI’s built-in themes or custom CSS.

Best Practices

1. Accessibility – Ensure keyboard navigation and ARIA attributes for screen readers.
2. Responsive Design – Adjust slider dimensions for different screen sizes.
3. Performance Optimization – Avoid heavy computations in event handlers.
4. Fallback Mechanism – Provide an alternative input method for non-JavaScript users.

Conclusion

The jQuery UI range slider is a flexible and user-friendly component that enhances web applications by providing an intuitive way to select values. With its extensive customization options and ease of implementation, it remains a preferred choice for developers. By following best practices and leveraging advanced features, you can create interactive sliders that improve user experience across various use cases. The ability to integrate smoothly with existing JavaScript code makes it a valuable tool in modern web development.

The post Example of Simple Responsive Jquery Range Slider using Jquery UI appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Web is the house of information. Millions are working Day & Night to make the Web better. In this rush to locate correct information from Search engines you required to search wisely. You must noticed sometime it was difficult to find out a suitable search string according to the need. In such case autosuggestion facility works awesome. The king of Search engines Google provides this facility. To implement the same in your application with this demo I created an autosuggestion Search box using PHP and jQuery. Data I am fetching from MySQL Database.

To create this demo here I am with 4 files index.htm, main.css, loading.js & live-Search.php. The HTML file contains a Container which hold an input control with id txtSearch. Below the Search box I have a div to display autosuggestion strings. Initial during page load I hided this using CSS display:none.

index.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<title>Google like autosuggestion Search box using PHP</title>
<script src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.12.4/jquery.min.js"></script>
<script src="loading.js"></script>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="main.css" />
</head>
<body>
<div class="container">
<input type="text" id="txtSearch" placeholder="Search our Faculty Database" /><br /> 
<div id="SearchResults"></div>
</div> 
</body>
</html>

The below CSS file gives look n feel to my HTML elements. Here depending upon the width of Search box I applied the same to Search result div.

main.css

.container { margin: 0 auto; padding-top: 150px; width: 600px; }
#txtSearch { width:600px; border:solid 1px #000000; padding:10px; font-size:16px; }
#SearchResults { position:absolute; width:600px; padding:10px; display:none; margin-top:-1px; border-top:0px; overflow:hidden; border:1px #CCC solid; background: #FFF; }
.res-pan { border-bottom: 1px dashed #999; font-size: 16px; height: 40px; }
.res-pan:hover { background: #2E237A; cursor:pointer; color:#FFFFFF; }
.live-results { width: 100%; height: 100%; padding-top: 8px; }

Core logic for autosuggestion Search box is running inside the below JS file. Here using Jquery I am tracking the keyup event of the Search box. Inside this using Jquery Ajax method I am sending user inputs to live-Search.php. To maintain secure data transmission in Ajax call I used POST method.

loading.js

$(document).ready(function(){
/* During page load Clearing the Search Box value */
$("#txtSearch").val('');
/* Setting Focus to Search Box */
$("#txtSearch").focus();
/* Handling Keyup event for Search Box */
$("#txtSearch").keyup(function(){
var queryStr = $(this).val();
var dataString = 'SearchString='+ queryStr;
if(queryStr!='')
{
$.ajax({
type: "POST",
url: "live-Search.php",
data: dataString,
cache: false,
success: function(html)
{
$("#SearchResults").html(html).show();
$(".live-results").on("click",function() {	
$("#txtSearch").val($(this).html());
$("#SearchResults").fadeOut();
});
}
});
}
return false; 
});

$(document).on("click", function(e) { 
var clicked = $(e.target);
if (!clicked.hasClass("live-results")){
$("#SearchResults").fadeOut(); 
}
});
});

In success event of Jquery Ajax method I am binding the response data to SearchResults div. Here my response data is pure HTML. Which is programmed in below PHP file. This HTML contains a div with class name live-results. After displaying autosuggestion pan to handle user selection I am assigning the selected value to Search box inside the live-results click event. Once the selected value mapped to Search box I am hiding the Search results pan.

live-Search.php

<?php
$connection = mysql_connect("localhost", "root");
mysql_select_db("demo_db", $connection);
if($_POST)
{
$q = $_POST['SearchString'];
$sqlRes = mysql_query("select faculty_id,faculty_name from faculty where faculty_name like '%$q%' order by faculty_id LIMIT 5");

while($row=mysql_fetch_array($sqlRes))
{
$username   = $row['faculty_name'];
?>
<div class="res-pan">
<div class="live-results"><?php echo $username; ?></div>
</div>
<?php
}
}
?>

The above PHP file is fetching user inputs from Jquery Ajax method using $_POST[‘SearchString’]. Then using a MySQL Select query I am using wild-char Search with limit of 5 records. Then displaying those data inside a while loop using div. To apply CSS on these div’s I assigned Classes to them.

For demo purpose in MySQL create a db with name “demo_db”. Then using the following query Create a table for Faculty.

CREATE TABLE Faculty (
Faculty_ID INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT,
Faculty_Name VARCHAR(70) NOT NULL,
Email_ID VARCHAR(60) NOT NULL,
Mobile_Number VARCHAR(10) NOT NULL,
PRIMARY KEY (Faculty_ID)
);

Once the table Created successfully insert data using the following SQL statements.

INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Abhishek Bachchan','abhishek@gmail.com','9823234566');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Bijayalaxmi Sahoo','bijayalaxmi@gmail.com','8773325680');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Manmohan Desai','manmohan.desai@gmail.com','7734698800');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Naveen Patnaik','naveen.p@gmail.com','8775600027');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Poonam Jhawar','poonam.jhawar@gmail.com','9096266548');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Poonam Pandey','poonam.p@gmail.com','8772282800');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Ravi Shankar','ravi.shankar@gmail.com','9258733647');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Nibedita Panda','nibedita.panda@gmail.com','9227855677');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Gitanjali Swamy','gitanjali@gmail.com','8227699000');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Ravi Srivastab','ravi.srivastab@gmail.com','7433309768');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Rani Mukherjee','rani.mukherjee@gmail.com','8227899003');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Meghana Kaushik','meghana.k@gmail.com','8923764466');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Rituraj Mohanty','rituraj.mohanty@gmail.com','9096874588');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Meghana Raj','meghana.raj@gmail.com','9896355454');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Sanchita Shetty','sanchita.shetty@gmail.com','7878654321');
INSERT INTO faculty(Faculty_Name, Email_ID, Mobile_Number) VALUES ('Ramya Krishnan','ramya.krishnan@gmail.com','9888766543');

Hope the above explanation will make you clear about the logic behind this demo app. Enrich your application Search facility with autosuggestion. This will make your application much user friendly.

The post Google like Autosuggestion Search Box using PHP, MySQL & Jquery appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Decade back MS-Excel is one of most popular data inter-exchange platform. Looking into it’s popularity Excel file is supported by Window, Linux, Mac OS X, Android & iOS. Compare to Other spreadsheets Excel is rich with many advanced functionalities such as Calculation, Formula Feeding, Pivot Tables, Graphics tools, Data visuals or Macro programming. This is the reason Customer wants Export to Excel facility in their application.

Generally during we display tabular data in a web page for sharing purpose we do implement export to excel button. For every user it’s many not possible to give access to the System. The cause using an excel sheet we can easily share data to the respective authority. In the below demo I am fetching data from a MySQL Database table and exporting those data to an excel file using PHP programming.

To export data from MySQL to excel, here under MySQL Database “temp_db” I created a Table “ManagerDetails”. Which holds managers details.

Create Table

CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ManagerDetails (
Manager_ID varchar(10) NOT NULL DEFAULT '', 
Manager_Name varchar(200) NOT NULL DEFAULT '', 
Manager_Designation varchar(200) NOT NULL DEFAULT '', 
Manager_Salary varchar(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0', 
PRIMARY KEY (Manager_ID) 
)

Insert Records for Demo purpose

INSERT INTO ManagerDetails (Manager_ID, Manager_Name, Manager_Designation, Manager_Salary) VALUES
(1, 'Sujata Mohapatra', 'Sr. Manager', '28000'),
(2, 'Ravi Ranjan Dash', 'Program Manager', '32000'),
(3, 'Bijaylakshmi Dash', 'Business Manager', '48000'),
(4, 'Rosalin Roy', 'Sr. Program Manager', '62000'),
(5, 'Nibedita Mahapatra', 'Jr. Manager', '18000'),
(6, 'Meghana Roy', 'Sr. Manager', '35000'),
(7, 'Manamohan Mohanty', 'Sr. Team Lead', '23000'),
(8, 'Rupak Maharana', 'Business Head', '36000'),
(9, 'Ramkrishna Dalei', 'QA Manager', '18000'),
(10, 'Puspashree Mishra', 'Team Leader', '15000'),
(11, 'Jayshree Moharana', 'Sr. Project Manager', '55000'),
(12, 'Ravi Prakash Dash', 'Business Head', '42000');

Then to Fetch Data from “ManagerDetails.php” first I am establishing Database Connection. Once after the Successful Connection executing a SQL query to fetch data. To customize output Excel File Name here I declared a variable $FileName. Currently here I decided the File Name as “ManagerDetails.xls”. You can update this as per your requirements.

To generate an Excel File after File Name I am declaring Excel File Header information. Then inside a while loop I am storing “mysql_fetch_assoc($manager_query)” to $row variable. Which holds database records. To print those values to an Excel File I am using echo command. To create several columns in Excel during echo command I am using “/t” (Tab) after each column of $row. Similarly for new line at the end of echo command using “/n”.

ManagerDetails.php

<?php
/* Establishing MySQL Database Connection */
$sql_query=mysql_connect("localhost", "root");
mysql_select_db("temp_db", $sql_query);

/* Executing query to Fetch Data from MySQL Table */
$manager_query=mysql_query("SELECT * FROM ManagerDetails");

/* Function to Filter each data row */
function FilterSpecialChars(&$str)
{
$str = preg_replace("/\t/", "\\t", $str);
$str = preg_replace("/\r?\n/", "\\n", $str);
if(strstr($str, '"')) $str = '"' . str_replace('"', '""', $str) . '"';
}

/* Place to Define File Name for your Excel File */
$FileName = "ManagerDetails" . ".xls";

/*Setting File Header information for Excel*/
header("Content-Disposition: attachment; filename=\"$FileName\"");
header("Content-Type: application/vnd.ms-excel");

/* Running loop to display each row of Data */
while($row = mysql_fetch_assoc($manager_query)){
// filter data
array_walk($row, 'FilterSpecialChars');
echo $row['Manager_Name'] . "\t" . $row['Manager_Designation'] . "\t" . $row['Manager_Salary'] . "\n";
}

exit;
?>

The post How to Export data from MySQL to Excel using PHP? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Generally to display hierarchy of Data we use a Treeview Control. The major advantages of a Treeview control is it loads data partially as per the event triggered. I mean if you have bulk data to display, Treeview is the best option. While loading data depending upon the user click you can expand the specific node with data. From my experience I can say Compare to Script based Treeview pure CSS Treeview performs faster during operation.

In this demo app I Created a expandable and collapsible Treeview using pure CSS and HTML5. It’s simple and can easily Customizable according to your project requirement. To develop this Treeview in my HTML page I am using Order list (OL). Where each li contains nodes as File or Folder. Refer my CSS structure here li presents a Folder. If a li is with the CSS Class “each-node” then it re-presents File. To achieve Sub nodes I am using ol element under Folder li.

In CSS for each node I am checking the file extension and showing “page.png” image. If required you can update this to specific image Files. To handle the toggle operation I am applying checked attribute over each checkbox. To prevent Checkboxes from user view I am hiding them using “display: none”. Using the Tree view you can create upto n number of nodes with any depth.

Pure CSS3 Customizable Treeview Example

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="main.css" />
<title>Simple pure CSS Treeview Example</title>
</head>
<body>
<!-- Ordered list For Treeview -->
<ol class="tree-demo">
<li>
<label for="rootFolder">SEO</label><input type="checkbox" id="rootFolder" />
<ol>
<li>
<label for="onpageFolder">On-page SEO</label><input type="checkbox" id="onpageFolder" />
<ol>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Title Optimization</a></li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Keywords Optimization</a></li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Meta Tag Optimization</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>
<label for="offpageFolder">Off-page SEO</label><input type="checkbox" id="offpageFolder" />
<ol>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Link Building</a></li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Social Media Marketing</a></li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Forum Posting</a></li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Email Marketing</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Others</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Web Design</a></li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Graphics Designing</a></li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">DevOps</a></li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Digital Marketing</a></li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Pay Per Click program</a></li>
<li class="each-node"><a href="#">Domain Registration</a></li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

main.css

Using this CSS3 Treeview you can use specific icons with your nodes for File. Here in the below sample code I am checking for 4 kinds of Files pdf, html, css and js. In style here I am using Verdana, Helvetica fonts for my treeview. To make the toggle function live in this demo app I am using 2 images Toggle-Expand.png and Toggle-Collapse.png. For demo purpose you can download these images from here.

body, li { background: #424242; color: #FFF; margin: 0; padding: 0; font-family: Verdana, Helvetica; }
img { border: none; }

/* CSS Treeview Styles */
ol.tree-demo { padding: 0 0 0 30px; width: 300px; }
li { position: relative; margin-left: -15px; list-style: none; }
li.each-node { margin-left: -1px !important; }
li.each-node a { background: url(page.png) 0 0 no-repeat; display: block; padding-left: 21px; color: #fff; text-decoration: none; }

/* Checking document type to Show page icon */
li.each-node a[href *= '.pdf']	{ background: url(page.png) 0 0 no-repeat; }
li.each-node a[href *= '.html']	{ background: url(page.png) 0 0 no-repeat; }
li.each-node a[href $= '.css']	{ background: url(page.png) 0 0 no-repeat; }
li.each-node a[href $= '.js']	{ background: url(page.png) 0 0 no-repeat; }

li input { position: absolute; left: 0; opacity: 0; margin-left: 0; cursor: pointer; z-index: 2; width: 1em; height: 1em; top: 0; }
li input + ol { background: url(Toggle-Expand.png) 40px 0 no-repeat; height: 1em; margin: -0.938em 0 0 -44px; }
li input + ol > li { display: none; margin-left: -14px !important; padding-left: 1px; }
li label { background: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0) url("Folder-Symbol.png") no-repeat scroll 12px 3px; padding-left: 36px; cursor: pointer; display: block; }
li input:checked + ol { background: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0) url("Toggle-Collapse.png") no-repeat scroll 40px 5px; height: auto; margin: -1.25em 0 0 -44px; padding: 1.563em 0 0 80px; }
li input + ol { position: relative; top: -3px; }
li input:checked + ol > li { display: block; margin: 0 0 0.125em; }
li input:checked + ol > li:last-child { margin: 0 0 0.063em; }

In the above CSS Codes I used 1 CSS pseudo-class :last-child.

Required images for Simple Treeview

Here for demo purpose I created the below 4 images. You can use these images in any treeview control.

The post Easily Customizable Simple pure CSS3 Treeview Example appeared first on OneStop Shop.

To display multiple panels in a specific area generally we prefer to use tab view. Tab view is a user friendly Control. The major advantages of Tab view Control is it loads once during page load. Once the tab view appeared in a HTML page then during navigation it doesn’t required page refresh. I noticed in many web developers are using Script based tab Control. But Compare to Script based tab Control pure CSS tab view Control gives better performance. The cause in this demo app I created an easily customizable pure CSS tabs for you.

The logic I implemented here is so simple. In my HTML page I have one UL element which contains 6 li elements. The First li element is with Tab links in the shape of HTML label controls. Which internally linked through id to respective radio buttons. Here I used radio type input box to take benefits of Single selection. I mean while tab 1 is active other tabs required to stay disabled. After First child of UL element rest li’s are with a radio button and div. Div’s are responsible to hold panel contents. As per your requirement here you can add n number of tabs. To run this demo app simply copy the following files to the root directory and open index.html.

index.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>Pure CSS tab Control Example</title>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="main.css"/>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Example to Create your Own CSS Tabs</h2>
<ul class="tabs-ctrl">
<li class="link-labels">
<label for="tab-rbtn-1" id="tab-label-1">Link 1</label>
<label for="tab-rbtn-2" id="tab-label-2">Link 2</label>
<label for="tab-rbtn-3" id="tab-label-3">Link 3</label>
<label for="tab-rbtn-4" id="tab-label-4">Link 4</label>
<label for="tab-rbtn-5" id="tab-label-5">Link 5</label>
</li>
<li>
<input type="radio" checked name="tabs" id="tab-rbtn-1">
<div id="tab-inner-1" class="tab-inner">
<h2>Link 1</h2>
After the Success of his other books, Sanjeev Kapoor continues to enter the hearts of food lovers through their Stomachs.
</div>
</li>
<li>
<input type="radio" name="tabs" id="tab-rbtn-2">
<div id="tab-inner-2" class="tab-inner">
<h2>Link 2</h2>
In this book he hands us the key to a delicious khazana of Indian cuisines. It offers several recipes that have been chosen from a vast repertoire of delicacies in Indian cooking. Called Khana Khazana: Celebration of Indian cookery, this book, now in its seventh edition, has been designed to familiarize food lovers with a long forgotten cuisine. 
</div>
</li>
<li>
<input type="radio" name="tabs" id="tab-rbtn-3">  
<div id="tab-inner-3" class="tab-inner">
<h2>Link 3</h2>
Indian cuisine is getting popularity all over the world and is available in the most parts of the globe but it is restricted to a select few dishes. There is an enormous range that remains unexplored. Each of the state and each region has its own cuisine and local flavor. In this book, we are introduced to a variety of dishes that have been perfected by our ancestors.
</div>
</li>
<li>
<input type="radio" name="tabs" id="tab-rbtn-4">  
<div id="tab-inner-4" class="tab-inner">
<h2>Link 4</h2>
Here is an array of vegetarian, non-vegetarian recipes from Bengal, Maharashtra, Gujarat, the north of India, the southern states, which come with that special touch of the master chef. Macher jhol, bhajanee thalipeeth, Andhra Chilli Chicken, Kolambi bhaat, dhaabay di dal, rayalseema pesarettu, dhokar dalna, modak... the mouth watering list is endless.
</div>
</li>
<li>
<input type="radio" name="tabs" id="tab-rbtn-5">  
<div id="tab-inner-5" class="tab-inner">
<h2>Link 5</h2>
All you need to do to bring the diversity of India into your home, is to start in your own kitchen and share the passion that Indian food is the best!
</div>
</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

main.css

body { background: #BDBDBD none repeat scroll 0 0; line-height: 28px; font-family: Helvetica; font-size: 16px; word-wrap: break-word !important; }

h1 { color: #FFF; font-size: 30px; margin-top: 90px; line-height: 1.5; text-align: center; }
h2 { margin: 0 0 8px 0 }

.tabs-ctrl { list-style: outside none none; margin: 0 auto; padding: 0; width: 700px; }
.tabs-ctrl li { display: block; }
.tabs-ctrl label { background: #5F4C0B none repeat scroll 0 0; border-radius: 6px 6px 0 0; color: #FFF; cursor: pointer; display: inline-block; float: left; font-size: 16px; font-weight: normal; margin-right: 3px; padding: 4px 20px; }
.tabs-ctrl label:hover { background: #3498db; }
.tab-inner { background-color: #FFF; display: none; line-height: 22px; padding: 15px; width: 100%; }
.tabs-ctrl input[type=radio] { display:none; }

.link-labels:after { content: ''; clear: both; display: table; }

[id^=tab-rbtn-]:checked ~ div[id^=tab-inner-] { display: block; }
[id^=tab-rbtn-]:checked ~ [id^=tab-label-] { background: #08C; color: white; }

The post Easily Customizable pure CSS Tab view Control Example appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Developing a Successful Software passes through many Stages. As you know in Industry all those stages Combinedly popular as System Development Life Cycle (SDLC). To develop a Software using this Life Cycle we pass over 7 stages. Those are Requirement Analysis, System analysis, Design & Blue prints, Environments, Testing, Training, Maintenance & Evaluation. Now rest is on the Program manager how he/she prefer to execute these 7 stages. Here methodology comes. From the early age there are several methodologies using which we developed many Software’s. Few of them are Water-Fall Model, Spiral Methodology, Rapid prototyping or Incremental Model. Now you can ask me when there are so many models available before why Agile Development Methodology come into picture? What are the advantages we found using Agile Methodology?

Agile Development Methodology introduced in the year of February 2001. The major advantage of Agile methodology are based on iterative and incremental development phases. Where requirements and solutions evolve through collaboration between cross-functional teams and self-organizing. It promotes adaptive planning, evolutionary development and delivery. Which results rapid and flexible development to satisfy the Customer.

Water-fall Model vs. Agile Methodology

To present the theme better let us Compare Agile Development Methodology with Water-fall Model. Assume we are going to develop an employee management system. Using Water-fall model after completion of 7th stages only we have deliverables. Still the time Customer need to invest & wait. In case at the end we found something wrong it reflects major loss. Where ever in Agile methodology from Sprint 1 we can have deliverables. Here it means rather developing all the modules and test them at the end agile says Rapid and continuous small releases which helps to improve Customer satisfaction.

Advantages of Agile Development Methodology

As Agile methodology prefers small releases, from day one we have something to present the Customer. Troubleshooting and Error handling is much easier under this Software Development methodology. To develop better team spirit agile is strict about Communication between Team players. Which includes Customer, Developers, Leads & Testers. In case the team available from a single location it is advisable to have a Face to Face Communication. Agile says rather than spending time in Calls & Emails, Face to Face Communication improves productive hours. The most Customer friendly feature with Agile methodology is Customer can updated his/her requirements to implemented at any point of development phases.

Disadvantage of Agile Development Methodology

Advantage and Disadvantage are the two sides of a Single Coin. As a major disadvantages using Agile Development Methodology it is difficult to track efforts of resources in the initial phases. This methodology required experienced developers team. Minimum documentation is Troublesome. As agile methodology involves Customer effectively, Customer representative need to have a clear understanding about Scrum methods including Sprint planning, Scrum meetings, Sprint demo, Sprint retrospective & poker planning.

Sprint planning & Defect Tracker

Sprint planning is one of the major area of Agile Development Methodology. To make this planning Successful many Scrum master prefers to use Defect Tracker tool. Entire Agile team is responsible for defining work and estimation to meet Sprint deadline. While estimation Scrum manager estimate the work including testing and buffer timing. There are many defect tracker software’s available in market but it was noticed many Corporation’s prefers to use JIRA (Atlassian) as their Agile friendly Defect Tracker.

Daily Sync-up Meeting

To stay update with regular updates Agile Development Methodology introduced Daily Sync-up. Followed by Agile development process everyday minimum 15 minutes required for Scrum meeting, this meeting known as ‘Daily Stand-up Meeting’ or ‘Daily Scrum Meeting’. This meeting schedules mostly in morning hours. Before work for the day this meeting clears team members about their daily jobs. The daily stand-up meeting are not schedule to discuss issues or how to solve them, issues can be solved during working duration. During the scrum meeting each member have to share the following.

• What did I do Yesterday?
• What will I do Today?
• Is there any blocking issue?

By aiming on what each member accomplished yesterday and for today, the team improvise the understanding of daily targets.

Sprint demo

As we discussed above Agile prefers small releases. In Scrum, after every sprint team have to deliver a hypothetically product progress. The code will be tested and usable part of the product, this is normally demo of new features. This meeting designed to keep informal, rules are to have PowerPoint slides not more than 2 hours. Participants in the meeting include the Product Owner, the Scrum Team, Scrum Master, Management Team, Customer & Developers from Other projects. Presentations are based on the goal planed during the sprint planning meeting.

Poker Planning

Everyone participates in the User Story/tasks estimation. Product owner reads user story and describe features and team member have to give points, ideal days in sequence of 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 20, 40 & 100. All members have to give their own estimation, if all estimation select same value that estimations get selected, high or low estimation have to give explanation. This process is repeated until decision making.

Sprint Retrospective

The scrum reviews for improvement of the product. Team have to constantly look for the improvement, at the end of the each sprint team will collects all the points for improvement. Retrospective meetings can schedule up for an hour, in case of escalation and team conflict it can be stretch further. Every member have to identify priority for the improvement and accordingly manage it at the end of sprint retrospective team have to review on previous retrospective.

The post Agile Development Methodology basics for Scrum manager appeared first on OneStop Shop.

To display multiple images under a specific area generally we use controls like Carousel or Slider. It was noticed these Control majorly appears in main page. Here in the below app I am creating an easily configurable jQuery image Slider. To show you the demo here I am with 3 files index.htm, slider.js and main.css. Slider.js and main.css embedded in index.htm file. By simply copying the below files you can create your own free Jquery Slider.

The logic I implemented here is so simple. In my HTML page I have 2 div’s. One is for slider images and the other one I am using for Auto Slide Show. In my first div I have a ul element. Under this in each li I am loading images using simple image tag from HTML. To customize my Jquery image slider better here I added 2 anchor tags for next and previous actions.

To maintain a healthy look and feel I have few CSS classes in style.css file. As it is a simple jquery slider the main logic is inside the js file. In js file I am with 4 variables. IndivisualSlideWidth and IndivisualSlideHeight are storing li width and height. NumberOfSlides storing total number of images I want to show in Slider. In TotalWidthOfAllSlides I am calculating and storing the total width of UL element. During slide show I am hiding the total length and showing each slide independently. After this in my js file I have 2 functions moveSlideLeft() and moveSlideRight(). These function are responsible for slides movement. To configure auto slider option under on change event of autoOptionCheckbox I am calling the moveSlideRight() function. Here for interval between each slide I declared 5000 milliseconds.

Jquery image Slider Sample Code

jquery-slider.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>Simple JQuery image Slider</title>
<!--JQuery CDN Link-->
<script src="https://code.jquery.com/jquery-3.0.0.min.js"></script>
<!--Applying Styles to the Page-->
<link rel="stylesheet" href="main.css">
<script src="slider.js"></script>
</head>
<body>
<h2>JQuery image Slider</h2>
<div id="jq_slider">
<a href="#" class="go_next">>></a>
<a href="#" class="go_prev"><<</a>
<ul>
<li><img src="Slide-A.jpg" alt="Katrina Kaif HD Still" title="Katrina Kaif HD Still" /></li>
<li><img src="Slide-B.jpg" alt="Priyanka Chopra HD Still" title="Priyanka Chopra HD Still" /></li>
<li><img src="Slide-C.jpg" alt="Deepika Paducon HD Still" title="Deepika Paducon HD Still" /></li>
<li><img src="Slide-D.jpg" alt="Sonakshi Sinha HD Still" title="Sonakshi Sinha HD Still" /></li>
</ul>  
</div>
<div class="auto_slider">
<input type="checkbox" id="autoOptionCheckbox">
<label for="checkbox">Auto Slider Option</label>
</div>
</body>
</html>

slider.js

$(document).ready(function () {

/* The below two variables are defined for width and height of Slides */
var IndivisualSlideWidth = $('#jq_slider ul li').width();
var IndivisualSlideHeight = $('#jq_slider ul li').height();

/* The auto Slider Function */
$('#autoOptionCheckbox').change(function(){
/* Defining time in milliseconds for auto Slider option */
setInterval(function () {
/* Calling the Function to rotate Slides */
moveSlideRight();
}, 5000);
});

/* Counting the Number of Slides */
var NumberOfSlides = $('#jq_slider ul li').length;

/* Calculating all Slides width for UL element */
var TotalWidthOfAllSlides = NumberOfSlides * IndivisualSlideWidth;

/* Setting width and height for main div */
$('#jq_slider').css({ width: IndivisualSlideWidth, height: IndivisualSlideHeight });

$('#jq_slider ul').css({ width: TotalWidthOfAllSlides, marginLeft: - IndivisualSlideWidth });
$('#jq_slider ul li:last-child').prependTo('#jq_slider ul');

/* This Function is responsible for moving Slide to left */
function moveSlideLeft() {
$('#jq_slider ul').animate({
left: + IndivisualSlideWidth
}, 300, function () {
$('#jq_slider ul li:last-child').prependTo('#jq_slider ul');
$('#jq_slider ul').css('left', '');
});
};

/* This Function is responsible for moving Slide to right */
function moveSlideRight() {
$('#jq_slider ul').animate({
left: - IndivisualSlideWidth
}, 300, function () {
$('#jq_slider ul li:first-child').appendTo('#jq_slider ul');
$('#jq_slider ul').css('left', '');
});
};

/* Handling previous Click Funtionality */
$('a.go_prev').click(function () {
moveSlideLeft();
});

/* Handling next Click Funtionality */
$('a.go_next').click(function () {
moveSlideRight();
});
});

main.css

Using CSS style here I am applying style to my slider ul li elements plus adding hover effects.

html, body { margin: 0; padding: 0; font-family: 'Verdana'; background: #c8fcff; color: #000; }
h2 { text-align: center; }

#jq_slider { position: relative; overflow: hidden; border-radius: 6px; margin: 20px auto 0 auto; }

#jq_slider ul { position: relative; margin: 0; padding: 0; list-style: none; }
#jq_slider ul li { position: relative; display: block; width: 700px; height: 350px; text-align: center; float: left; margin: 0; padding: 0; }

a.go_prev, a.go_next { position: absolute; z-index: 999; top: 40%; display: block; padding: 4% 3%; width: auto; height: auto; background: #2a2a2a; color: #FFF; text-decoration: none; opacity: 0.7; cursor: pointer; font-weight: normal; font-size: 16px; }
a.go_prev:hover, a.go_next:hover { opacity: 0.9; -webkit-transition: all 0.2s ease; }
a.go_prev { border-radius: 0 3px 3px 0; }
a.go_next { border-radius: 3px 0 0 3px; right: 0; }

.auto_slider { margin: 10px auto; position: relative; font-size: 16px; width: 180px; }

Images for Jquery Slider

The following 4 images are used in the above demo app. You can download and try.

Slide-A.jpg

Slide-B.jpg

Slide-C.jpg

Slide-D.jpg

The post Simple responsive Jquery image Slider without using any plugin appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Welcome to the World of Web. HTML Stands as the Skeleton of Web Design. Complete name of HTML is “Hypertext Markup Language”. Compare to a programming language C or C++ markup languages are easy and fun to learn. A programming language comes with Data Types, Loops, Conditional Statements or Object Oriented Programming features. While a markup language only required tags and its attributes to learn. To make your journey easier here we are presenting HTML tutorial for beginners.

The initial version of HTML was introduced on the year of 1993 by W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) & WHATWG (Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group). HTML is the standard markup language to Create web pages. HTML is also used to Create user interface for Mobile applications. To Getting Started with HTML you required any text editor like Notepad or Notepad++.

Structure of a HTML page

Basic Structure of a HTML page is similar to a Human body. Top of the page comes with head. Then body and the end part is called footer. Look at the example below.

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>HTML Tutorial for beginners</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2>Add Topic Heading here</h2>
<p>Hello World!</p>
</body>
</html>

Here <!DOCTYPE html> is used to make the browser aware about that this is a HTML5 web page. Inside head tag I added title tag. Title tag is responsible to display which for this page is. Like title tag we can use meta tag under head tag. Meta speaks details of a web page. Generally there are various types of meta tags available in HTML but Commonly we use keywords, description or language meta tags. Body is the part where we do develop user interface. In the above example here inside my body tag I have heading tag and a paragraph tag.

Basic Rules to Develop a HTML page

1. In Client Browser to identify the page that this is a HTML5 document you required to declare <!DOCTYPE html> at the top of the page. This must be your first line while creating a HTML5 web page.

2. Title says about the headline of a story. Always make practice to add title tag in the head section of a HTML5 page. Title tag helps in Search Engine Optimization (SEO).

3. There are various meta tags. Few common used meta tags are Keyword and Description. Before deploy your application to production server make a habit to add keywords & description for page. Keep remember your description must not more than 160 words. Keywords can be comma separated strings. For better performace it is always wise to add not more than 5 to 6 keywords. Provide Character encoding meta tag to your HTML page. Ex. <meta charset=”UTF-8″>.

4. In HTML5 use the power of Semantic Elements. Structure page take less time to debug. Generally a HTML page Comes with 4 to 5 sections like Head, Body or Footer. Learn the adnvaced HTML5 Semantic elements and use them as required.

5. HTML is not a case sensitive language. <STRONG> is similar as <strong>. But it is a good practice to use lower case letters while developing HTML.

6. Never ever miss an end tag in HTML. It breaks hirarchy. There are two ways to end a HTML tag. For an example img tag can be end like “</img>” or “/>”. It is a good practice to choose “/>” in place of “</img”> end tag. But in the matter of a paragraph tag you must require “</p>”.

7. In a tag while defining an attribute always use lower case letters. For an Example replace <div CLASS=”tabview”> with <div class=”tabview”>.

8. While declaring attribute value use double quotes.

9. In production server always avoid in-line CSS. For an example it’s a bad practice to develop <div style=”float:left;” />. In this place you can add a class to the div and take your Styles to that Class.

10. Keep HTML5 document extension to “.html” in place of “.htm”.

11. Use language attribute with your html tag. Ex. <html lang=”en-us”>.

12. For Internet Explorer Compatibility mode use <meta http-equiv=”X-UA-Compatible” content=”IE=Edge”>.

13. While defining attributes to a HTML tag maintain the sequence order like class, id or name, data-*, src, type, href, for, value, title or alt, role & aria-*.

14. During you integrate CSS or JS file to your HTML5 document don’t include type=”text/css” or type=”text/javascript”. Modern browsers are too smart they can detect without the attributes.

Heading Tags (H1, H2, …, H6)

Generally H1 to H6 tag we used to display topic title or sub-titles of a HTML page. To instruct Search engines about your topic, heading tags are very helpful. H1 tag is more important heading tag then H6 tag. Never use heading tag to make texts bold or big.

Paragraph

In HTML <p> tag is used to define a Paragraph. Browser automatically add space to top and bottom of a paragraph. A paragraph starts with <p> and ends with </p>.

Line Break

In HTML to bring a new line we use <br />. While adding a new line tag use <br /> in place of only <br>.

Using CSS with HTML

There are 4 different ways to Apply CSS in a HTML document. These are In-line CSS, Embedded CSS, Linked CSS & Imported CSS.

Example of In-line CSS

<div style="font-size: 14px; color: #FF0000;">This is in Red Color</p>

Example of Embedded CSS

<style type="text/css">
h2 { 
font-size: 14px; 
color: #2d2d00; 
font-weight: 600; 
}
</style>

Example of Linked CSS

<link rel="stylesheet" href="custom/custom.css" type="text/css" media="screen, projection" />

Example of Imported CSS

@import url('/css/color.css');

HTML Text Formatting Tags

<strong> – Use to defines bold or important labels.
<em> – Defines emphasized text.
<i> – Defines italic text.
<sub> – Defines subscripted text.
<sup> – Defines superscripted text.
<ins> – This tag we use to insert text in to a pre-defined paragraph.
<del> – Del is used to delete text from a pre-defiend paragraph.

How to Comment in HTML?

The following Syntax we use to Comment in HTML.
<!– Your Comments goes here –>

HTML Link

In HTML we use anchor tag to place a link. A link helps to redirect user from one page to other HTML page. Syntax to Create a link is as below.

<a href="http://www.example.com" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Link text goes here</a>

While Creating a link using target=”_blank” we can instruct the browser to open that link in a new window.

HTML Image

While designing a web page image plays great role. In HTML we use <img> tag to place images. Image tag supports all types of images such as jpeg, png or gif. The following syntax we use to add an image using image tag.

<img src="http://example.com/logo.png" alt="Logo" title="Logo" />

In image tag src attribute helps to define the image path. Image path can be absolute or an url too. For better performance in image tag it is a good practice to use alt and title attributes. These attributes give defination to an image.

HTML Table

In a web page generally we use table to display data in a structural way. A table comes with rows and columns. In HTML to create a table we use the following syntax.

<table>
<td>
<tr>First Row of First Column</tr>
<tr>Second Row of First Column</tr>
<tr>Third Row of First Column</tr>
</td>
<td>
<tr>First Row of Second Column </tr>
<tr>Second Row of Second Column </tr>
<tr>Third Row of Second Column</tr>
</td>
</table>

The above table is with 2 columns and 3 rows.

Frequently used of HTML Tags

Compare to older versions of HTML, HTML5 is rich with many new features. To design a web page more better HTML5 is enrich with advanced Structural Elements & Form elements. Some of them are as below.

<header> – While Designing a HTML file header tag helps to define page header in a separate block.

<main> – In a HTML document main is the area in between header & footer. Main tag in HTML5 helps to design better structure of a HTML document.

<footer> – In a web page HTML footer tag helps to define page footer in a separate block.

<nav> – Nav element in HTML5 helps to define navigation links under a single tab.

<progress> – Progress tab act like an indication. If some job running in background using this control we can show how much work is in progress.

<mark> – Mark tag in HTML5 helps to Highlight text easily.

<meter> – Meter tag in HTML5 help to present scalar measurement within a known range.

<dialog> – Using dialog tag we can show popup like window in HTML5. Dialog tag supports Chrome version 37+, Safari 6+ & Opera 24+.

<article> – article tag defines an Article in the document. Using article tag we can categorized content area in a HTML file.

<aside> – aside tag defines content aside from body content.

<bdi> – bdi tag helps to identify text that might be formatted in a different direction from normal text.

<time> – time tag helps to specify date & time part in a HTML file.

<section> – To identify a particular section in a HTML document section tag is useful.

<wbr> – Defines a possible line-break.

<audio> – Using audio tag in HTML5 we can define music.

<video> – Using video tag in HTML5 we can define movie.

<embed> – embed tag act like a plugin. Using embed tag we can integrate external application to HTML5 document.

<source> – source tag helps to declare file path for audio or video elements.

<track> – Defines tracks for video & audio.

<canvas> – Canvas is a new HTML5 element to draw Graphics using Client Script. Read more about HTML5 Canvas.

<svg> – HTML5 Supports SVG. svg tag helps to draw graphics using SVG.

Do you like this Story about HTML Tutorial for beginners? Share us.

The post Online free HTML Tutorial for beginners – Learn Web Design appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During Web Application designing to display bulk of records in distributed manner we use pagination. Assume in your Customers table you have more than 600 records. While displaying those records in a tabular view it is much better to use pagination. The key advantage of using pagination is we can do partial loading from the database. Which saves user time.

In this example I am with a PHP pagination script which fetch data from MySQL. To start with Create a table using the following “CREATE TABLE…” query. Keep your database name “empdb”.

CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS EmpDetails (
Emp_ID varchar(10) NOT NULL DEFAULT '', 
Emp_Name varchar(200) NOT NULL DEFAULT '', 
Emp_Designation varchar(200) NOT NULL DEFAULT '', 
Emp_Salary varchar(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0', 
PRIMARY KEY (Emp_ID) 
)

Once you successfully created the "EmpDetails" table. Insert some sample records using the following INSERT STATEMENT.

INSERT INTO EmpDetails (Emp_ID, Emp_Name, Emp_Designation, Emp_Salary) VALUES
(1, 'Mounika Readdy', 'UI Developer', '23000'),
(2, 'Vishval Chohhan', 'Graphics Engineer', '12000'),
(3, 'Biswabhusan Panda', 'Sr. Software Engineer', '45000'),
(4, 'Satyabrat Panda', 'Program Manager', '60000'),
(5, 'Nilima Kapoor', 'JS Developer', '30000'),
(6, 'Megha Roy', 'Software Engineer', '12000'),
(7, 'Manamohan Maharana', 'Team Lead', '25000'),
(8, 'Rupak Srivastab', 'UI Developer', '32000'),
(9, 'Ramkumar Ojha', 'QA Engineer', '10000'),
(10, 'Mittali Roy', 'Graphics Engineer', '15000'),
(11, 'Ravina Mohapatra', 'Team Lead', '25000'),
(12, 'Raghav Malhotra', 'Sr. Software Engineer', '42000');

pagination.php is the File where I am binding data to a HTML table and at the same time implemented pagination. This is a very simple working example of pagination. You can easily customize it as per your requirements. To decide how many records you want to display in a page here I declared 2 variable $begin=0; $end=4;. By updating the second variable $end you can change the number of records per page.

PHP pagination Example

<?php
/*Establishing Database Connection*/
$sql_query=mysql_connect("localhost", "root");
mysql_select_db("empdb", $sql_query);

/*Defining number of records in a page*/
$begin=0;
$end=4;

if(isset($_GET['id']))
{
$id=$_GET['id'];
$begin=($id-1)*$end;
} else {
$id = 0;
}

/*Executing & fetching data from SQL table*/
$emp_query=mysql_query("SELECT * FROM EmpDetails LIMIT $begin, $end");

$rows=mysql_num_rows(mysql_query("SELECT * FROM EmpDetails"));
$total=ceil($rows/$end);

/*Creating table dynamically*/
echo "<table>";

/*Defining Table header*/
echo "<tr><th>Employee Name</th><th>Designation</th><th>Salary</th></tr>";

/*Generating rows with data*/
while($data=mysql_fetch_array($emp_query)) {
echo "<tr>";
echo "<td>". $data['Emp_Name'] ."</td>";
echo "<td>". $data['Emp_Designation'] ."</td>";
echo "<td>". $data['Emp_Salary'] ."</td>";
echo "</tr>";
}
echo "</table>";

/*Implemented next and previous buttons*/
if($id>1)
{
echo "<div class='parallalpre'><a href='?id=".($id-1)."' class='pagButton'>PREVIOUS</a>&nbsp;</div>";
}
if($id!=$total)
{
?>

<div class='parallal'>

<?php
/*Generating Pagination Tabs*/
echo "<ul class='pagination'>";
for($i=1;$i<=$total;$i++)
{
if($i==$id) { echo "<li>".$i."</li>"; }

else { echo "<li><a href='?id=".$i."'>".$i."</a></li>"; }
}
echo "</ul>";
?>

</div>

<?php
echo "<div class='parallalnex'>&nbsp;<a href='?id=".($id+1)."' class='pagButton'>NEXT</a></div>";
}
?>

Using the above code you can have a PHP pagination with table of data. To make the pagination better in below I am with some CSS classes. These classes provides style to pagination.

Required CSS Classes

/*Style for Table*/
table, th , td {
border: 1px solid grey;
border-collapse: collapse;
padding: 4px;
font-family: arial;
}
/*Style for Table Header*/
th {
background: darkblue;
color: white;
text-align: left;
}
/*Style for Alternate Rows*/
table tr:nth-child(odd) {
background-color: #C2EBC3;
}
table tr:nth-child(even) {
background-color: #FFFFFF;
}

/*Style for Pagination*/
.parallal { float:left; }
.parallalnex, .parallalpre { float:left; margin-top: 16px; }
.pagination { margin-top: 16px; padding:0; }

.pagination li {
display: inline-block;
padding: 0px 9px;
margin-right: 4px;
border-radius: 3px;
border: solid 1px #c0c0c0;
background: #e9e9e9;
box-shadow: inset 0px 1px 0px rgba(255,255,255, .8), 0px 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0, .1);
font-size: .875em;
font-weight: bold;
text-decoration: none;
color: #717171;
text-shadow: 0px 1px 0px rgba(255,255,255, 1);
}

.pagination li:hover, .pagination.gradient:hover {
background: #fefefe;
background: -webkit-gradient(linear, 0% 0%, 0% 100%, from(#FEFEFE), to(#f0f0f0));
background: -moz-linear-gradient(0% 0% 270deg,#FEFEFE, #f0f0f0);
}

The post Simple PHP pagination Example using MySQL records appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During we develop a product its always wise to save user time. Think about a login page. Here for Consecutive logins it is much better if we will store user Login Credentials. Using which System will remember the user id and password for next login. In this demo app I am creating a ASP.NET login page with “Remember me” Option.

The logic behind is so simple “During a user login to the System I am storing his/her user id and password to a Cookie. Then under page load event checking is Cookie exists. If so taking user id and password from the Cookie”.

Login.aspx

<%@ Page Language="VB" AutoEventWireup="false" CodeFile="Login.aspx.vb" Inherits="Login" %>
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<head runat="server">
<title>Demo Login App</title>
<style type="text/css">
#frmLogin { max-width: 300px; margin: 0 auto; padding-top: 120px; }
.formControl { font-family: Verdana; font-size: 12px; }
.loginDiv { width:300px; margin-top: 20px; padding: 20px 20px 20px 20px; background-color: #f7f7f7; -moz-box-shadow: 0px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3); -webkit-box-shadow: 0px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3); box-shadow: 0px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3); } 
.rounded { border-radius: 10px; -moz-border-radius: 10px; -webkit-border-radius: 10px; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<form id="frmLogin" runat="server">
<div class="loginDiv rounded">
<div class="formControl">
Email ID&nbsp;<span style="color: Red;">*</span>
</div>
<div class="formControl">
<asp:TextBox ID="txtEmailID" runat="server" Width="100%"></asp:TextBox>
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="rfvEmailID" runat="server" ControlToValidate="txtEmailID"
Display="Dynamic" ErrorMessage="Email should not be blank.<br />"></asp:RequiredFieldValidator>
<asp:RegularExpressionValidator ID="revEmailID" runat="server" ControlToValidate="txtEmailID"
Display="Dynamic" ErrorMessage="Enter a valid Email ID.<br />" ValidationExpression="\w+([-+.']\w+)*@\w+([-.]\w+)*\.\w+([-.]\w+)*"></asp:RegularExpressionValidator>
</div>
<div class="formControl">
Password&nbsp;<span style="color: Red;">*</span>
</div>
<div class="formControl">
<asp:TextBox ID="txtPassword" runat="server" TextMode="Password" Width="100%"></asp:TextBox>
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="rfvPassword" runat="server" ControlToValidate="txtPassword"
Display="Dynamic" ErrorMessage="Password should not be blank."></asp:RequiredFieldValidator>
</div>
<asp:Button ID="btnVisitorLogin" runat="server" Text="Login" />
<asp:Label ID="lblMsg" runat="server"></asp:Label>
<asp:CheckBox ID="chkNextLogin" runat="server" />&nbsp;Remember me<a href="#" class="pull-right margin-gap">Need
help?</a>
</div>
</form>
</body>
</html>

For security reason in Code behind I added my EncryDecry.vb Class from app_code/vb. To execute vb code inside vb folder of app_code I Configured my web.config.

Login.aspx.vb

Imports System.Web.Security
Imports System.Data
Imports System.Data.SqlClient

Partial Class Login
Inherits System.Web.UI.Page

Dim LoginSqlConn As New SqlConnection(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings.Get("DBKey").ToString())

Protected Sub Page_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles Me.Load
If Not Page.IsPostBack Then
txtEmailID.Focus()

'Check if the browser support cookies
If Request.Browser.Cookies Then
'Check if the cookies with name PBLOGIN exist on user's machine
If Request.Cookies("PBLOGIN") IsNot Nothing Then
'Pass the user name and password to the VerifyLogin method
Me.VerifyLogin(Request.Cookies("PBLOGIN")("UNAME").ToString(), Request.Cookies("PBLOGIN")("UPASS").ToString())
End If
End If
End If
End Sub

Protected Sub btnVisitorLogin_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles btnVisitorLogin.Click
'Decrypt the Password & UserID from Database
Dim EncrDecr As New EncryDecry

'Validation Checking Aginest Submission
If rfvPassword.IsValid And rfvEmailID.IsValid Then
'Clear Invalid login Message Label
lblMsg.Text = ""

'Temporary SecuredUniqueKey
Dim UniKey As String = "FCPH6-BPK27-2V4MR"

'Login Checking command in shape of a Stored Procedure that returns Record Count
Dim LoginCommand As New SqlCommand("USP_LoginCheck", LoginSqlConn)
LoginCommand.CommandType = CommandType.StoredProcedure

'Pass Parameter to Stored Procedure
LoginCommand.Parameters.Add("@UserID", SqlDbType.NVarChar, 256).Value = EncrDecr.TripleDESEncode(Trim(txtEmailID.Text), "RC2")
LoginCommand.Parameters.Add("@Passcode", SqlDbType.NVarChar, 256).Value = EncrDecr.TripleDESEncode(Trim(txtPassword.Text), "RC2")
LoginCommand.Parameters.Add("@SecuredUniqueKey", SqlDbType.NVarChar, 256).Value = UniKey
LoginCommand.Parameters.Add("@Status", SqlDbType.NVarChar, 20).Value = "Active"

Dim RecordCNT As Integer = 0

Try
Dim LoginDataReader As SqlDataReader
LoginSqlConn.Open()
LoginDataReader = LoginCommand.ExecuteReader
If LoginDataReader.Read Then
RecordCNT = Convert.ToInt32(LoginDataReader(0).ToString())
End If
Catch ex As Exception
Response.Write(ex.ToString())
Finally
LoginSqlConn.Close()
End Try

'Login Checking using the return int value of USP_LoginCheck stored procedure
If (RecordCNT = 1) Then
Me.VerifyLogin(EncrDecr.TripleDESEncode(Trim(txtEmailID.Text), "RC2"), EncrDecr.TripleDESEncode(Trim(txtPassword.Text), "RC2"))
ElseIf (RecordCNT > 1) Then
lblMsg.Text = "Invalid Login Credentials"
'Implement 5 Login Attempts of Account Lock
ElseIf (RecordCNT < 1) Then
lblMsg.Text = "Invalid Login Credentials"
'Implement 5 Login Attempts of Account Lock
End If
End If
End Sub

Private Sub VerifyLogin(ByVal UserID As String, ByVal Password As String)
Dim LoginDetailsCommand As New SqlCommand("USP_LoginDetails", LoginSqlConn)
LoginDetailsCommand.CommandType = CommandType.StoredProcedure

'Pass Parameter to Stored Procedure
LoginDetailsCommand.Parameters.Add("@UserID", SqlDbType.NVarChar, 256).Value = UserID
LoginDetailsCommand.Parameters.Add("@Passcode", SqlDbType.NVarChar, 256).Value = Password

Try
Dim LoginDetailsDR As SqlDataReader
LoginSqlConn.Open()
LoginDetailsDR = LoginDetailsCommand.ExecuteReader

If LoginDetailsDR.Read Then
Session("UserID") = LoginDetailsDR("PkUid")
Session("UserEmail") = UserID

Session("FirstName") = LoginDetailsDR("FirstName")
Session("LastName") = LoginDetailsDR("LastName")

Session("RootPath") = Server.MapPath("../")

'Using form authentication redirect the page to the Default.aspx
FormsAuthentication.RedirectFromLoginPage(Trim(txtEmailID.Text), True)

'check if remember me checkbox is checked on login
If (chkNextLogin.Checked) Then
'Check if the browser support cookies
If (Request.Browser.Cookies) Then
'Check if the cookie with name PBLOGIN exist on user's machine
If (Request.Cookies("PBLOGIN") Is Nothing) Then
'Create a cookie with expiry of 30 days
Response.Cookies("PBLOGIN").Expires = DateTime.Now.AddDays(30)
'Write username to the cookie
Response.Cookies("PBLOGIN").Item("UNAME") = UserID
'Write password to the cookie
Response.Cookies("PBLOGIN").Item("UPASS") = Password
Else
'If the cookie already exist then wirte the user name and password on the cookie
Response.Cookies("PBLOGIN").Item("UNAME") = UserID
Response.Cookies("PBLOGIN").Item("UPASS") = Password
End If
End If
End If
Else
lblMsg.Text = "Invalid Login Credentials"
End If
Catch ex As Exception
Response.Write(ex.ToString())
Finally
LoginSqlConn.Close()
End Try
End Sub
End Class

web.config

<?xml version="1.0"?>
<configuration>
<appSettings>
<add key="DBKey" value="Data Source=VIJAYSHANTI; uid=sa; pwd=tiger; database=CodeRND;"/>
</appSettings>
<connectionStrings/>
<system.web>
<compilation debug="true" strict="false" explicit="true">
<codeSubDirectories>
<add directoryName="VB"/>
</codeSubDirectories>
</compilation>
<authentication mode="Windows"/>
</system.web>
</configuration>

EncryDecry is the class which helps to convert user id and password to RC2 format. In-case an other user find out the cookie in client machine he or she can’t able to hack the original user.

EncryDecry.vb

Imports System.Security.Cryptography
Imports Microsoft.VisualBasic

Public Class EncryDecry

Public Function TripleDESEncode(ByVal value As String, ByVal key As String) As String
Dim des As New System.Security.Cryptography.TripleDESCryptoServiceProvider
des.IV = New Byte(7) {}
Dim pdb As New System.Security.Cryptography.PasswordDeriveBytes(key, New Byte(-1) {})
des.Key = pdb.CryptDeriveKey("RC2", "MD5", 128, New Byte(7) {})
Dim ms As New IO.MemoryStream((value.Length * 2) - 1)
Dim encStream As New System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream(ms, des.CreateEncryptor(), System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStreamMode.Write)
Dim plainBytes As Byte() = Text.Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(value)
encStream.Write(plainBytes, 0, plainBytes.Length)
encStream.FlushFinalBlock()
Dim encryptedBytes(CInt(ms.Length - 1)) As Byte
ms.Position = 0
ms.Read(encryptedBytes, 0, CInt(ms.Length))
encStream.Close()
Return Convert.ToBase64String(encryptedBytes)
End Function

Public Function TripleDESDecode(ByVal value As String, ByVal key As String) As String
Dim des As New System.Security.Cryptography.TripleDESCryptoServiceProvider
des.IV = New Byte(7) {}
Dim pdb As New System.Security.Cryptography.PasswordDeriveBytes(key, New Byte(-1) {})
des.Key = pdb.CryptDeriveKey("RC2", "MD5", 128, New Byte(7) {})
Dim encryptedBytes As Byte() = Convert.FromBase64String(value)
Dim ms As New IO.MemoryStream(value.Length)
Dim decStream As New System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream(ms, des.CreateDecryptor(), System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStreamMode.Write)
decStream.Write(encryptedBytes, 0, encryptedBytes.Length)
decStream.FlushFinalBlock()
Dim plainBytes(CInt(ms.Length - 1)) As Byte
ms.Position = 0
ms.Read(plainBytes, 0, CInt(ms.Length))
decStream.Close()
Return Text.Encoding.UTF8.GetString(plainBytes)
End Function

End Class

The post ASP.NET Login page example with Remember me Option appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In web Captcha is the Technique using which we can protect spam users. Today hackers are very cleaver. Let’s talk about a login page. Here someone can easily enter spam records using a script. Captcha gives confirmation that the user is a real-human. The story behind Captcha is “We generate a random string and store that in server. In the next moment showing the same string to the user as an image. To validate comparing server session value with user input against the image”. In below demo app I am creating a PHP Captcha.

Understanding CAPTCHA

CAPTCHAs serve as a barrier against automated attacks, such as brute-force login attempts, spam form submissions, and credential stuffing. By presenting a challenge that requires human-like interpretation—such as distorted text, image recognition, or logical puzzles—CAPTCHAs help protect web applications from abuse.

String-to-image CAPTCHAs are particularly effective because they rely on visual distortion, noise, and variable fonts to prevent optical character recognition (OCR) tools from extracting the text.

How String-to-Image CAPTCHA Works?

1. String Generation: A random string (usually alphanumeric) is generated.
2. Image Creation: The string is rendered onto an image with distortions, such as warping, overlapping lines, or varying colors.
3. Session Storage: The CAPTCHA value is stored server-side (e.g., in a session) for later validation.
4. User Input: The user reads the image and submits the text via a form.
5. Validation: The submitted text is compared against the stored value.

Here I defined 4 functions CAPTCHA, randomString, hexadecimalToRGB and alignImageToCenter. The function CAPTCHA is responsible to Create Captcha image. It accepts 4 params $textColor, $backgroundColor, $imgWidth, $imgHeight. $textColor is the color for text. $backgroundColor is the captcha background. $imgWidth & $imgHeight is decides area for capatch. randomString function generating random strings which I am converting later into Captcha image. hexadecimalToRGB is the color converter function. While generating image alignImageToCenter is responsible for aling random string to center.

The base function to generate Captcha is “CAPTCHA”. In this function initially I am with some configurable variables. Then generating a random string and providing style. Finally using PHP imagettftext() function generating the Captcha image.

PHP-Captcha.php

<?php
/*Executing the Function Captcha*/
CAPTCHA('#162453', '#fff', 120, 40);

/*Function to Generate Captcha*/
function CAPTCHA($textColor, $backgroundColor, $imgWidth, $imgHeight)
{
/* Configuration Settings */
$font = './font/mono.ttf';
$fontSize = $imgHeight * 0.75;
$textColor = hexadecimalToRGB($textColor);

/*Generating and Storing random string to $rnd variable*/
$rnd = randomString();

$im = imagecreatetruecolor($imgWidth, $imgHeight);	
$textColor = imagecolorallocate($im, $textColor['r'], $textColor['g'], $textColor['b']);			

$bgColor = hexadecimalToRGB($backgroundColor);
$backgroundColor = imagecolorallocate($im, $bgColor['r'],$bgColor['g'],$bgColor['b']);				

imagefill($im, 0, 0, $backgroundColor);	
list($x, $y) = alignImageToCenter($im, $rnd, $font, $fontSize);	
imagettftext($im, $fontSize, 0, $x, $y, $textColor, $font, $rnd);		

/*Displaying image*/
imagejpeg($im, NULL, 90);

/*Declaring Image Type*/
header('Content-Type: image/jpeg');
imagedestroy($im);/* Destroying image instance */

/*Storing the random string to a Session variable*/
if(isset($_SESSION)){
$_SESSION['captcha_code'] = $rnd;/* set random text in session for captcha validation*/
}
}

/*This for is responsible to generate Random string for Captcha*/
function randomString($length=6){
$characters = '0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ';
$charactersLength = strlen($characters);
$randomString = '';
for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) {
$randomString .= $characters[rand(0, $charactersLength - 1)];
}
return $randomString;
}

/*Using this function I am extracting RBG value form Hexadecimal Color*/
function hexadecimalToRGB($colour)
{
$hex = str_replace("#", "", $colour); 

if(strlen($hex) == 3) { 
$red = hexdec(substr($hex,0,1).substr($hex,0,1)); 
$green = hexdec(substr($hex,1,1).substr($hex,1,1)); 
$blue = hexdec(substr($hex,2,1).substr($hex,2,1)); 
} else { 
$red = hexdec(substr($hex,0,2)); 
$green = hexdec(substr($hex,2,2)); 
$blue = hexdec(substr($hex,4,2)); 
}
return array( 'r' => $red, 'g' => $green, 'b' => $blue );
}		

/*Function to position Image to the Center*/
function alignImageToCenter($image, $text, $font, $size, $angle = 8) 
{
$xi = imagesx($image);
$yi = imagesy($image);
$box = imagettfbbox($size, $angle, $font, $text);
$xr = abs(max($box[2], $box[4]));
$yr = abs(max($box[5], $box[7]));
$x = intval(($xi - $xr) / 2);
$y = intval(($yi + $yr) / 2);
return array($x, $y);	
}
?>

To run the above code additionally you required to Create a font folder in root directory. Download a ttf image file. Put that in the font folder. Without ttf font file this PHP Captcha program will not run.

Enhancing CAPTCHA Security

1. Dynamic Distortion: Vary the distortion level for each character.
2. Variable Length: Randomize the string length.
3. Case Sensitivity: Enforce case sensitivity if needed.
4. Expiration: Set a time limit for CAPTCHA validity.
5. Rate Limiting: Limit CAPTCHA attempts per IP.

Alternatives to Traditional CAPTCHA

While string-to-image CAPTCHAs are effective, they can be inconvenient for users. Alternatives include:

– reCAPTCHA (Google): Uses behavioral analysis and image recognition.
– hCaptcha: Privacy-focused alternative to reCAPTCHA.
– Math-Based CAPTCHA: Requires solving a simple arithmetic problem.

Conclusion

String-to-image CAPTCHA remains a reliable method for preventing automated attacks while maintaining accessibility for human users. By leveraging PHP’s GD library, developers can implement a customizable CAPTCHA system with varying levels of complexity. However, balancing security and usability is crucial—excessive distortion may frustrate users, while insufficient measures may fail to deter bots. For high-security applications, integrating third-party solutions like reCAPTCHA may offer better protection with minimal development overhead.

The post Simple string to image based free PHP Captcha Code appeared first on OneStop Shop.

As a UI Developer you must fetched few real-time problems while working in CSS. For an example how it is if we will declare a color variable and refer that in all classes with same color code. Such kind of problems we can fix using SASS. SASS gives power to CSS. SASS is a feature rich powerful CSS extension language. SASS is compatible with all versions of CSS. We can structure our CSS using SASS.

The complete name of SASS is “Syntactically Awesome Stylesheets”. It was developed by Natalie Weizenbaum in 2006. Using SASS including default behaviors of CSS additionally we can do selector inheritance, nested rules, variables, inline imports & mixins. SASS is available in 2 versions. The first version is SCSS (Sassy CSS). The extension of SCSS file is .scss.

SASS Getting Started

Nesting: In Sass we can able to nest selectors in the same hierarchy as of HTML.

Variables: Using Sass it can possible to store any CSS values to variables. Variable name begins with a dollar($) sign and assignment uses a colon (:). We can do arithmetic operations to variables also.

Mixins: In SCSS using Mixins technique we can define styles & the same styles can re-used throughout the stylesheet. To make more programmer friendly we can also pass arguments to Mixins.

Inheritance: Using @extend selector in Sass we can inherit the styles from an another selector.

Partials: To made modularization easy Sass introduced partial Sass files technique. A partial Sass file is named with a leading underscore, like _tempvariables.scss. This file is not converted to a CSS file. But we can import partial Sass files with the @import directive.

How to install SASS on Windows?

To install SASS in Windows first you required to download Ruby. You can download ruby from http://rubyinstaller.org. Once you installed with ruby start the command prompt. From Command line to install Sass gem run the following Command:

gem install sass

SASS required one line Command to Setup. During installation if you found downloading issue, you can download the setup file manually from https://rubygems.org/gems/sass.
To double check whether SASS installed successfully or not you can issue the following command.

sass -v

This will give you the version number of current installation like “Sass 3.4.22 (Selective Steve)”.
SASS to CSS. Using the following command you can convert a SASS file to CSS.

sass input.scss output.css

SASS compiler can watch the changes in the SASS file and update the CSS using the following Command:

sass –watch input.scss:output.css

The post How to install SASS on Windows? – SASS Getting Started appeared first on OneStop Shop.

While displaying a Single panel using expand and collapse effects from the list of panels we generally prefer to use Accordion. In a web application Accordion helps to display large number of contents in less area. There are many ways to create an Accordion. I noticed many developers uses scripting languages to design an accordion. I can say this is a bad practice. Whether Server resource or Client resource we prefer to use as less as possible. The advantages of Pure CSS Accordion is it takes less time to load and easily Configurable.

Here in this demo app I am using pure CSS with HTML5 to prepare a Easily Customizable Responsive Accordion. This is completely responsive and cross-browser compatible. You can use this by simply coping the below files.

Pure-CSS-Accordion.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" >
<head>
<title>Pure CSS Accordion Example</title>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="master.css" />
</head>
<body>
<div id="basePanel">
<div class="accordion">
<div id="panel-1">
<a href="#panel-1" class="panel">NETWORK LAYER</a>
<div class="expandable">
Network layer forms the third layer from top in the TCP/IP model. It does the functionality of transferring packets between networks. Internet protocol (IP) is an example of network layer protocol. IP performs the basic task of sending packets of data from source to target.
</div>
</div>
<div id="panel-2">
<a href="#panel-2" class="panel">DATA LINK LAYER</a>
<div class="expandable">
The data link layer is the second layer. This layer has the functionality of adding the header information to the packet and also to transfer packets to the physical layer. The layer where packets are intercepted and sent over a virtual private network.
</div>
</div>
<div id="panel-3">
<a href="#panel-3" class="panel">PHYSICAL LAYER</a>
<div class="expandable">
The first layer in TCP/IP model is Physical layer. It is accountable for encoding and spread of data through network communications media. It sends the data in the form of bits from the Physical layer of the source device and is received at the destination device. It also contains many hardware-related network design issues. For example, LAN, WAN and wireless technology.
</div>			
</div>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

master.css

.accordion { width: 100%; }
.accordion .panel { display: block; height: 35px; padding-left: 20px; font: bold 14px/35px Arial, Verdana; text-decoration: none; color: #eee; background: #66BECA; }
.accordion .panel:hover,.accordion div:target .panel { color: #2b3b06; }
.accordion div .expandable { display: none; margin: 8px 5px 5px 20px; font-family: Arial, Verdana; font-size: 15px; }
.accordion div:target .expandable { display: block; }
.accordion > div { height: 40px; overflow: hidden; -webkit-transition: all .3s ease-in-out; -moz-transition: all .3s ease-in-out; -o-transition: all .3s ease-in-out; -ms-transition: all .3s ease-in-out; transition: all .3s ease-in-out; }
.accordion > div:target { height: 200px; background: #E3E6E6; margin-bottom: 5px; }

The post Easily Customizable Responsive Pure CSS Accordion Example appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Using a Login page we authenticate an user to access our resources. While designing a web application we always deal with login page as the first item. Creating an advanced Login page is not so easy as we are thinking. Morden login pages comes with many functionalities such as Validating user against database, Validating Email ID, Form Validations or Captcha. In application designing Login page is a single unit of User Management module. Are you Searching for a Responsive Login page to implement in your application? If so you are in the correct place. In this demo app using the below example I am designing a responsive Bootstrap Login page.

BootStrap 5 Grid Framework

Bootstrap is majorly used for UI development in applications because of the incredible amount of UI options it provides like type, head or media objects. It is easy for front-end designers to get started by providing a host of html templates showcasing some of the base functionality and layouts available, including some neat ones such as sticky footers and login pages. Includes responsive grid framework, a fixed and fluid grid framework, typography styles, a variety of button and form styles, nav bars and tabs, plus other UI elements like breadcrumbs, breadcrumbs, tooltips and progress bars. Bootstrap truly shines in the JavaScript area. It offers a programmatic API that allow developers to use Bootstrap plugins purely through the JavaScript API.

Don’t work hard to create a login page from scratch. Just Copy n Paste the below code and modify as you wants.

BootStrap 5 User Login page Example

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<head>
<title>Responsive Bootstrap Login page Example</title>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="https://maxcdn.bootstrapcdn.com/bootstrap/3.3.6/css/bootstrap.min.css" />
<link href="master.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" />
</head>
<body>
<div class="container">
<div class="row">
<div class="col-sm-6 col-md-4 col-md-offset-4">
<h2 class="text-center login-title">Customer Login</h2>
<div class="loginBase rounded">
<form class="frmLogin">
<input type="text" class="form-control" placeholder="Email" required autofocus />
<input type="password" class="form-control" placeholder="Password" required />
<button class="btn btn-lg btn-primary btn-block" type="submit">Sign in</button>
<div class="alignParallal extraPadding"><input type="checkbox" value="true" />&nbsp;Remember me</div>
<div class="alignParallal alignRight"><a href="#" class="pull-right need-help">Need help? </a></div>
<span class="clearfix"></span>
</form>
</div>
<div class="alignCenter">
<div class="alignParallal"><a href="#" class="text-center extLinks">Register with Us</a></div>
<div class="alignParallal extraPadding">&nbsp;|&nbsp;</div>
<div class="alignParallal"><a href="#" class="text-center extLinks">Recover Credentials</a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

Responsive mobile first Login page CSS (master.css)

.frmLogin { max-width: 360px; padding: 15px; margin: 0 auto; }
.frmLogin .form-control { position: relative; font-size: 17px; height: auto; padding: 10px; -webkit-box-sizing: border-box; -moz-box-sizing: border-box; box-sizing: border-box; }
.frmLogin .form-control:focus { z-index: 2; }
.frmLogin input[type="text"] { margin-bottom: 6px; border-bottom-left-radius: 0; border-bottom-right-radius: 0; border-bottom-top-radius: 0; border-bottom-bottom-radius: 0; }
.frmLogin input[type="password"] { margin-bottom: 6px; border-top-left-radius: 0; border-top-right-radius: 0; border-top-top-radius: 0; border-top-bottom-radius: 0; }
.login-title { display: block; color: #000; font-size: 28px; font-weight: 400; }
.need-help { margin-top: 10px; }
.extLinks { display: block; margin-top: 10px; }
.rounded { border-radius: 10px; -moz-border-radius: 10px; -webkit-border-radius: 10px; }
.alignParallal { float: left; }
.alignRight { float: right; }
.extraPadding { padding-top: 8px; }
.alignCenter { margin: 0 auto; width: 241px; }
.loginBase { margin-top: 20px; padding: 20px 0px 20px 0px; background-color: #f7f7f7; -moz-box-shadow: 0px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3); -webkit-box-shadow: 0px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3); box-shadow: 0px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3); }

The post Responsive mobile first BootStrap 5 User Login page Example appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Designing a Login form is not so easy as we are thinking. Modern login pages comes with various rich feature such as Validating User, Form Validation, Capcha or Remember Password. In this Login form Example demo app we are going to show you how to authenticate an user using records from SQL Server user table. To start with first you required to Create a user table in SQL Server.

Create a SQL Table for Users

To Create an user table which will store Login details such as UserID or Password your required to run the following Transact-SQL Query.

CREATE TABLE user_table (
id INT PRIMARY KEY, 
userid VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL, 
password VARCHAR(56)
);

Then insert some sample records.

In front-end Copy n Paste my default.aspx page Codes. Here I have 2 textbox Controls such as user id and password. To stop spam here I am using required field validation for both the fields. Additionally to valid an email id I am using ASP.NET RegularExpressionValidator validation control. Then in my form I have a submit button. Which submits the form to server using post method.

ASP.NET Login form Example

<%@ Page Language="VB" AutoEventWireup="false" CodeFile="Default.aspx.vb" Inherits="_Default" %>
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head runat="server">
<title>ASP.NET Login form Example</title>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="master.css" />
</head>
<body>
<form id="frmLogin" runat="server">
<div class="loginDiv rounded">
<div class="formControl">
Email ID&nbsp;<span style="color: Red;">*</span>
</div>
<div class="formControl">
<asp:TextBox ID="txtEmailID" runat="server" Width="100%"></asp:TextBox>
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="rfvEmailID" runat="server" ControlToValidate="txtEmailID"
Display="Dynamic" ErrorMessage="Email should not be blank.<br />"></asp:RequiredFieldValidator>
<asp:RegularExpressionValidator ID="revEmailID" runat="server"
ControlToValidate="txtEmailID" Display="Dynamic" ErrorMessage="Enter a valid Email ID.<br />"
ValidationExpression="\w+([-+.']\w+)*@\w+([-.]\w+)*\.\w+([-.]\w+)*"></asp:RegularExpressionValidator>
</div>
<div class="formControl">
Password&nbsp;<span style="color: Red;">*</span>
</div>
<div class="formControl">
<asp:TextBox ID="txtPassword" runat="server" TextMode="Password" Width="100%"></asp:TextBox>
<asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="rfvPassword" runat="server" ControlToValidate="txtPassword"
Display="Dynamic" ErrorMessage="Password should not be blank."></asp:RequiredFieldValidator>
</div>
<asp:Button ID="btnVisitorLogin" runat="server" Text="Login" />
<asp:Label ID="lblMessage" runat="server"></asp:Label>
<input type="checkbox" value="remember-me" />&nbsp;Remember me<a href="#" class="pull-right margin-gap">Need help?</a>
</div>
</form> 
</body>
</html>

To valid user from SQL Server in Code behind file I am executing my business logics inside “btnVisitorLogin_Click” event. To connect and execute SQL query which will fetch data I imported the system files “System.Data” and “System.Data.SqlClient” in page header.

To establish a Connection I am creating a new instance for SQL Server Connection object. Which accepts connection string from my web.config file. Look at the below code to know how to declare connection string in web.config file.

<connectionStrings>
<add name="connStr" connectionString="Data Source=WINSERV;Initial Catalog=phase2;User ID=sa;Password=win#serv" providerName="System.Data.SqlClient"/>
</connectionStrings>

Here Data Source is my Database Server name. Initial Catalog is the Database name and User id, password is for the database user.

To compare user Credentials with database records here I am executing a command object and fetching user table records to a SQL DataReader. As you know datareader works like a pointer. Using a DataReader compare to a DataSet we can minimize the login time. To validate a user I am running a while loop until the end record of SQL DataReader “dr_pass”. For each record inside the while loop I am comparing the value with user password. In case it returns true I am allowing the user to redirect into the application dashboard page.

Default.aspx.vb

Imports System.Data
Imports System.Data.SqlClient

Partial Class _Default
Inherits System.Web.UI.Page

Protected Sub btnVisitorLogin_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles btnVisitorLogin.Click

Dim oMyConnection As New SqlConnection(ConfigurationManager.ConnectionStrings("connStr").ToString)
Dim oMyCommand As New SqlCommand("SELECT password, userid FROM user_table WHERE userid= '" & txtEmailID.Text & "' ", oMyConnection)
Dim dr_pass As SqlDataReader

oMyConnection.Open()
dr_pass = oMyCommand.ExecuteReader(System.Data.CommandBehavior.CloseConnection)

If Not dr_pass.HasRows Then
lblMessage.Text = "Invalid Email or Password."
End If

While dr_pass.Read
If Trim(txtPassword.Text) = dr_pass("password") Then
Session.Add("sess_uid", dr_pass("userid"))
Response.Redirect("../Dashboard.aspx")
End If
End While
End Sub
End Class

Login Form CSS Style (master.css)

#frmLogin { max-width: 300px; margin: 0 auto; padding-top: 120px; }
.formControl { font-family: Verdana; font-size: 12px; }
.loginDiv { width:300px; margin-top: 20px; padding: 20px 20px 20px 20px; background-color: #f7f7f7; -moz-box-shadow: 0px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3); -webkit-box-shadow: 0px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3); box-shadow: 0px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3); } 
.rounded { border-radius: 10px; -moz-border-radius: 10px; -webkit-border-radius: 10px; }

The above demo will run without CSS. But beauty attracts eyes. This is the cause I am with the above CSS classes. Apply this CSS to have a basic look. You modify it as per the mock-up.

The post ASP.NET Login form Example validating user from SQL Server Database appeared first on OneStop Shop.

JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) is a platform independent data inter-exchange technology. To bulid a JSON file we follow XML formatting. JavaScript program can easily convert JSON data into JavaScript objects. Like a database using JSON we can store and retrieve data with multiple fields. In this demo app I am fetching a well formatted JSON file using PHP file_get_contents method. Then dynamically using html table, tr and td presenting those JSON records in a HTML Table.

Converting Data from JSON to HTML Tables

JSON is a lightweight data interchange format widely used for transmitting data between servers and web applications. HTML tables, on the other hand, provide a structured way to display data in rows and columns on a webpage. Converting JSON data into an HTML table is a common task in web development, enabling developers to present data in a readable and organized manner. This article explores various methods to achieve this conversion, including manual JavaScript approaches, using libraries, and leveraging modern frameworks.

To start with first let me create a valid JSON file. In below JSON file for each node we have 4 fields empName, designation, company and mob. To present data using JSON we follow key, value pair. Curly braces hold objects while Square brackets hold arrays.

emp_records.json

{"employees":
[
{
"empName": "Swati Nanda",
"designation": "Project Manager",
"company": "InfoSys",
"mob": "9092353322"
},
{
"empName": "Pravat Mishra",
"designation": "English Trainer",
"company": "FM College",
"mob": "7847324432"
},
{
"empName": "Divya Singh",
"designation": "Sr. Content Writer",
"company": "Wipro",
"mob": "9625477893"
},
{
"empName": "Baby Roy",
"designation": "Graphic Engineer",
"company": "Tech Mahindra",
"mob": "9096266548"
},
{
"empName": "Satyabrata Panda",
"designation": "Sr. Software Engineer",
"company": "Capgemini",
"mob": "5567748833"
},
{
"empName": "Sonam Singh",
"designation": "Graphic Engineer",
"company": "TCS",
"mob": "8260272137"
},
{
"empName": "Subash Roy",
"designation": "Jr. Software Engineer",
"company": "InfoSys BPO",
"mob": "5237748822"
},
{
"empName": "Mohini Mohapatra",
"designation": "UI/UX Engineer",
"company": "Synechron",
"mob": "8892978436"
},
{
"empName": "Supriti Kabi",
"designation": "Sr. HTML Developer",
"company": "InfoSys BPO",
"mob": "6667748877"
}
]
}

Now create your PHP file with the below lines of Code.

JSON-to-HTML.php

/*Fetching JSON file content using php file_get_contents method*/
$str_data = file_get_contents("emp-records.json");
$data = json_decode($str_data, true);

/*Initializing temp variable to design table dynamically*/
$temp = "<table>";

/*Defining table Column headers depending upon JSON records*/
$temp .= "<tr><th>Employee Name</th>";
$temp .= "<th>Designation</th>";
$temp .= "<th>Company</th>";
$temp .= "<th>Mobile Number</th></tr>";

/*Dynamically generating rows & columns*/
for($i = 0; $i < sizeof($data["employees"]); $i++)
{
$temp .= "<tr>";
$temp .= "<td>" . $data["employees"][$i]["empName"] . "</td>";
$temp .= "<td>" . $data["employees"][$i]["designation"] . "</td>";
$temp .= "<td>" . $data["employees"][$i]["company"] . "</td>";
$temp .= "<td>" . $data["employees"][$i]["mob"] . "</td>";
$temp .= "</tr>";
}

/*End tag of table*/
$temp .= "</table>";

/*Printing temp variable which holds table*/
echo $temp;

Using the above PHP codes first I am reading the JSON file using file_get_contents() method. Then after using json_decode() method I am decoding the JSON data and storing in a variable like an Array. Temp is the variable which I used to generate dynamic html for table. Using string concatenation I am appending html and $data values to $temp. Finally using using echo I am printing the value of $temp.

Inside the table to Create dynamic rows I am using a for loop over total records count. To get total record count here I am using sizeof() method against $data[“employees”] array. Then depending upon JSON records I am binding respective values to td’s for each row.

tblClasses.css

/*Style for Table*/
table, th , td {
border: 1px solid grey;
border-collapse: collapse;
padding: 4px;
font-family: arial;
}
/*Style for Table Header*/
th {
background: darkblue;
color: white;
text-align: left;
}
/*Style for Alternate Rows*/
table tr:nth-child(odd) {
background-color: #C2EBC3;
}
table tr:nth-child(even) {
background-color: #FFFFFF;
}

Without the above CSS code this demo app will run. But to make your HTML table beautiful this CSS classes can help. Just copy paste these classes under style tag. This will give you a table as shown in the above figure. You must noticed here I am using tr:nth-child(odd) and tr:nth-child(even) with different background colors. This CSS selector helps to distigush alternate rows with different color codes.

Best Practices

1. Validate JSON Data – Ensure the data is properly formatted before conversion.
2. Optimize Performance – For large datasets, consider lazy loading or pagination.
3. Enhance Accessibility – Use semantic HTML and ARIA attributes for screen readers.
4. Responsive Design – Ensure tables adapt to different screen sizes using CSS or libraries.

Conclusion

Converting JSON to HTML tables is a fundamental task in web development, facilitating the display of structured data on webpages. Whether using vanilla JavaScript, libraries, or frameworks, developers can choose the method that best suits their project requirements. By following best practices, the resulting tables will be efficient, accessible, and user-friendly.

The post How to display data from JSON to HTML table using PHP? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

To present bulk of data with parent child relationship Treeview is a classical approach. The major advantage of Treeview is using a Treeview we can show more data in less space. Assume that you have a global recruitment portal. You want to display job opportunities depending upon Countries and their Cities. In this case you required a Treeview.

Using a Treeview easily you can display Countries & related Cities hirarchically. In this session let us share sample codes for a PHP Treeview using data from MySQL Database. In front-end using PHP I am binding data to ol li element of HTML. Then by applying CSS styles giving expand and collapse effects to the Treeview. Let us explain this PHP Treeview Example Step by Step.

1. Create a MySQL table “tab_treeview”. Consider “id” as the Primary key. During an user enter a record to this SQL table I need the primary field entry need to jump 1 after 1 automatically. Thats why here I declared id filed with “auto_increment” property. To store Treeview node details Create 2 other Columns name and title. These fields are with datatype varchar(255). While inserting records keep noted these fields will accept only 255 charecters. You can’t entry a null value to these fields as NOT NULL attributes specifies. Then to establish parent child relationship created one more column “parent_id”. This will store reference of parent node. If parent_id is zero then that record is itself a parent node.

Query to Create table tab_treeview

CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS tab_treeview (
id int(12) NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT,
name varchar(255) NOT NULL,
title varchar(255) NOT NULL,
parent_id varchar(12) NOT NULL,
PRIMARY KEY (id)
) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1 AUTO_INCREMENT=7;

2. To start with first you need to insert some sample records to “tab_treeview” SQL table. While inserting sample records stay careful about parent_id. A wrong parent_id can change your Treeview structure and nodes.

Query to Insert sample Records

INSERT INTO tab_treeview (id, name, title, parent_id) VALUES
(1, 'Mumbai', 'The Film City', '3'),
(2, 'New Delhi', 'Capital of India', '3'),
(3, 'India', 'Country', '0'),
(4, 'United States', 'Country', '0'),
(5, 'Washington', 'Popular City of US', '4'),
(6, 'New York', 'Popular City of US', '4'),
(7, 'Olympia', 'Capital of Washington', '5'),
(8, 'Russia', 'Country', '0'),
(9, 'Moscow', 'Popular City of Russia', '8'),
(10, 'Saint Petersburg', 'Popular City of Russia', '8')
(11, 'Bihar', 'State of India', '3'),
(12, 'Uttar Pradesh', 'State of India', '3'),
(13, 'Himachal Pradesh', 'State of India', '3');

PHP Treeview Example (Binding Data from Database)

3. Create a blank HTML page. Then in body inside PHP tag Copy n Paste the below recursive function “buildTree()”. Keep notice this is the function which generates Treeview html. In this function using a foreach loop I am dealing each record from the database. Then dynamically using HTML5 ol li and echo function from PHP writing the ordered list as a treeview.

buildTree() Recursive function

This approach is often used to break down complex problems into simpler subproblems, allowing for easier management and resolution. When implementing a recursive function, it is essential to define a base case to prevent infinite loops and ensure that the function eventually terminates. Additionally, careful consideration of the function’s parameters and return values is crucial for maintaining clarity and efficiency in the code.

function buildTree($array, $currentParent, $currLevel = 0, $prevLevel = -1) {
foreach ($array as $categoryId => $category) {
if ($currentParent == $category['parent_id']) {
if ($currLevel > $prevLevel) echo "<ol id='menutree'>"; 
if ($currLevel == $prevLevel) echo "</li>";
echo '<li> <label class="menu_label" for='.$categoryId.'>'.$category['name'].'</label><input type="checkbox" id='.$categoryId.' />';
if ($currLevel > $prevLevel) { $prevLevel = $currLevel; }
$currLevel++; 
buildTree ($array, $categoryId, $currLevel, $prevLevel);
$currLevel--;   
}
}
if ($currLevel == $prevLevel) echo "</li> </ol>";
}

Using the recursive function buildTree() inside a foreach loop over $array length I am building each li element of ordered list. To position the cursor for next item here I am using $currLevel++ increment operator. Here orderlist id is “menutree”.

4. Below the “buildTree()” function Copy n Paste the below PHP codes. Here using this block I am fetching data from tab_treeview table.

Understanding the Structure of a Treeview

A treeview is a hierarchical data structure that organizes information in a parent-child relationship, resembling an inverted tree. It is widely used in computer science, databases, file systems, and user interfaces to represent nested data efficiently. The structure consists of nodes, each serving a specific role in the hierarchy. The four primary components of a treeview are the root node, parent node, child node, and leaf node. Understanding these elements is essential for working with tree-like data models.

The Root Node

The root node is the topmost element in a treeview hierarchy. In a file system, for example, the root directory (often represented as “/” in Unix-based systems or “C:\” in Windows) is the root node. All files and subdirectories stem from this single point.

A key characteristic of the root node is that it is always singular in a well-formed tree structure. Multiple root nodes would imply separate trees, often referred to as a forest in data structure terminology. The root node’s primary function is to provide a reference point for traversing the hierarchy, allowing algorithms to navigate downward through parent and child relationships.

Parent Nodes

A parent node is any node in the treeview that has one or more child nodes connected beneath it. Parent nodes act as containers for their children, grouping related data into meaningful subsets. For instance, in an organizational chart, a department head (parent node) may oversee several team leads (child nodes), who in turn manage individual employees.

Parent nodes can themselves be children of higher-level parents, creating multiple layers of depth in the tree. The ability to collapse or expand parent nodes in a graphical user interface (GUI) enhances usability by allowing users to hide or reveal details as needed.

Child Nodes

Child nodes are direct descendants of a parent node. Each child node can have only one immediate parent, ensuring a clear hierarchical relationship. Child nodes inherit certain properties from their parents, such as access permissions in a file system or organizational roles in a management hierarchy.

A child node may also function as a parent if it has its own descendants, creating a multi-level tree structure. For example, in a product category tree, “Electronics” might be a child of the root node, while “Smartphones” is a child of “Electronics,” and “Brand X” is a child of “Smartphones.” This chaining of relationships allows for detailed and scalable data organization.

Leaf Nodes

They represent the most granular level of data in the hierarchy. In a file system, individual files are leaf nodes, whereas directories act as parent nodes. Similarly, in a family tree, individuals without descendants would be considered leaf nodes.

Leaf nodes often contain actionable or displayable data, such as file contents in a directory, employee names in an org chart, or product details in an e-commerce category tree. Their position at the end of branches makes them crucial for data retrieval operations, as they hold the actual information rather than just structural references.

Understanding the structure of a treeview—comprising root nodes, parent nodes, child nodes, and leaf nodes—is fundamental for efficient data organization and retrieval. This hierarchical model provides clarity, scalability, and flexibility, making it indispensable in various fields. Whether navigating file systems, designing databases, or structuring user interfaces, recognizing the roles of each node ensures optimal system performance and usability. Mastery of treeview principles empowers users and developers to harness the full potential of hierarchical data representation.

Treeviews can be rendered using HTML, CSS, and JavaScript, with PHP handling the backend logic to fetch and structure the data.

Traversal Techniques

Navigating a treeview involves moving from one node to another using specific algorithms. The two primary traversal methods are:

1. Depth-First Search (DFS): Explores as far down a branch as possible before backtracking. Variations include in-order, pre-order, and post-order traversals.
2. Breadth-First Search (BFS): Visits nodes level by level, starting from the root and moving downward in layers.

Fetching data from MySQL Database

As natural first using mysql_connect I am pointing my PHP Compiler to localhost mysql database as the user root. In next step using mysql_select_db pre-defiend php function I am selecting treeview specific database from MySQL server. Now we need to execute the sql query “SELECT * FROM tab_treeview” to fetch data from db. To do that using mysql_query and storing all records to an array $arrayCountry.

/*Connecting to Database tempdb*/
mysql_connect('localhost', 'root');
mysql_select_db('tempdb');

/*Executing the select query to fetch data from table tab_treeview*/
$sqlqry="SELECT * FROM tab_treeview";
$result=mysql_query($sqlqry);

/*Defining an array*/
$arrayCountry = array();

while($row = mysql_fetch_assoc($result)){ 
$arrayCountry[$row['id']] = array("parent_id" => $row['parent_id'], "name" => $row['name']);
}

/*Checking is there any records in $result array*/
if(mysql_num_rows($result)!=0)
{
/*Calling the recursive function*/
buildTree($arrayCountry, 0);
}

Finally on array of data using while loop to build the tree. Inside while loop after checking data persist for the existing row calling the recursive function buildTree($arrayCountry, 0);. Where the first parameter is the $arrayCountry. The function buildTree() accepts 4 parameters. Using this you can customize your treeview as needed.

5. Now you can able to watch Treeview data in your html page. Apply the below CSS styles to implement expand and collapse effects. Add a style tag in html file head section and copy the below CSS styles. To customize this dynamic Treeview including the below classes you can add your additional CSS Classes.

CSS Styles for PHP Treeview

To remove default bulleted list from my ordered list items here I am using list-style: none; for my menu menutree. On clickable node of tree to my the cursor with hand symbol here I am using cursor: pointer for all menu labels.

#menutree li { list-style: none; }
li .menu_label + input[type=checkbox] { opacity: 0; }
li .menu_label { cursor: pointer; }
li .menu_label + input[type=checkbox] + ol > li { display: none; }
li .menu_label + input[type=checkbox]:checked + ol > li { display: block; }

Security Considerations

Modern web applications face numerous security threats that can compromise user data, disrupt services, and damage organizational reputations. Three critical vulnerabilities—SQL Injection, Cross-Site Scripting (XSS), and Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF)—pose significant risks if not properly mitigated. Understanding these threats and implementing protective measures is essential for maintaining a secure digital environment.

SQL Injection

By inserting malicious SQL queries into input fields, attackers can manipulate or extract sensitive data, bypass authentication, and even execute administrative operations.

Prevention Techniques

1. Parameterized Queries (Prepared Statements) Using parameterized queries ensures that user input is treated as data rather than executable code. Most modern database libraries support this method.

2. Input Validation Restrict input to expected formats (e.g., alphanumeric characters only) and reject suspicious patterns (e.g., SQL keywords).

3. Stored Procedures Encapsulate database logic in stored procedures, reducing direct SQL string manipulation.

4. Least Privilege Principle Database accounts should have minimal permissions necessary for the application, limiting damage in case of a breach.

Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) Prevention

Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) happens due to the injection of malicious scripts. These scripts can steal session cookies, deface websites, or redirect users to phishing sites.

Types of XSS

1. Reflected XSS Malicious scripts are embedded in URLs or forms and executed when the victim loads a manipulated link.

2. Stored XSS Attackers inject persistent scripts into a database or file, which are later served to users.

3. DOM-Based XSS Scripts manipulate the Document Object Model (DOM) directly in the victim’s browser without server interaction.

Prevention Techniques

1. Output Encoding Encode dynamic content before rendering it in HTML, JavaScript, or other contexts to neutralize malicious scripts.

2. Content Security Policy (CSP) Define a CSP header to restrict sources of executable scripts, reducing the impact of XSS attacks.

3. Input Sanitization Remove or escape unsafe characters (e.g., `<`, `>`, `&`) from user-generated content.

4. HTTP-Only Cookies Mark session cookies as HTTP-only to prevent JavaScript access, mitigating cookie theft.

CSRF Protection

Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF) tricks users into executing unintended actions on a web application where they are authenticated. Attackers exploit the trust between a user’s browser and a legitimate website to submit forged requests.

Prevention Techniques

1. Anti-CSRF Tokens Require a unique, unpredictable token with each state-changing request. The token must match the one stored on the server.

2. SameSite Cookies Set the `SameSite` attribute for cookies to `Strict` or `Lax` to prevent cross-origin requests.

3. Double-Submit Cookies Store the CSRF token in both a cookie and a hidden form field, validating both upon submission.

4. Require Re-Authentication For sensitive actions (e.g., password changes), force users to confirm their credentials again.

Security threats like SQL Injection, XSS, and CSRF require proactive measures to prevent exploitation. Developers must adopt secure coding practices, validate and sanitize input, implement robust authentication mechanisms, and stay updated on emerging threats. By prioritizing security, organizations can safeguard user data and maintain trust in their digital services.

Performance Optimization

Lazy Loading – This approach enhances performance and reduces resource consumption, particularly in web applications where numerous elements may be present. Load only visible nodes.

Indexing – Ensure `parent_id` is indexed for faster queries.

Real-World Applications

Treeview is a useful tool that helps us organize information in a way that is easy to understand. Imagine you have a big box of toys. If you just dump them all out, it can be hard to find what you want. But if you sort them into groups—like cars in one section and dolls in another—it becomes much easier. In the real world, treeviews are used in many places, like on websites or apps. For example, when you look at files on a computer, the treeview shows folders and files in a clear way. This helps you find what you need quickly. Treeviews are also used in educational apps to break down topics into smaller parts, making learning simpler and more fun. Overall, treeviews help people manage and find information more easily, just like organizing your toys!

1. File Managers – Display directories and files.
2. E-Commerce Categories – Organize product hierarchies.
3. Navigation Menus – Create multi-level dropdowns.

Conclusion

A PHP treeview is a powerful tool for displaying hierarchical data in a structured and interactive manner. By combining PHP for backend logic, HTML/CSS for presentation, and JavaScript for interactivity, developers can create efficient and user-friendly treeviews. Whether used in file systems, navigation menus, or organizational charts, mastering treeview implementation enhances web application usability and functionality.

The post PHP Treeview Example using data from MySQL Database appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In a Web application generally we use File to store data. Assume that in your CMS you want to generate HTML files for each content you like to publish. Here you required File Operations. Before move into the basics of File Operations using PHP let you recall every File has its own properties like File Name, File Size, File Type or Created Date. File to File depending upon the header information File type varies. In PHP to get started with File Operations first you need to learn the following PHP File Handling methods.

Create a File using PHP

To Create a File in PHP we use fopen() method with writing mode (w). Look at the below example how I am Creating a text file “demo.txt” using fopen() method.

<?php
$tempFile = 'demo.txt';
$handle = fopen($tempFile, 'w') or die('Unable to Open file:  '.$tempFile);
?>

Open & Read a File

In this example I am using fopen to open and fread to read the file. To run the below example Create a text file (sample.txt) with few lines of Contents. Then use open and read methods.

$tempFile = 'sample.txt';
$handle = fopen($tempFile, 'r');
$data = fread($handle,filesize($tempFile));
echo $data;

Also using readfile() you can read a file in PHP. This method is so simple to implement. Look at the example below.

<?php
echo readfile("sample.txt");
?>

Example to Write or Append a File in PHP

In PHP to write contents into a file first we required to open the file. Once the file opened successfully we can use fwrite() method to write contents. In the below example I am writing 2 lines to a text file.

$tempFile = 'demo.txt';
$handle = fopen($tempFile, 'a') or die('Unable to Open file:  '.$tempFile);
$data = 'This is the First line.';
fwrite($handle, $data);
$new_line = "\n".'This is the Second line I am appending.';
fwrite($handle, $new_line);

Close or Delete a File in PHP

As a principle of PHP File handling make practice to Close a file after did with the required operations. To close a file we use fclose(). Look at the below example.

$tempFile = 'demo.txt';
$handle = fopen($tempFile, 'a') or die('Unable to Open file:  '.$tempFile);
$data = 'I am working at InfoSys.';
fwrite($handle, $data);
fclose($handle);

Similarly to delete a file we use unlink() method. Assume that you have a text file in root folder. To delete that you can go for the below line codes.

$tempFile = 'demo.txt';
unlink($tempFile);

The post PHP File Handling methods with suitable Examples appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Jquery is a Client Side programming language. Independently using jquery it is not possible to upload a file to PHP Server. To upload a file using jquery what we can do is we can use jquery post method to send the file to the Server. Then in Server we required a PHP script to upload the file to the respective physical folder. In the below example I am uploading a file to PHP Server using JQuey AJAX File Upload technique.

In HTML I have 2 Controls an input box with type=”file” and a Submit button. These 2 controls are inside the form element. The form “frmUploading” is with action=”php-uploader.php” to my PHP page. The form enctype type is “multipart/form-data”. In head section I embedded 2 jquery libraries (jquery.min.js & jquery.form.min.js). Using input type file after the user choose the file successfully I am submitting the form inside jquery document.ready() method using jquery form Ajax method ajaxForm().

AJAX-File-Upload.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<head>
<title>JQuey AJAX File Upload Example</title>
<script type="text/javascript" src="https://code.jquery.com/jquery-2.2.3.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript" src="https://cdnjs.cloudflare.com/ajax/libs/jquery.form/3.51/jquery.form.min.js"></script>
</head>
<body>
<h2>AJAX File Upload Example</h2>

<form id="frmUploading" action="php-uploader.php" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data">
<input type="file" size="70" name="fileSelector" />
<input type="submit" value="Upload your File" />
</form>

<script type="text/javascript">
var options = { 
beforeSend: function() 
{
/*In this block you can initiate any value before Uploading. */
},
uploadProgress: function(event, position, total, percentComplete) 
{
/*During a large file uploading in this event you can show progress bar. */
},
success: function() 
{
/*This block executes after file successfully uploaded. */
},
complete: function(response) 
{
/*Once your file uploaded successful at the end you show a message here. */
},
error: function()
{
/*In-case file uploading get failure here you can show errors. */
}

$(document).ready(function()
{ 
/*Submitting the form using jquery form Ajax method. */
$("#frmUploading").ajaxForm(options); 
}); 
</script>
</body>
</html>

Using jquery form once the file post to the Server. There I am executing the below script. To upload the user file I created a folder in root with the name “uploads”. That folder path I am storing in “$upload_dir” php variable. Using isset($_FILES[“fileSelector”]) I am checking whether the user choose file successfully or not. If it is returning true then I am checking is there any error in fileSelector or else using php move_uploaded_file() method uploading the file. To run this demo app first create the above index.htm file. Then create the below php file in the same folder. Here I am uploading my files to “uploads” folder. You can update this as per your folder location.

php-uploader.php

<?php
/* where you want to upload your file, define that folder path here. */
$upload_dir = "uploads/";

if(isset($_FILES["fileSelector"]))
{
/* using this block you can filter the file types */
if ($_FILES["fileSelector"]["error"] > 0)
{
echo "Error Occurred: " . $_FILES["file"]["error"] . "<br />";
}
else
{
/* move the uploaded file to uploads folder */
move_uploaded_file($_FILES["fileSelector"]["tmp_name"],$upload_dir. $_FILES["fileSelector"]["name"]);
echo "Your file :" . $_FILES["fileSelector"]["name"] . " uploaded successfully.";
}
}
?>

The post JQuey AJAX File Upload Example using PHP Server appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Everyday more than thousand of IT developers are choosing Web Technology as their Career. Refer to my experiences to became a Successful Web Developer is not so easy. Advanced Web Technology comes with plenty of Skills. To gain deep knowledge in Web Technology you required to know fundamentals. Without basics it is not possible to be an expert in Web. In this session we Collected plenty of useful information’s related to Web Technology. These fundamentals will help you life long in your Web Developer Career. For freshers these Web Developer Interview Questions are the best approach to know the Web better.

What is the Complete name of www?

Refer to W3C www is stands for “World Wide Web”.

What is a Protocol?

The transfer of data between client (browser) and the server need to be according to some rules known as protocols. The protocol used in web is known as HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol).

What is the benefits of using Internet?

• Internet is a fastest media of data communication.
• Using internet we can send or receive mails.
• Using VOIP we can take the benefits of Telecommunication.
• Using various websites we can read News and latest updates.
• Can Sale Products.

Which technical group started internet as a project in US Defense?

Internet was started in the mid of 1980 as a project of US department of defense. The Technical group then created was known as Defense Advance Research Projects Administration (DARPA).

What is the Complete name of DARPA?

The Complete name of DARPA is “Defence Advance Research Projects Administration”.

What is the Complete name of ARPANET?

The Complete name of ARPANET is “Advanced Research Projects Agency Network”.

How many bits an IP address is?

IP address is a minimum 32 bit address. It will be in the form of aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd.

What is the structure of an IP address?

Structure of an IP address is like aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd. In these 4 units each unit can contain value from 0 to 255. E.g 10.22.187.98

What is a Router?

One network is connected to another network using certain devices known as routers. Information is sent from one machine to other in the form of packets. Each packet will have a header( which contains address of the machine to which the packets are sent) and a body. So router checks the header of the packet and sends the information to the specified machine.

What are the types of Network typologies?

There are 3 kinds of Network Topologies Physical topology, Signal topology & Logical topology.

What are the types of Physical Topologies?

Physical Topology refers to the Physical Connections and the mapping between the Network nodes. There are various types of physical typologies. The commonly known physical Topologies are as below.

• POINT- POINT TOPOLOGY
• BUS TOPOLOGY
• STAR TOPOLOGY
• RING TOPOLOGY
• MESH TOPOLOGY
• TREE TOPOLOGY
• HYBRID TYPOLOGIES

What are the different types of Bus Topologies?

Bus Topology is 2 types linear & distributed bus topology.

What is Signal Topology?

Signal topology is the mapping of different nodes in a network based on the paths by which the signals pass through. Signal topology generally refers to the actual path that the signals (e.g., electromagnetic, electrical, optical, etc.) take when propagating between nodes.

What is Logical Topology?

Logical topology refers to the mapping of nodes based on the paths taken by actual data in the network. It is similar to signal topology, but here the determining factor is path of data, not signals. In many cases logical topology and signal topology are used interchangeably.

Which device we use in Star Topology to connect nodes?

Hub

Ring topology is Directional or Unidirectional?

Unidirectional

What is the other name of Tree Topology?

Tree topology is also known as “Hierarchical Topology”.

In which topology troubleshooting is easier?

Compare to Other topology in Star Topology troubleshooting is easier.

In Signal Topology which materials we use to connect nodes?

Signal topology is the mapping of different nodes in a network based on the paths by which the signals pass through. Signal topology generally refers to the actual path that the signals (e.g., electromagnetic, electrical, optical, etc.) take when propagating between nodes.

Who checks whether the authorized person only can access the intranet?

An intranet of an organization is accessible to employees of that particular organization only. A software known as firewall is used to ensure this. Firewall checks whether the authorized person only can access.

What is the Complete name of TCP/IP?

The Complete name of TCP/IP is “Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol”.

What is the Complete name of HTML?

The Complete name of HTML is “Hyper Text Markup Language”.

What is the Complete name of HTTP?

The Complete name of HTTP is “Hyper Text Transfer Protocol”.

What is the Complete name of VPN?

The Complete name of VPN is “Virtual Private Network”.

What is LAN?

A computer network which covers small geographic area like office, home or group of buildings and which is used often to achieve Intranet is called a LAN (Local Area Network). The data is transfer in LAN is much faster when compared to that of internet. LAN is limited to a small geographical region, but internet can be accessed from anywhere in the world. A dedicated telecommunication line is required for internet but it is not needed in LAN. Telecommunication line is required for internet.

What is WAN?

Network over a large area is termed as Wide Area Network (WAN). Usually this type of network would be spread across geographical boundaries using routers and public communication links. Internet would be a perfect example for a WAN. Other examples include telephone lines, microwave links and satellite channels.

What is the word from which “Ethernet” is derived?

Ethernet as the name suggests has been evolved from the ancient term “ether”, meaning the medium through which light propagates.

What are the examples of WAN?

Some of the example of Wide Area Network is Telephone lines, Microwave links and Satellite Channels.

What is the range of transmission rate across WAN?

Usually the transmission rate across this network would be in the range of 1200 bits/seconds to 6 Mbit/seconds.

What is the transmission speeds of ATM or Leased lines?

ATM and leased lines can even have transmission speeds greater than 156 Mbit/seconds.

Who & in which year introduced www?

The whole idea of www was introduced in 1989 by Sir Tim Berners-Lee, who is considered as the father of internet. Since then the growth of internet was rapid. Tim Berners-Lee himself introduced the terms like URL, http. He is currently the chairman of W3C which is the governing body of the web.

What is the Complete name of W3C?

World Wide Web Consortium. You can reach them at http://www.w3.org.

Who is the governing body of Web?

The Governing body of web is “World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)”.

What is the Complete name of URL?

URL stands for “Uniform Resource Locator”.

Where DNS Server resides?

There will be a DNS server local to the client’s network. DNS server will map the domain name to the particular IP address. Local DNS Server will check whether that IP address is present in the network.

What is the Complete name of ISP?

The Complete name of ISP is “Internet Service Provider”.

What is the Complete name of OSI Model?

The Complete name of OSI 7 layer model is “Open Systems Interconnection Model”.

How many layers are existing in OSI Model?

OSI model is a newer network model compared to TCP/IP model. It is also known as the OSI seven layer model since it contains seven layers. The OSI Model consists of the Application Layer, Presentation Layer, Session Layer, Transport Layer, Network Layer, Data Link, and Physical layers from top to bottom.

What is the Complete name of FTP?

The Complete name of FTP is “File Transfer Protocol”.

What is the Complete name of XML?

XML Stands for “Extended Markup Language”.

What are the advantages using TCP?

There are many advantages by using a connection oriented TCP protocol. These are data arrives in-order, data has minimum errors (i.e. correctness), data duplicated is discarded, lost/discarded packets are resent, includes traffic congestion control.

What is the other name of Domain Name?

Hostname (eg. example.com)

What is a domain name?

Domain name identifies a computer on the Internet belonging to particular network. These names appear as a part of a Website’s URL, e.g. example.com. These types of domains are also called as hostname.

What is the Complete name of SGML?

SGML stands for “Standard Generalized Markup Language”.

Who and when introduced the first version of HTML?

The first version of HTML was introduced in July, 1993 by Tim Berners-Lee.

Who is the father of Internet?

Tim Berners-Lee was called father of Internet.

When 2nd revision of HTML was introduced?

Second version HTML 2.0 was introduced in April, 1995.

When HTML 3.0 was released?

HTML 3.0 was launched in September, 1995. HTML 3.0 contained some complex mathematical elements, more attributes for tables.

When HTML4 was released?

HTML 4.0 was introduced in April, 1998.

When HTML5 was released?

HTML 5 was introduced on 22 January 2008.

What is TLD?

A top-level domain, referred to as a top-level domain name (TLDN) sometimes. It is the part of the domain name which comes after the final dot in it. For instance, in the domain name www.infosys.com, com or COM is the TLDN. The top level domain names are standardized to mainly two divisions.

What is CCTLD?

A CCTLD is an Internet top level domain generally reserved for a country. Creation and delegation of ccTLDs is achieved by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). Examples for ccTLD are .in, .us, .uk etc.

What is the Complete name of IANA?

The Compete name of IANA is “Internet Assigned Numbers Authority”.

What is the default port number for HTTP?

The default port number for HTTP is 80.

What is the default port number for FTP?

The default port number for FTP is 21.

What is FTP?

FTP is a system protocol which will be used for transferring data from one computer to another through a network, like the data that is transferred s over the Internet. The default port for FTP is port no: 21.

What is the different types of way to transfer data using FTP?

FTP uses two modes of data transfer. Those are ASCII mode and BINARY mode.

What is ASCII mode of FTP data transfer?

When a file is transferred using an ASCII mode, the individual letters, numbers, and characters are transferred using their ASCII character codes. In this mode which is used as default by most FTP clients, the data will be saved in a text file in the proper format at the receiving machine.

What are the HTTP status Codes?

Few of the most Common http error codes are as below.

• 200 – OK
• 302 – Found
• 400 – Bad Request
• 401 – Unauthorized
• 403 – Forbidden
• 404 – Not found
• 500 – Internal Server error.

What is 404 http status Code?

When we request for a page which is not present in the server, the browser will show “404: page not found”.

What are the http methods?

Basically 3 methods we use under http methods Get, Post and Head. In GET method, the client side information is sent to browser as parameters. These parameters will be encoded with the URL as name value pair. In POST method the information from client is sent to server as part of the message body of http request. The data can also be encrypted to ensure the security. The HEAD method gets only the information about the document, not the document itself. As a less data is transferred, HEAD is much faster than GET.

What are the layers of 3 tire Application?

Presentation Layer – Presentation layer which is the highest layer in the application takes care of the display in the browser. It can communicate with other tiers. Web servers are the main components of presentation tier. Graphical User Interface (GUI) is provided by the presentation layer.

Application Layer – Application tier takes care of the business logic. That means the basic functionality of the application is carried out by the application tier. Application server controls the functionality of the business application.

Data Layer – Data is stored in this tier. Data tier mainly consists of Database Servers.

What is a Web Server?

Web Server is the important component of the presentation tier of the three-tier client server architecture. It is actually a computer program which accepts the http requests and sends the requested data as http response. The data mainly consist of HTML pages. There are two types data:

Static Web Server – Static content is the data that is present in the file system in the database server

Dynamic Web Server – The program that is run by the web server generates Dynamic content. It is slower compared to static content. Apache, Microsoft IIS are examples of web servers which are commonly used.

What is thin Client?

The web applications which are accessible through the internet are known as real world web applications. Real world web applications generally use three-tier client-server architecture. The client is generally known as thin client.

What fat Server?

Web server, Application server and Database server will be the server side. So the server is known as fat server.

Give examples of Web Server?

IIS and Apache.

Do you like our Web Developer Interview Questions? Share us in your Network.

The post Web Developer Interview Questions and Answers for Freshers appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In Software Designing “Zero Defects” is a Challenge. To achieve “Zero Defects” we depends upon many factors. Starting from “Developers Team” to “Quality Assurance” all are equally responsible for an error in production. To reduce error the primary role a developer’s play. I believe in the matter of Error or Exception handling a Experienced developer do better than a fresher. This is the cause we are hunting experience professionals. During an application development Coding Can any developer do but quality Coding is rare. To write an error free logic we required to understood “How Compiler works?” and what are the ways to handle exceptions. In this session let us share PHP Error Handling technique for Developer.

Practice to PHP Error Handling using Try Catch block

While implementing a logic do the Complex part (Which has more Chance for Exception) in-side Try .. Catch block. Try Catch block has 3 units Try, Catch and Finally. Each try block must at-least required one catch block. More than one catch blocks can be used to catch different classes of exceptions.

Let us assume you are going to insert a record to the database. In this case after created the SQL query dynamically, while executing that query do that inside the try block. During run-time if connection will break with Server during database interaction the execution will jump to Catch block. In Catch block you can know the Error & handle the Exception. Finally block execute at any case. If there is a error in try block then after Catch block finally block executes. Similarly if try block executes successfully then also Finally block executes. It is a best place for Close Database Connection.

Example of Try .. Catch

try {
throw new Exception('error');
}
catch(Exception $e) {
echo "There is an Error.";
throw $e;
}
finally {
// Code in Finally block Overrides the exception
return "\nException erased";
}

Some Errors occurs in run-time for those errors Try Catch is the best approach to deal. Let’s talk an another example. While Sending mail execute the Send() method in-side Try Catch block. In run-time in-case the SMTP Server is down. System will show the real error message “Mail Server is Down. Please try later”.

Use PHP die() method

Die() is a simple and effective PHP Error Handling method. When ever there is a possibility of an error use die() method. Generally die() method is useful for Conditional Checking. For an example if you are going to upload a file here while you are checking “is file exists?” using if(!file_exists("/tmp/logo.png")) use die() method to handle possible errors. Look at the example below.

<?php
if(!file_exists("/tmp/logo.png")) {
die("File is not exists Physically.");
} else {
$file = fopen("/tmp/logo.png","r");
print "Able to Open the File Successfully.";
}
?>

In the above example before Opening the file I am checking is there any file exists to open. If there is no such files using die() method with message “File is not exists Physically.”. Die() method handles error as well as Clears memory whole. Kills unwanted process and helps to improve performance.

Create Custom Error Handler

Using PHP it is very easy to Create Custom Error handlers. The Syntax is as below.

error_function(error_level, error_message, error_file, error_line, error_context)

While Creating a Custom Error function keep remember that the first two parameters are mandatory. The rest 3 (error_file, error_line and error_context) are optional. Error_level must be a value in number. Refer the below table to know more about the error_level values.

All the listed error levels you can use with PHP in-built function “error_reporting()”. The Syntax is as “error_reporting ([int $level])”.

While defining a Custom error handler function you need to use PHP in-built library set_error_handler() function.

Trigger an Error

In Script where user inputs data use trigger_error() function to handle illegal inputs. Trigger error can be use for Server side validations.

Example of trigger_error

<?php
$myVal = 3;
if ($myVal > 2) {
trigger_error("Value must be 2 or below");
}
?>

Exception Classes

While Creating a Custom Error there are following functions which can be used from Exception class.

Referrals:

http://www.tutorialspoint.com/php/php_error_handling.htm
http://www.w3schools.com/php/php_error.asp

The post Techniques behind PHP Error Handling for Developer appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Once after the NDA Signed by both the parties we do start Requirement Analysis. Requirement Analysis is the initial phase of System Development Life Cycle. Depending upon the information we collected during Requirement Analysis, it helps to Design the System. During Requirement Analysis phase generally Customer provides Referral Documents or Helpful Videos or Referral Links or Block Diagrams. These all to make your vision clear. Let us focus back into the Subject “Project Estimation Techniques for Software Development”.

Assume that we are going to Create an Estimation for a “User Management Module”. Here refer to my analysis a User Management Module required a Login page, Register User page, Forgot Password, Forgot Username, Search User page or Edit User page. Like this list out all the pages and functionalities you like to divide.

There are applications using which we can Create an Estimation but still today there are more than 80% program managers uses MS Excel to prepare an Estimation.

To start with Open an Excel file and Create the following tabs.

• Summery
• Estimation
• Assumption
• In Scope
• Out of Scope
• Software Required
• Artifacts Used

Summery

Rename the default tab to “Summery”. In this page create a table with the rows Requirement Understanding, Build Efforts, Efforts, Contingency & Total Efforts after Contingency. In “Requirement Understanding” put how many days you spend to understood the System. “Build Efforts” will depend upon Tab 2 (Estimation). Keep it as a Formula Field. From “Estimation” tab just display the total days against build efforts. Efforts in nothing but the Sum of Requirement Understanding and Build Efforts.

Estimation

This is the primary page. Here first list out the pages and functionalities you required to estimate. At the above Define an impressive title. To make your job easier here let me come with some Column names. In your estimation tab create columns for Items, Format, Complexity, Build Efforts, Review Changes, Breakpoints, Browser Testing, Integration efforts, Quality Assurance and Comments.

First list out the pages your required to design for Client Application. For an example for a User Management System I required pages like Login page, Register User page, Forgot Password, Forgot Username, Search User page or Edit User page. For large scale project it was noticed under pages you have multiple jobs to do. In this case create sub-functionalities for pages. Then below in a separate table declare the functionalities additionally you required. Few example of additional functionalities are Validations, Animations, Graphs, Writing an Algorithm or Calculations. Additional if you want to estimate for Database related job. Create an another table with list Database related jobs.

Now define the Formats for items. I mean in a user management system the above pages are HTML format. In your case it may differ refer to your System. But my intention to tell you define the file type here. Complexity is one more major item in estimation. By looking this data you can easily predict which job is how much time consuming (depending upon the Complexity). Complexity is basically three types Low, Medium and High. Depending upon the job type decide Complexity level. In my Case for Register User page I can keep Complexity “High” while for login page I can define “Medium”. For Normal HTML pages like Forgot Password or Forgot Username I can keep the Complexity “Low”.

Build Effort is nothing but the Time you required to Complete each Job. For an example to design a login page I can assign 2 days or 16 hours to one man power. The next column is “Review Changes”. Make this column as a formula field. According to Build effort set an excel formula with percentage to Calculate time you required for review changes. Apply Similar technique for Breakpoints, Browser Testing, Integration Efforts and QA.

In Comments you can write any additional information provided by the Client. For an example in Login page if my Customer wants to implement Strong password. This is the best place to noted down.

Assumption

In this tab present a future view which related to project work. As an example our employees working for only skills HTML, CSS, JS, JQ and AngularJS. Against this my Assumption is “Design Team need to provide PSD’s”. To do Responsive web pages we can define “Will do Responsive web pages using latest CSS Framework BootStrap“. Always with your assumptions add customer attractive unique quality you can provide.

Assumption example of a UI Estimation

• This Estimation has been done for the pages only. Screens layout PSD or related image files need to shared in the Prototype by the design team.
• Depending upon the breakpoints provided by the design team we will make pages Responsive for those resolutions. Depending upon the requirement we will choose the Responsive Framework.
• Breakpoints to be provided by Design Team.
• Breakpoints estimated for 1200×768 (Large Desktop), 1024×768 (Desktop), 480×320 (Mobile Devices), 728X1024 (Tablets).
• Browsers supporting IE 9 & Latest versions including Mozilla Firefox & Google Chrome.
• Only front-end UI Interactions will be handled involving JS/jQuery functionality.
• Visual designs PSD for desktop and target devices would be provided by Design Team.
• Images to be provided by Design Team.
• Style Guide/Design Specifications to be provided by Design Team.
• Fonts will be provided by Design Team.
• Software or IDE for development purpose will be provided.
• Re-estimation will be done based on future designs complexity post to roll-out from design team
  Any new page/template creation shall be re-estimated again if at all it impacts the work.
• Any iterations to the designs for which the HTML is created shall be re-estimated again if at all it impacts the work.

In Scope

Every System has some limitation. That why this Column is. Estimation works like an agreement of deal. What you committed in your estimation your required to meet that. So in this tab define the things clear what your organization is going to do for their application. Let’s discuss a Case Study, As the lead of a UI development team while estimating some UI development stuffs I can define few Scopes as “We will do HTML5 and CSS3 developments”, “Validations and Client Side Animations we will take Care” or “Will edit images”.

In Scope example of a UI Estimation

• Responsive Web Design for targeted breakpoints using Media query.
• We will do HTML 5 and CSS3 coding followed by Global Guidelines or Customer Specific Guidelines.
• To reduce unwanted load from Server we will handle Front-end Interactions like Form Validations or Client Side Animations using Client Scripts.
• Browsers supported – IE9 & latest versions including Mozilla Firefox, Google Chrome & Safari.
• Image Slicing from PSD. PSD need to provide by the design Team.
• Client side Validations using JavaScript or Jquery.
• Desktop, iPad and iPhone support with standard resolutions for iPad and iPhone devices.

Out of Scope

Designing a Software is required many hands together. Customer is unknown about technologies. He understood his requirements and always expects more. In this case it is wise to define “Out of Scope”. Out of Scope defines the limitation.

Out of Scope example of a UI Estimation

• Server Side Scripting like PHP or ASP.
• Image Creations using any image editor.
• Search Engine Optimization.
• Grid Operations like Sorting, Pagination or Filtering.
• Back-end Operations for Storing & Retrieving Data (e.g. SQL).
• Dynamic Components Creation or Customization.
• Web Accessibility.
• Multilingual Facility.

Software Required

To meet Customer demand if you required any additional software or hardware mention that here. Prepare a table with columns Software/Hardware, Version, Duration, OS it Supports and Comments.

* Duration – Here it indicates the time you required to use that Software.

Artifacts Used

In this tab in a mention the referral documents or links or materials you used to design estimation.

The post Project Estimation Techniques for Software Development with Template appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Designing a Software Comes with 2 phases Front-end and Back-end. Front-end is nothing but the area where through user interacts with data. While Back-end is responsible to store and organize data. In real-time it was observed Compare to Front-end development Back-end development is more sensitive. This is the cause while dealing with database we required experienced professionals. From the chapter of System designing well structured database makes job easier. Planned Database performs better with Accuracy. Always it’s wise to plan database before designing a Software. This guide is Specially designed for Database Developers to train them in Database design. Here assume that we are going to design database for an Employee Management System (EMS).

Database Terms

Table in a database used to store records. Table operates in fashion like a grid. Which Stores data using row and column. Each row of a table is Called record. An individual column in each row is called field.

In a table Primary key is the unique id for each record. Primary key never carry a null value. In Database design it helps to establish relationship among tables. Let’s talk about Employee Details table. Here emp_id is the primary key. While establishing relationship with Manager Details table here emp_id works like a Foreign key. Foreign key is also called Referral key. Using Foreign key relationship in Manager Details table you can insert only those records who are having emp_id. Its mean “A Manager must be an Employee”.

Purpose of Database design

During we design a POC kind of application sometimes we may required 1 or 2 SQL tables. But while designing a System there we required many tables. Let’s talk about an Employee Management System, here depending upon the functionalities we required various kind of tables. For an example to Store Employee Details you can Create “EMS_EmployeeDetails” table or to Store Manager Details you can Create “EMS_ManagerDetails” table.

The main idea behind the Database design is to reduce redundancy of data. Duplicate data take unwanted space as well it increases more chance of errors and inconsistencies. In real-time while designing a database always try to avoid same data in two columns. Similarly if “EMS_EmployeeDetails” table contains employee name no where else you required to store employee name. It is a good practice to use data centrally.

Naming Standard

Naming Standard is the basic stage of Database design. Before plan a Database decide which naming culture you will follow. For an example in our Employee Management System I decided to keep Database name as EMS and table names are EMS_*. Here EMP_ is my prefix. In case I am going to write a stored procedure I can use EMP_SP_*. Here EMP_SP_ is the prefix for Stored procedures. Keep remember once the database is used with application it is very time consuming job to update a table name. So decide naming pattern well before into real-time.

Analyze the System and Data Behavior

After Successfully Create a Database the next step is to Create Tables. Divides your information into subject-based tables. This practice help to reduce redundancy of data. Before start designing tables in real-time first draw data diagrams. Where represent the type of tables you required for your System. For an example is a employee management system we required few tables like EMS_EmployeeDetails, EMS_Login, EMS_Feedback, EMS_Managers, EMS_Country or EMS_Salary. Draw this tables with field names. While Creating a field name decide its datatype depending upon the nature of form filed data.

Understood the data behaviors and relationship. While Creating data diagrams establish relationship to check whether there is any conflicts. If every thing goes fine Create tables. While planning Columns for a table choose information nodes. For an example in a registered user table you can have columns like First Name, Last Name, Mobile Number, Email ID or DOB.

Don’t include Calculated data in Columns. I mean to say if you want to know the total duration an Employee work with your Company you can take the difference of “Date of Joining” and “Current Date”. In this case there is no need to store job duration in a separate Column. In real-time data with similar behavior creates confusion.

Defined Primary key and Relationship

Once you are ready with Tables now it the time to decide primary key for your tables. Primary key defines uniqueness of each records. For an example in “EMS_EmployeeDetails” table you can define “Emp_id” as the Primary key. While defining Primary key its a good practice to set it as an auto increment field.

Establish relationship among tables. Refer to relational database management you can establish 4 types of relationship among tables. One-to-Many, Many-to-Many, One-to-One or Many-to-One. Let’s take an real-time example after employee registration to verify his/her email I have an another table EMS_VerifyEmployee. In this table Emp_id is the identification for Employee. Depending upon the verification status I am updating an another boolean filed Emp_Verification.

Common Database design Rules

• At the end of Database design check whether you miss out any column or not. If you found there is a missing column update the required table. Before into real-time verify columns datatype again.
• Check is there any unwanted column you added in your database. If so remove it. In-case you are able to get an information by calculating base data don’t create a separate column for calculated data.
• If you are entering duplicate data to one table repeatedly split the table in to 2 tables. Use relationship to mapping data.
• Maintain Similar Datatypes for all date fields.
• During development sample data works great. Before complete the database design Create few Stored procedures like “To Truncate all Tables” or “To insert demo Data”. For an example if I have a Country list table in my EMS Database then I can create list of insert queries for each country details. While installing database in a new system at that time to re-load list of countries these queries helps.

Apply the rules of Normalization

First normal form says at each row and column intersection in the table there, exists a single value, and never a list of values.

Second normal form says that each non-key column be fully dependent on the entire primary key, not on just part of the key. This rule is applicable for primary key that consists of more than one column.

Third normal form says that not only every non-key column be dependent on the entire primary key, but that non-key columns be independent of each other.

The post How to Design a Database? – Database Design for Beginners appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Designing a Software is not a Single handed job. Multiple resources required to build an application. Let’s assume in your lab 10 resources are working as a Team. Here if your Style Guide is different from others then practically it takes time for other developers to understood or update your Codes. Unplanned Coding Standard waste quality time of a Developer. It is advisable to maintain similar CSS Style Guide during you generate CSS Styles. In this session let us share few CSS best practices to improve your Coding Standard.

To decorate a HTML page CSS is the Structural approach. Generally we use CSS for creating visually engaging websites or user interfaces of a web applications/mobile applications. Initially CSS was introduced by “Hakon Wium Lie” & “Bert Bos” in the year of 1996. This technology is approved by W3C (World Wide Web Consortium). The main objective behind the innovation of CSS is to separate HTML & Styles. CSS helps to customize user interface centrally.

CSS Best Practices

1. If multiple HTML elements required same style but their CSS Class names are different use grouping. When grouping selectors for each class choose new line. For an example:

/* Bad CSS practice */
.tabView, .tabView-prev, .tabView-next, .tabView [type=text] {
background-color: #FF0000;
padding: 20px;
margin: 10px 10px 12px;
}

/* Good CSS practice */
.tabView,
.tabView-prev, 
.tabView-next, 
.tabView [type=text] {
background-color: #FF0000;
padding: 20px;
margin: 10px 10px 12px;
}

2. While declare value to an attribute include a space after colon (:). For an example in place of margin:10px; it is a good practice to use margin: 10px;.

3. Practice to add semi-colon (;) at the end of each property and value pairs. For an example padding: 20px;.

4. While defining a class name or id choose lowercase letters with meaning full words. If your class name is more than one word for separation in between each words use hyphen (-). For an example to define a tab sub-menu class you can use “tab-submenu”.

5. While declaring hsl(), rect(), rgba() or rgb() never include space in between comma separated values. For an example while declaring rgb() use rgb(0,10,0,.5) in place of rgb(0, 10, 0, .5). This practice helps to differentiate multiple color values (comma with no space) from multiple property values (comma including space).

6. In place of color parameters or property values while defining a floating point value avoid 0 as the prefix. For an example in place of 0.5px use .5px.

7. Specially while using hexadecimal codes use lowercase letters with shorthand expressions. For an example use color: #fff; in place of color: #FFFFFF;.

8. While creating a selector with attribute & value pair use double quote to define value. For an example input[type=”text”].

9. While specifying 0 value for a property avoid unit notation. For an example replace margin: 0px; with margin: 0;.

10. Inside a CSS Class while declaring multiple properties maintain sequence as Position, Box Model, Typographic and Visual.

.tab-submenu {
/* Positioning Properties */
position: relative;
top: 10px;

/* Box-model Properties */
display: block;
margin: 10px 10px 12px 0;

/* Typography Properties */
font: normal 13px "Verdana", sans-serif;

/* Visual Properties */
background-color: #f6f6f6; 
}

11. While embedding external CSS files to your HTML page avoid @import. Compare to <link> @improt takes more time to load.

<!-- Use link elements to embed -->
<link rel="stylesheet" src="tab.css" />

<!-- Avoid @imports -->
@import url("tab.css");

12. Common overused shorthand properties are padding, margin, font, background, border & border-radius. Strive to limit use of shorthand expressions to instances where you must explicitly set all the available values.

13. While commenting a class ensure that your comment is descriptive and easy to approachable by others.

14. While Creating a CSS file follow the structure approach as Global, Type, Forms, Header, Navigation, Content & Footer in Sequence.

The post CSS Best Practices & Style Guide for Web Designers appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Whether in Web or Desktop application during we design a Color Picker we required Color Converter functions. Basically in the world of web we use 2 types of Color Codes. They are RGB and Hexadecimal (HEX). In this demo for your reference let us share “Convert HEX to RGB” & “RGB to HEX Converter” Jquery Functions.

RGB

RGB Color model stands for Red, Green and Blue Colors. Generally if you will watch the back view of a Color TV there you can saw 3 rays from CRT. Which hits phosphors or dyes to display the Colors. In RGB color model 0 intensity gives the most darkest color & full intensity presents white. To generate colors like Yellow we controls intensity of 3 rays (RGB). Type of RGB Devices are TV, Computer, Video Cameras or Scanners.

Hexadecimal (HEX)

Hexadecimal Color Code is also Called base 16 or HEX. Hexadecimal uses 0 to 9 integer or A to F Character values. While writing a Hexadecimal Color code we start with #. Example of Hexadecimal Color Code for White Color is #FFFFFF. It can be present in another way #FFF. Hexadecimal commonly used to represent Computer memory.

Look at the below examples. Here I created 2 JQuery functions “RGB to HEX” and “HEX to RGB”. Inside the function RGB to HEX I am using regular expression.

RGB to HEX Converter Jquery Function

/* RGB to HEX using Regular Expression */
function rgbToHexadecimal(rgb_color){
rgb_color = rgb_color.match(/^rgba?[\s+]?\([\s+]?(\d+)[\s+]?,[\s+]?(\d+)[\s+]?,[\s+]?(\d+)[\s+]?/i);
return (rgb_color && rgb_color.length === 4) ? "#" +
("0" + parseInt(rgb_color[1],10).toString(16)).slice(-2) +
("0" + parseInt(rgb_color[2],10).toString(16)).slice(-2) +
("0" + parseInt(rgb_color[3],10).toString(16)).slice(-2) : '';
}

Convert HEX to RGB Jquery Function

function hexadecimalToRGB(hex_color)
{
var red_color = parseInt((onlyHex(hex_color)).substring(0,2),16), green_color = ((onlyHex(hex_color)).substring(2,4),16), blue_color = parseInt((onlyHex(hex_color)).substring(4,6),16)
return red_color + ',' + green_color + ',' + blue_color;
}

/* Supporting Function */
function onlyHex(hex_color) {return (hex_color.charAt(0)=="#") ? hex_color.substring(1,7):hex_color}

The post Convert HEX to RGB & RGB to HEX Converter Jquery Functions appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Designing a Software is not a Single handed job. Multiple resources required to build an application. Let’s assume in your lab 5 peoples are working with you as a Team. Here if your Coding Standards are different from others then practically it is difficult to understood by an another developer. Unplanned Coding Standards waste quality time of a Developer. How it is if we all will maintain similar Coding Standards? This habit makes our job easier. As you know in Software industry Code is the major asset. It has no depreciation. In each revision it shines better. Developers are responsible to generate Codes. Codes are like the Skeleton of an Application. What we invest while designing a Software the major percentage is to develop Codes only. It’s better if before into development your developer team aware about the value of Codes. Looking into these factors here with we are sharing universal HTML5 Coding Standards for web designers.

1. There are many version of HTML. Using <!doctype html> at the top of a HTML File, Client Browser will understood that the web is designed with HTML5. In a HTML5 document always declare this as the First Line.

2. While Creating a HTML page never miss the title tag. It helps in SEO.

3. Meta information’s are useful for Search Engines to track your HTML page. Make a habit to define minimum 2 meta tags in your HTML page. Those are Keywords and Description. If your HTML page is responsive then additionally define meta viewport tag.

4. Use advanced programmer friendly IDE to develop Codes. For an example you can install “MS Visual Studio”.

5. While generating html in HTML5 use the power of Semantic Elements. For an example if in your HTML5 page there are three sections header, container and footer define them inside Semantic Elements. In a large HTML page Semantic Elements helps to maintain hierarchy.

6. HTML is not case sensitive. If you are using <STRONG> tag in place of <strong> it will not affect anything but refer to early age it’s a good practice to write HTML in lower case letters.

7. Generally in-case of Freshers it was noticed they forgot the end tag. Always make practice if you are defining a tag there must be a end tag. For an example if you are using image tag then there are two ways to close this tag. You can go for </img> or /> at the end. It is a best practice to choose /> in place of img end tag. But in the matter of a paragraph tag you must required </p>.

8. Inside a Tag while defining an attribute use lower case letters. Ex. Replace <div CLASS=”tab”> with <div class=”tab”>.

9. Define an attribute value in side double quotes. For an example while defined the source path (src) of an image tag you required to write like <img src=”/images/temp.jpg”. Do same for multiple attribute values. For an example in a div I am with 2 CSS classes <div class=”menu dashboard”.

10. Make a habit to Comment your Codes professionally. I noticed many developers Comments on Unnecessary places. Comment only if you found the block of Code is difficult to understood by you Colleague.

11. CSS helps to Style HTML. In production avoid in-line CSS. For an example it is a wrong practice to write like <div style=”float:left;” /> replace this with <div class=”leftAlign” />. Here leftAlign the class which contains float:left;.

12. Use lower Case letters while creating a File name. Update the HTML5 page extension to .html in place of .htm.

13. Nested HTML elements should be indented once (two spaces).

14. Use language attribute with your html tag. Ex. <html lang=”en-us”>.

15. For IE Compatibility mode use <meta http-equiv=”X-UA-Compatible” content=”IE=Edge”>.

16. Provide Character encoding meta tag to your HTML page. Ex. <meta charset=”UTF-8″>.

17. While embedding CSS or JS file to your HTML document don’t include type=”text/css” or type=”text/javascript”. Modern browsers are too smart they will take care of script type.

Ex.

<!– Code Embed External CSS –>
<link rel=”stylesheet” href=”code-guide.css”>

<!– In-line CSS –>
<style>/* … */</style>

<!– Code to Embed External JS –>
<script src=”code-guide.js”></script>

18. While defining attributes to a HTML tag maintain the sequence order like class, id or name, data-*, src, type, href, for, value, title or alt, role & aria-*.

19. Whenever it is possible try to reduce superfluous parent elements.

Do you like the above Article related to HTML5 Coding Standards? While Coding HTML Follow this Guidelines.

The post HTML5 Coding Standards and Best Practices for Web Design appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Webservice is nothing but the technique using which we can sale functionalities over web. Let’s talk about an Income Tax calculator. It is useful for many employees, organizations and banks. If we are developing the calculator repeatedly form different different organizations, it is nothing but the loss of productivity. How it is if we can use same service from a global space. This is what web service do. Webservice returns data in form of XML or JSON. In the below example look how to call Webservice inside AngularJS Controller.

booksController is the name of my Controller. Inside this I am executing $http.get() method. On Success which returns a response. To access response data from view I am assigning those data to $scope.data object. Inside html body using ng-repeat I am displaying authors name from Webservice.

Example-to-Call-Webservice.htm

<html ng-app="booksInvApp">
<head>
<title>Example to Call Webservice in AngularJS</title>
<script src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.2.23/angular.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript">
var app = angular.module('booksInvApp', []);
app.controller('booksController', function($scope, $http) {
$http.get("https://whispering-woodland-9020.herokuapp.com/getAllBooks")
.then(function(response) {
$scope.data = response.data;
});
});
</script>
</head>
<body>
<div ng-controller="booksController">
<h3 ng-repeat="bookDetails in data.books">{{bookDetails.author}}</h3>    
</div>
</body>
</html>

The post Example to Call Webservice inside AngularJS Controller appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Digital graphic design, a grid is a structure (most usually two-dimensional) made up of a series of intersecting straight (horizontal, vertical) lines used to structure the web content. This is widely used to design layout and content structure in print design also. In web design, it is a very effective method to create a consistent layout rapidly and effectively using HTML and CSS. In this session let us discuss more about BootStrap grid system.

Introduction to Bootstrap Grid

Bootstrap 3’s grid system is used to help generate responsive grid layouts in less time and lower maintenance cost. Grid system allow to make responsive website, and the columns will re-arrange the all layouts depending on the screen size. Every column will arrange the all data when this page execute on the screen size. A big screen it might look better with the content organized in three columns, but on a small screen it would be better if the content items were stacked on top of each other.

Bootstrap’s grid system allows up to 12 columns across the page. You can use all grid as per your need.

Read below pints:

• If you want to create 12 columns so you need to add separate 12 columns
• If you want to make 3 columns, so you need to use 4 grid column class.
• If you want to make 2 columns, so you need to use 6 grid column class.
• If you want to create full column layout so you can use 12 grid column class- it will allow to make full width of container.

Grid Classes

Bootstrap grid system providing a four classes as per respective of screen sizes & device.

• xs (for phones)
• sm (for tablets)
• md (for desktops)
• lg (for larger desktops)

The numbers in the .col-sm-* classes indicates how many columns the div should span (out of 12). So, .col-sm-1 spans 1 column, .col-sm-4 spans 4 columns, .col-sm-6 spans 6 columns, etc.

BootStrap Grid System Rules

Following are points for basic rules:

• Rows must be placed within a .container (fixed-width) or .container-fluid (full-width) for proper alignment and padding.
• Columns create gutters (gaps between column content) via padding. That padding is offset in rows for the first and last column via negative margin on .rows
• Predefined classes like .row and .col-sm-4 are available for quickly making grid layouts.
• Use rows to create horizontal groups of columns.
• Content should be placed within columns, and only columns may be immediate children of rows.
• Grid columns are created by specifying the number of 12 available columns you wish to span. For example, three equal columns would use three .col-sm-4

Basic structure of bootstrap grid system:

<div class="container">
<div class="row">
<div class="col-*-*"></div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-*-*"></div>
<div class="col-*-*"></div>
<div class="col-*-*"></div>
</div>
<div class="row">
...
</div>
</div>

Create a container (<div class=”container”>). Next, create a row (<div class=”row”>). Then, add the number of columns which you want to make it (tags with appropriate .col-*-* classes). Note that numbers in .col-*-* should always add up to 12 for each row.

Basic Elements of Bootstrap Grid System

Below are the basic elements used in Bootstrap 3 Grid System:

Container

This is the containing element for inner grid elements. Its major properties are:

Padding-right : 15px;
Padding-left : 15px;
Margin-left : auto;
Margin-right : auto;

Along with it there are following media queries that apply:

For min-width : 1200px; then  width : 1170px;
For min-width : 992px;  then  width : 970px;
For min-width : 768px; then  width : 750px;

<div class="container"></div>

Container-fluid

This is also the containing element for inner grid elements but without media queries. Its major properties are:

Padding-right : 15px;
Padding-left : 15px;
Margin-left : auto;
Margin-right : auto;

<div class="container-fluid"></div>

Row

This element represents the horizontal row in a grid system. Its major properties are:

margin-right : -15px;
margin-left : -15px;
display : block;

<div class="row"></div>

Column

This element represents the horizontal row in a grid system. Its major properties are:

padding-right : 15px;
padding-left : 15px;
width : 100%;
min-height : 1px;

<div class="col-xs-12"></div>

Columns in details

In Bootstrap 3, four types of screen resolution are provided. These ranges are:

lg – for large – This represent large desktop screen resolutions in range of 1200px and above.

md – for medium – This represent desktop/laptop screens with screen resolution in range of 992px to 1200px

sm – for small – This represent tablet screens with resolution in range of 768px to 992px.

xs – for extra small – This represent mobile screens with resolution less than 768px.

Each screen is divided into 12 columns by default. When forming grid, layouts for each range of screen resolution should be kept in consideration and provided in the code.

Columns Classes with Example

<div class=”col-lg-12″> – to create a column covering entire width of containing element ,for large resolution screen

<div class=”col-md-4″> – to create a column covering 4 out of 12 columns of containing element width, for medium resolution screen

<div class=”col-sm-3″> – to create a column covering 3 out of 12 columns of containing element width, for small resolution screen

<div class=”col-xs-6″> – to create a column covering 6 out of 12 columns of containing element width, for extra small resolution screen

<div class=”col-xs-12 col-sm-8 col-md-9 col-lg-6″> – col-xs-12 col-sm-9 col-md-8 col-lg-6 – covers 100% in extra small screen, 75% in small, 66% in medium and 50% in large resolution screen.

The post Responsive Bootstrap grid system Tutorial with Examples appeared first on OneStop Shop.

By default under Validations ASP.NET provides 5 Controls. They are Required field validator, Range Validator, Regular Expression Validator, Compare Field Validator & ASP.NET CustomValidator. Using Required field validator we do check whether the field is mandatory to user or not. Range Validator valid a specific range of values. For an example if I am going to valid an IP address in this case I can set the range to 255. Regular Expression validator validates user data using per-defined regular Expressions. Compare field do comparison.

Now tell if some other kind of validation you want in your app then how to do this. In real-time it is ugly to break sequence. I mean if you are using ASP.NET Validation then for all fields it need to same.

ASP.NET CustomValidator Example

Let’s take an example below. Here I am validation password length. What I need is user must need to enter 6 character length password. I did this using asp:CustomValidator & pure JavaScript. I mean CustomVaidator working with Client Script. To do this demo here inside HTML body I have added a ASP.NET Custom Validation control. Using ErrorMessage I am display the message which user will receive if he/she trying enter invalid data. As it is an error message using ForeColor=”Red” I am applying style to my Control. In my CustomValidator using ClientValidationFunction I am suplying my javascript function name without parenthesis.

Inside the JavaScript function passwordLength I am getting 2 values. These are function parameters sender and arguments. In argument under run-time I am fetching the txtPassword value and checking its length. Now you must have a query how my password field control is connected to the Custom Validator Control. Look Closely you will watch ControlToValidate=”txtPassword” in Vaidator Control. With this I am giving instruction to Custom Validator Control that Validate the input box which id is txtPassword.

ASP.NET CustomValidator using JavaScript Function

<%@ Page Language="VB" AutoEventWireup="false" %>

<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<head id="Head1" runat="server">
<title>JavaScript function with ASP.NET CustomValidator</title>
<script type="text/javascript">
/* passwordLength JS Function which I am referring in asp:CustomValidator */
function passwordLength(sender, args) {
debugger;
if (args.Value.length < 6)
/* If password length is less than 6 charecters returning False */
return args.IsValid = false;
else
return args.IsValid = true;
}
</script>
</head>
<body>
<form id="frmDemoApp" runat="server">
<div>
Password: <asp:TextBox runat="server" ID="txtPassword"></asp:TextBox>
<asp:CustomValidator ID="CustomValidator1" ClientValidationFunction="passwordLength" ForeColor="Red" ErrorMessage="Enter a Password with minimum length of 6 characters."
ControlToValidate="txtPassword" runat="server">
</asp:CustomValidator>
</div>
</form>
</body>
</html>

The post How to use JavaScript function with ASP.NET CustomValidator? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

World is running under Client Server architecture. In real-time Customer interacts to Server through Clients. Server stores data. Depending upon the level of authentication and type of request Server provides data to Clients. As a common practice in this response request mechanism generally we use Database to store large amount of data. Which resides in Server. During http requests if the page contains data from the Database then it takes time to load. Which directly affects performance. How it is if we can operate large amount of data in Client machine? I can say definitely it will improve the performance.

IndexedDB is a new feature introduced in the 5th revision of HTML. Using IndexedDB we can store large amount of data to the Client Browser. Compare to a Cookie IndexedDB works faster and stores bigger. IndexedDB stores data in KEY & VALUE pair. The term has derived from Database. That’s why by hearing the term “IndexedDB” many of us guess SQL. No it is not like SQL. IndexedDB doesn’t support any kind of SQL query. IndexedDB runs under Single domain only.

Key Concepts of IndexedDB

1. Databases

IndexedDB operates on a per-origin basis, meaning each website or application has its own database. A single origin can have multiple databases, each identified by a unique name.

2. Object Stores

An object store is the primary storage mechanism in IndexedDB, similar to tables in relational databases. Each object store contains a collection of key-value pairs where the key must be unique.

3. Indexes

Indexes allow for efficient querying of data within an object store. They enable developers to retrieve records based on properties other than the primary key.

4. Transactions

Transactions ensure that database operations are performed reliably. A transaction can include multiple read and write operations, and if any operation fails, the entire transaction is rolled back.

5. Cursors

Cursors provide a way to iterate over records in an object store or index, enabling efficient traversal of large datasets.

Getting Started with HTML5 IndexedDB

To implement IndexedDB in a HTML5 page initially you required to declare the following js scripts.

window.indexedDB = window.indexedDB || window.mozIndexedDB || window.webkitIndexedDB || window.msIndexedDB;
 
window.IDBTransaction = window.IDBTransaction || window.webkitIDBTransaction || window.msIDBTransaction;
window.IDBKeyRange = window.IDBKeyRange || window.webkitIDBKeyRange || window.msIDBKeyRange
 
if (!window.indexedDB) {
window.alert("Update your browser. Older version is incompatible for IndexedDB.")
}

Prepare Data for IndexedDB

Before we jump to Create a Database first let us keep some data ready. In below I am presenting few records from my “Employee_Details” table. Keep mark the Data Structure I presented below is in JSON form.

const employeeDetails = [
{ emp_id: "01", name: "Raghav Sukla", dob: "01/06/1980", email_id: "raghav@gmail.com" },
{ emp_id: "02", name: "Hariharan Swain", dob: "13/11/1972", email_id: "hariharan@gmail.com" }
{ emp_id: "03", name: "Satyabrata Panda", dob: "22/06/1973", email_id: "satyabrata@gmail.com" }
];

Create an IndexedDB Database

Like we do in SQL or any DBMS here also we required to Create a Database. Look at the below Code here I created a Database. The method I used is “window.indexedDB.open(“<Your Database Name>”). Under Database I handing 3 events onerror for error handling, onsuccess for successful response and onupgradeneeded for adding record during up-gradation.

var mydb;
var request = window.indexedDB.open("demoDb", 1);
/* Handling Error */
request.onerror = function(event) {
console.log("Error Occurred.");
};
/* Executing after Success */
request.onsuccess = function(event) {
mydb = request.result;
console.log("success: "+ mydb);
};
/* While Updating */
request.onupgradeneeded = function(event) {
var mydb = event.target.result;
var objectStore = mydb.createObjectStore("empDetails", {keyPath: "emp_id"});
            
for (var i in employeeDetails) {
objectStore.add(employeeDetails[i]);
}
}

How to Store records to HTML5 IndexedDB?

Without records Database is meaningless. Let’s watch the example below.

function insertRecords() {
var request = mydb.transaction(["empDetails"], "readwrite")
.objectStore("empDetails")
.add({ emp_id: "04", name: "Vratika Viswakarma", dob: "02/08/1982", email_id: "vratika@gmail.com" });
request.onsuccess = function(event) {
alert("Vratika Viswakarma is added to your Database.");
};
request.onerror = function(event) {
alert("Getting Errors.");
}
}

While adding records I am maintaining the same sequence and key value pairs.

Function to Read Data from HTML5 IndexedDB

You must aware of the power of a SQL SELECT Statement. Like the same look at the below code how I am fetching records from IndexedDB. Here I used “emp_id” as the WHERE Condition.

function readRecords() {
var trans = mydb.transaction(["empDetails"]);
var objectStore = trans.objectStore("empDetails");
var request = objectStore.get("04");
/* On Error */        
request.onerror = function(event) {
alert("Unable to Retrieve Data.");
};
/* On Success */            
request.onsuccess = function(event) {
// Here you can Operate request.result Data!
if(request.result) {
alert("Name: " + request.result.name + ", DOB: " + request.result.dob + ", Email: " + request.result.email_id);
}
else {
alert("Vratika Viswakarma couldn't be found in your database!");
}
};
}

In below this an another way to fetch records sequentially. You can say this trick is similar to a SQL Cursor.

function readAllRecords() {
var objectStore = mydb.transaction("empDetails").objectStore("empDetails");
objectStore.openCursor().onsuccess = function(event) {
var indexeddb_cursor = event.target.result;
if (indexeddb_cursor) {
alert("Name for id " + indexeddb_cursor.key + " is " + indexeddb_cursor.value.name + ", DOB: " + indexeddb_cursor.value.dob + ", Email: " + indexeddb_cursor.value.email_id);
indexeddb_cursor.continue();
}
else {
alert("No more entries!");
}
};
}

How to Delete records from HTML5 IndexedDB?

Delete is a very Common Operation of DBMS. In the below example we are passing “emp_id” to Delete a record.

function deleteRecords() {
var request = mydb.transaction(["empDetails"], "readwrite")
.objectStore("empDetails")
.delete("04");
request.onsuccess = function(event) {
alert("Vratika Viswakarma record has been removed from Database.");
};
}

Best Practices

1. Error Handling: Always implement error handling to manage database operation failures gracefully.
2. Transaction Management: Use transactions efficiently to avoid performance bottlenecks.
3. Database Versioning: Handle database upgrades carefully to prevent data loss.
4. Memory Management: Close database connections when not in use to free up resources.

Limitations of IndexedDB

Despite its advantages, IndexedDB has some limitations:

– Complex API: The API is more complex compared to localStorage or sessionStorage.
– Browser Support Variations: While widely supported, some older browsers may have partial or inconsistent implementations.
– No Built-in Synchronization: Unlike server-side databases, IndexedDB does not provide built-in synchronization mechanisms.

Conclusion

HTML5 IndexedDB is a powerful client-side storage solution for web applications requiring large-scale, structured data storage. Its asynchronous nature, transaction support, and indexing capabilities make it ideal for complex applications. While it has a steeper learning curve compared to simpler storage options, mastering IndexedDB enables developers to build more robust and efficient web applications. By following best practices and understanding its core concepts, developers can leverage IndexedDB to enhance user experiences with offline capabilities and fast data access.

The post How to Store, Retrieve & Delete data from HTML5 IndexedDB? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During you Create Dynamic Directives in AngularJS $watch method helps to Fetch value from View. In this example I am Creating a Dynamic Tab. The directive I named ng-tab. While declaring my directive in HTML body I am passing 2 things length and data. Data is nothing but the tab names in the shape of state and its cities. Now just you think how can we get these values in AngularJS Controller. The same $watch method do.

Look at my app.js file. In scope I am taking length & data as the key. Then in link function fetching those values using $watch method. The key thing you will notice the length is accepting ‘=’ when data is accepting ‘@’. This because of Data types. Generally for integer we take ‘=’ and ‘@’ for string characters.

Index.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html ng-app="tabModule">
<head>
<meta charset="utf-8">
<title>Angularjs $watch and Link Function Example</title>
<!--AngularJS library CDN link-->
<script type="text/javascript" src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.3.0-rc.0/angular.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript" src="app.js"></script>
<!--Jquery library CDN link-->
<script src="http://code.jquery.com/jquery-1.11.0.min.js"></script>
<!--Jquery UI CDN link-->
<script src="http://code.jquery.com/ui/1.11.1/jquery-ui.js"></script>
<!--BootStrap CDN links-->
<script type="text/javascript" src="http://netdna.bootstrapcdn.com/twitter-bootstrap/2.1.1/js/bootstrap.js"></script>
<link href="http://netdna.bootstrapcdn.com/twitter-bootstrap/2.1.1/css/bootstrap.no-icons.min.css" rel="stylesheet">
<link href="http://netdna.bootstrapcdn.com/font-awesome/2.0/css/font-awesome.css" rel="stylesheet">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="http://netdna.bootstrapcdn.com/twitter-bootstrap/2.1.1/css/bootstrap.min.css" type="text/css">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="http://netdna.bootstrapcdn.com/twitter-bootstrap/2.1.1/css/bootstrap-theme.min.css" type="text/css">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="http://code.jquery.com/ui/1.11.1/themes/smoothness/jquery-ui.css">
</head>
<body>
<ng-tab length="4" data='{"Country":[{"state":"Maharashtra", "cities":"Mumbai, Pune, Nagpur, Thane, Nashik"},{"state":"Odisha", "cities":"Bhubaneswar, Cuttack, Rourkela, Brahmapur, Sambalpur"},{"state":"Karnataka", "cities":"Bellary, Bidar, Gulbarga, Koppal, Raichur"},{"state":"Chandigarh", "cities":"Ludhiana, Amritsar, Jalandhar, Patiala, Bathinda"}]}'></ng-tab>
</body>
</html>

my-tab.htm

<!--ngTab Template-->
<h3><center>{{ appDetails }}</center></h3>
<div class="container">
<div id="content">
<ul id="tabs" class="nav nav-tabs" data-tabs="tabs">
<li ng-class="{active: $first}" ng-repeat="item in tempArrTab">
<a href="#{{ item }}" data-toggle="tab">{{ item }}</a>
</li>
</ul>
<div id="my-tab-content" class="tab-content">
<div ng-repeat="item in tempArrTab" class="tab-pane" ng-class="{active: $first}" id="{{ item }}">
<h2>{{ item }}</h2>
<p>Welcome to {{ item }}. Visit Us.</p>
Cities : <input list="tags-{{ $index }}">
</div>

<div ng-repeat="compitem in tempCompArr">
<datalist id="tags-{{ $index }}">
<option ng-repeat="items in compitem.split(',')" value="{{ items }}">
</datalist>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>

app.js

/* ng-tab Module */
angular.module('tabModule', []).directive('ngTab', function() {
return {
restrict: 'E',
transclude: true,

scope: {
/* Accepting the number of Tab you want in your app */
"length": '=',
/* Accepting the data in JSON for Tab */
"data": '@'
},

link: function (scope, element) {
scope.$watch("length", function (arrlen) {
scope.$watch("data", function (value) {

var obj = JSON.parse(value);

var lenjson = obj.Country.length;

var arrTab = [];
var autoCompArray = [];

/* Assigning input JSON data to Array */
if (arrlen == lenjson) {
for(i=0; i<lenjson; i++) {
arrTab.push(obj.Country[i].state);
autoCompArray.push(obj.Country[i].cities)
}
} else {
alert('Please provide accurate data length.');
}

scope.tempArrTab = arrTab;
scope.tempCompArr = autoCompArray;
scope.appDetails = 'Create your own ng-tab using AngularJS';

}, false);

}, false);
},

controller: function($scope, $filter) {

$(function() {
$("#tabs").tabs();
});
},
templateUrl: 'my-tab.htm'
};
});

The post Angularjs $watch and Link Function Example to fetch value from View appeared first on OneStop Shop.

AngularJS was developed and maintained by Google. As a latest Technology AngularJS comes with many Advanced features. Depending upon its feature rich functionalities today it is one of the most popular JS Framework. It Supports MVVM, MVW and MVC Architecture. Among these Architectures MVC is the most popular one. Before Discuss more into MVC Architecture using AngularJS let us Start with what is design pattern. Design pattern is nothing but a structural approach to develop quality codes. Design pattern improves Code reuse-ability.

Model – Model is the layer using which we design data inside a Controller. In MVC Architecture model resides in lowest level. Let’s talk about an Employee Management System. Here we can Create various models like Employee Details, Manager Details or Salary Details. In side a controller we can create models depending upon our data requirement. Model not only helps to Organize data but also it is capable to handle business logics.

To represent model in view AngularJS provides $scope object. Any object assign to $scope it is accessible in view. Look at the below Example of model. Here I am storing some string value to a variable under $Scope object.

$scope.employees =  {
'Name':'Jimmy Jose',
'Address':'New Delhi, India',
'Email':'jimmy_jose@gmail.com'
}

Model was specially designed to plan structured data. Let’s take one more example where you want to show list of States depending upon the on change event of a Country dropdown. In this case while creating a data model we have to go like the below example.

$scope.countries =  {
'Country':'India',
'States': { 'Utar Pradesh', 'Andra Pradesh', 'Odhisha', 'Karnatak', 'New Delhi' }
}

View – View is nothing but what user watch. I mean the rendered HTML. AngularJS makes HTML enrich. In Controller AngularJS provides a $scope object. Which is responsible to inter-exchange data in between View and Controller. To display Controller data in view generally we use the following Syntax.

{{ variable from Controller }}

Controller – Controller is the unit which Controls application logic. Whether we do an operation in a variable or implement a function Controller handles all that. Controller receives input from view, validates it and performs business operations that modify the state of the data model. To create Controller in AngularJS we use the following Syntax.

CusFilterMod.controller('CusFilterCtrl', ['$scope', '$filter', function($scope, $filter)  ...... });

Example of MVC Architecture in AngularJS

<html ng-app="myModel">
<head>
<title>Example to implement MVC Design Pattern using AngularJS</title>
<script SRC="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.2.13/angular.js">
</script>
<script type="text/javascript">
var app = angular.module('myModel', []);
/*Creating Controller Here*/
app.controller('myController', function($scope) {
/*Creating Model Here*/
$scope.employees =  {
'Name':'Jimmy Jose',
'Address':'New Delhi, India',
'Email':'jimi_jose@gmail.com'
}
});
</script>
</head>
<body>
<p>Displing model data in view through controller</p>
<div ng-controller="myController">
<h3>{{ employees.Name }} </h3>
<h3>{{ employees.Address }} </h3>
<h3>{{ employees.Email }} </h3>
</div>
</body>
</html>

The post How to implement MVC Architecture in AngularJS? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Among many Advanced features of AngularJS Search Filter is One. Like JavaScript we don’t required to write a Search function. Simply by using the Keyword Filter with directives we can implement Search option in AngularJS.

Look at the below Example. Here I have JSON formatted data in employees object of $scope. For each employee record there are 5 columns name, dob, designation, gender & salary. What I want is when I will search using a input box I need to filer records depending upon employees names only.

To do so while binding data using ng-repeat I am using “employee in employees | filter:{name:search}”. By default filter keyword search all the columns from employees object. To restrict Search to specific column employee name here I am passing name:search as a param to filter option.

Example to restrict AngularJS Search Option

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html ng-app="CusFilterMod">
<head>
<title>How to restrict AngularJS Search Filter to a specific column?</title>
<style type="text/css">
th { background: #000000; color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid grey; border-collapse: collapse; }
table, td  { border: 1px solid grey; border-collapse: collapse; padding: 5px; }
table tr:nth-child(odd)    { background-color: #f1f1f1; }
table tr:nth-child(even) { background-color: #ffffff; }
</style>
<script type="text/javascript" src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.0.1/angular.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript">
var CusFilterMod = angular.module('CusFilterMod', [])
.controller('CusFilterCtrl', ['$scope', '$filter', function($scope, $filter) {
var employees = [{
name: 'Rishika Malviya',
dob: new Date("January 20, 1985"),
designation: 'Project Manager',
gender: 'Female',
salary: 25000
}, {
name: 'Niraja Nayak',
dob: new Date("February 25, 1995"),
designation: 'Manager',
gender: 'Male',
salary: 45000
}, {
name: 'Biswabhusan Panda',
dob: new Date("December 12, 1970"),
designation: 'Team Leader',
gender: 'Male',
salary: 25500
}, {
name: 'Ravi Sakalkar',
dob: new Date("October 1, 1985"),
designation: 'Business Head',
gender: 'Female',
salary: 55000
},
{
name: 'Punam Nikam',
dob: new Date("November 10, 1955"),
designation: 'Graphics Designer',
gender: 'Male',
salary: 75000
}
];
$scope.employees = employees;
}]);
</script>
</head>
<body>
<div ng-controller="CusFilterCtrl">
Search <input type="text" ng-model="search" placeholder="Search Employees">
<br />
<br />
<table>
<thead>
<th>Name</th>
<th>Date</th>
<th>Designation</th>
<th>Gender</th>
<th>Salary</th>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr ng-repeat="employee in employees | filter:{name:search}">
<td>{{ employee.name | uppercase }}</td>
<td>{{ employee.dob | date:"MMM dd, yyyy" }}</td>
<td>{{ employee.designation }}</td>
<td>{{ employee.gender }}</td>
<td>{{ employee.salary | currency:"$":2 }}</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
</body>
</html>

The post How to restrict AngularJS Search Filter to a Specific Column? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

While Developing a Web App, its a very common behavior to display list of values in a Select tag. Let’s discuss about an Employee Management System where many times we required to display employee names in a dropdownlist. Assume we have a JSON file which contains employee details & the application architecture is with AngularJS. Look at the below example here I am binding JSON formatted data from scope object using AngularJS ng-options.

To show list of employee names here I added for loop inside ng-options “emp.name for emp in empDetails”. Here empDetails is the object which holds JSON formatted data. Due to security reason outside the scope we can’t modify scope data directly. The reason I am cloning empDetails data to emp object inside ng-options. Then using embedded for loop binding emp.name.

Using AngularJS ng-options

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html ng-app="EmployeeMod">
<head>
<title>How to bind data to Select Control using ng-options?</title>
<script src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.0.1/angular.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript">
/*Declaring the Module*/
var EmployeeMod = angular.module('EmployeeMod', []);
EmployeeMod.controller('EmployeeCtrl', function ($scope) {
/*Declaring JSON formatted Data*/
$scope.empDetails = [
{name:'Rupak Roy', designation:'Assistant Manager'},
{name:'Sujata Malhotra', designation:'Project Manager', notAnOption: true},
{name:'Raghav Setthy', designation:'Team Leader'},
{name:'Mohini Sharma', designation:'Graphics Designer', notAnOption: true},
{name:'Sanjarekha Dash', designation:'Software Engineer', notAnOption: false}
];
});
</script>
</head>
<body ng-controller="EmployeeCtrl">
<!--Binding Data using ng-options-->
<select ng-model="empName" ng-options="emp.name for emp in empDetails"></select>
</body>
</html>

The post How to bind data to Select tag using AngularJS ng-options? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Web is like a stock exchange of information. Looking into this day to day popularity of internet growing rapidly. Including normal viewers physically disabled personalities are accessing the web. Web Accessibility is the term which was derived for physically disabled users. I mean while a physically disabled person accessing the web what are the technique we can provide in UI that can make his/her browsing easier. Web Content Accessibility Guidelines not only helps disabled persons but also this technique is very helpful for Senior Citizens.

I am having more than 10 plus years experience as a UI developer. But in the day one when I heard about the term “Web Accessibility” I did started Goggled. Finally, got to know this is a technique using which we make the web easy accessible for physical disabled personalities. In web this technique gives freedom to equal access & equal opportunity for physically disabled viewers. Then the next Question come to mind is “As a UI Developer what are the Changes I required to make my web pages Accessibility friendly?”.

To answer the above query many Countries are with many set of defined rules. Among them 2 rules are popular Section 508 & WCAG. Section 508 is by US government. WCAG is an international Accessibility Guidelines. It has two revisions WCAG1.0 & WCAG2.0.

Web Content Accessibility Guidelines

Use Valid HTML – While Creating a HTML page make sure that your page is W3C Compatible. To check whether your HTML page is W3C optimized or not you can use this free tool Valid HTML.

In this tool under more options choose “Show Outline” option. Then valid the URL to check whether page headings & sub-headings are in right sequence.

Large Fonts – Generally Large Fonts helps them those are with week vision. After Creating a HTML page successfully change the browser font size to largest. If you HTML page is responding properly then your page is Optimized.

Check Color Combination & High Contrast mode – For viewers those are disabled with vision for them Color Combination & High Contrast helps to view the page. To Change your web page theme to High Contrast always provide short-cut key. After update the theme to High Contrast check properly that your page is not disappearing any important Contents.

Alt & Title attribute in Image – It is a good SEO practice to use alt & title tag in images. Including SEO this UI Changes helps visually disabled persons to listen the text using Screen reader. Also using this feature on mouse over of an image a disabled person can watch the text like a tooltip.

Allow Keyboard Operations – While designing a HTML page to enrich the page with Web Accessibility allow keyboard short-cuts. For an example if you have a Dropdown list in your page make sure user can update its value using up or down arrow key.

While sharing PDF Documents – In many website it was noticed to share bulk information we provide a PDF File. According to Accessibility testing before uploading the PDF save the same PDF file in text file format. Then check whether all the contents appearing in that file or not. If every thing goes fine upload the PDF.

Use Captions and Transcripts – This features in Web helps them those are hearing disability or can’t access Audios and Videos. While recording a Video or Audio check with the Audio Company whether your track is with Captions and Transcripts.

Use Audio & Video when Required – After Multimedia web is more Live. To make your web Accessibility Optimize use Audio and Video when required. For an example if a Blind person is accessing your web portal Audio can help him/her to hear the Contents. Similarly use Video when required. Video saves user time and works better then documents.

The post Web Content Accessibility Guidelines for UI Developers appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During we write an address you must notice Pin code is there. According to postal Pin code make easy to reach the address. Are you in your Contact us page? Looking something like which can validate a pin code entered by the user. In the below function I had implemented Zip code validation using JavaScript. You can implement the same logic in any language.

The Control here I used to take input from user is txt_zip. In-case you copy the below code. Update this with your Control Name. The logic I implemented here is so Simple. Using indexOf I am checking all the characters in txt_zip value.

Zip Code Validation Function

function zipcode_org(source,arguments)
{
var ValidChars = "0123456789";
var Char;
var sText=document.getElementById("txt_zip").value;
for (i = 0; i < sText.length; i++)
{
Char = sText.charAt(i);
if (ValidChars.indexOf(Char) == -1)
{
arguments.IsValid = false;
return;
}
}
return;
}

The post JavaScript Function for international Zip Code Validation appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During a visitor visit a web page, if he/she like the page he/she do bookmarking for future reference. In such case as a programmer you require a bookmarking script to implement in your app. Look at the below demo app, here I implemented a JavaScript bookmark function. This function is cross browser compatible. By simply copy paste the below code you can easily add bookmarking functionality to your HTML page.

The logic I implemented here is very simple. By using JavaScript indexOf() method I am checking which kind of browser client is using. Depending upon the browser I am displaying a message about the shortcut key to bookmark in that browser.

JavaScript Bookmark Function

function bookmarkPage(url, title) {
if (!url) { url = window.location }
if (!title) { title = document.title }
var browser = navigator.userAgent.toLowerCase();
if (window.sidebar) { // for Mozilla, Firefox & Netscape
window.sidebar.addPanel(title, url, "");
} else if (window.external) { // IE or chrome
if (browser.indexOf('chrome') == -1) { // ie
window.external.AddFavorite(url, title);
} else { // for Google Chrome
alert('Please Press CTRL+D (or Command+D for macs) to bookmark this page');
}
}
else if (window.opera && window.print) { // Opera - automatically adds to sidebar if rel=sidebar in the tag
return true;
}
else if (browser.indexOf('konqueror') != -1) { // for Konqueror
alert('Please press CTRL+B to bookmark this page.');
}
else if (browser.indexOf('webkit') != -1) { // for Safari
alert('Please press CTRL+B (or Command+D for macs) to bookmark this page.');
} else {
alert('Your browser cannot add bookmarks using this link. Please add this link manually.')
}
}

The post Cross Browser Compatible JavaScript Bookmark Function appeared first on OneStop Shop.

JavaScript is one of the most popular Client Scripting language. To make your journey easier in this session we are sharing some functions related to JavaScript Date Functions. Whether you want to add days or subtract days from a specific date or difference between two dates these functions are very useful.

Here I have 5 functions getDateInMilliseconds, getDifferenceInDays, addDays, subtractDays & compareDate. getDateInMilliseconds function returns date in milliseconds & this function is used in addDays & subtractDays functions. getDifferenceInDays function accepts 2 parameters as date 1 & date 2. It returns the difference in days. addDays & subtractDays functions accepts 2 parameters each date & days. The last function compareDate returns true if date 2 is after date 1 else returns false.

Function to get Date In Milliseconds

/* Returns Date object expressed as number of milliseconds since January 1, 1970.  This is the internal date format used by JavaScript. */
function getDateInMilliseconds(d) {

var str = new String(d);
var length = str.length;

var month = 0;
var day = 0;
var year = 0;
var dateObj;
var ms = 0;

if (length == 8) {

month = str.substr(0,1);
day = str.substr(2,1);
year = str.substr(4,4);
}

else if (length == 9) {

var regExp = new RegExp("\\d{2}/\\d{1}/\\d{4}");
var expResult = regExp.test(str);
if (expResult) {

month = str.substr(0,2);
day = str.substr(3,1);
year = str.substr(5,4);
} else {

month = str.substr(0,1);
day = str.substr(2,2);
year = str.substr(5,4);
}
}

else if (length == 10) {

month = str.substr(0,2);
day = str.substr(3,2);
year = str.substr(6,4);
}

dateObj = new Date(year, (month - 1), day);
ms = dateObj.getTime();
return ms;
}

Function to get date difference in Days

/* Returns the number of days between the two Date arguments.  Assumes the first argument, d1, is the earlier date. */
function getDifferenceInDays(d1,d2) {

var d1ms = getDateInMilliseconds(d1);
var d2ms = getDateInMilliseconds(d2);
var days = (d1ms - d2ms) / (DAY_IN_MILLISECONDS);

return days;
}

JavaScript Date Function to add Days

/* Returns a Date string equivalent to the first parameter (date) plus the number of days specified by the second parameter. */
function addDays(date,days) {

var dateInMs = getDateInMilliseconds(date);
var daysInMs = days * DAY_IN_MILLISECONDS;

var newDateInMs = dateInMs + daysInMs;
var newDate = new Date();
newDate.setTime(newDateInMs);

var year = new String(newDate.getYear());
if (year.length == 2) {
year = "19" + yearStr;
}

var dateString = (newDate.getMonth() + 1) + "/" + newDate.getDate() + "/" + year;
return dateString;
}

Function to Subtract Days

function subtractDays(date,days) {

var dateInMs = getDateInMilliseconds(date);
var daysInMs = days * DAY_IN_MILLISECONDS;

var newDateInMs = dateInMs - daysInMs;
var newDate = new Date();
newDate.setTime(newDateInMs);

var year = new String(newDate.getYear());

if (year.length == 2) {
year = "19" + year;
}
// Assemble Date as a string resembling mm/dd/yyyy format
var dateString = (newDate.getMonth() + 1) + "/" + newDate.getDate() + "/" + year;

return dateString;
}

JavaScript Date Function to Compare Dates

/* Returns true if first date parameter, d1, is earlier than second date parameter, d2.  Otherwise, returns false. */
function compareDate(d1,d2) {

date1 = new Date(d1.value);
date2 = new Date(d2.value);

if (date1 > date2)
{
return false;
}
return true;
}

The post JavaScript Date Functions to Add, Subtract & Compare in Days appeared first on OneStop Shop.

This function generally we required while integrating payment system to the website. There are various currencies are available. The below isCurrency function accepts one argument as string. If the string is in form of Currency it returns true or else the function returns false.

JavaScript Format Currency

function isCurrency(arg) {

// instantiate argument as a String (for String operations)
var str = new String(arg);

// control-related
var i;
var ch;
var len = str.length;
var offset = 0;
var position = 0;

// counters
var decimals = 0;
var commas = 0;
var dollarsigns = 0;

if (str.length >= 1) {
// Increment counts for commas, decimals, and dollar signs
for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
ch = str.charAt(i);
if (!isNaN(ch)) {
continue;
} else if (ch == ".") {
decimals++;
continue;
} else if (ch == ",") {
commas++;
return false;
} else if (ch == "$") {
dollarsigns++;
return false;
} else {
return false;
}
}
// If more than 1 dollar sign, invalid
if (dollarsigns > 1) {
return false;
} else if (dollarsigns == 1) {
if (!(str.charAt(0) == "$")) {
return false;
}
}
// If more than 1 decimal, invalid
if (decimals > 1) {
return false;
// If exactly 1 decimal and in correct position, valid; otherwise, invalid
} else if (decimals == 1) {
ch = str.charAt(len - 3);
if (!(ch == ".")) {
return false;
}
}

if (commas >= 1) {

if (str.charAt(0) == ",") {
return false;
}
if (decimals == 1) {
if ((str.charAt(len - 1) == ",") || (str.charAt(len - 2) == ",")) {
return false;
}
offset = 3;
}
for (i = ((len - offset) - 1); i >= 0; i--) {
ch = str.charAt(i);

if (position != 3) {
if (ch == ",") {
return false;
}
position++;
} else {
if (!(ch == ",")) {
return false;
}
position = 0;
}
}
}
}
// Optimistically assume program flow gets this far . . . !
return true;
}

The post JavaScript Format Currency isCurrency Validator Function appeared first on OneStop Shop.

JavaScript is one of the most popular Client-side programming language. It is designed for creating network-centric applications. The concept behind Client side script is to reduce load from the Server. Many Operations is more healthy to operate in Client side. This activity helps to improve performance & speed.

Are you looking for a JavaScript function using which you can Convert date difference in Milliseconds. In the below Function I am passing the date upto which you want to calculate the difference in milliseconds. Here date difference I am calculating from January 1, 1970.

Convert date difference in Milliseconds

function getDateInMilliseconds(d) {
var str = new String(d);
var length = str.length;
var month = 0;
var day = 0;
var year = 0;
var dateObj;
var ms = 0;

if (length == 8) {
month = str.substr(0,1);
day = str.substr(2,1);
year = str.substr(4,4);
}
else if (length == 9) {
var regExp = new RegExp("\\d{2}/\\d{1}/\\d{4}");
var expResult = regExp.test(str);
if (expResult) {
month = str.substr(0,2);
day = str.substr(3,1);
year = str.substr(5,4);
} else {
month = str.substr(0,1);
day = str.substr(2,2);
year = str.substr(5,4);
}
}
else if (length == 10) {
month = str.substr(0,2);
day = str.substr(3,2);
year = str.substr(6,4);
}

dateObj = new Date(year, (month - 1), day);
ms = dateObj.getTime();
return ms;
}

The post JavaScript function to Convert date difference in Milliseconds appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In an Employee Management System dashboard let’s assume we are fetching Employee Date of Joining from Database. While displaying this date in top left corner what I want is we required to validate the date for a specific format. In the below function I am checking 4 date formats. These are M/D/YYYY, MM/D/YYYY, M/DD/YYYY & MM/DD/YYYY.

JavaScript isDate function to Validate Date

/* 24 hrs * 60 mins * 60 seconds * 1000 ms */
var DAY_IN_MILLISECONDS = 86400000;

function isDate(d) {
var val = new String(d.value);
var char, len, i, sub, result, remainder;
var flag = 0;

if ((val.length >= 8) && (val.length <= 10)) {
len = val.length;

sub = new String(val.substr((len - 4), 4));

if (!(isNumeric(sub))) return false;

char = val.charAt(len - 5);
if (char != '/') return false;

char = val.charAt(len - 6);
if (!(isNumeric(char))) return false;

char = val.charAt(len - 7);
if (!(isNumeric(char))) {
if (char == '/') {
flag = 1;
} else return false;
}

char = val.charAt(len - 8);
if (!(isNumeric(char))) {
if (char != '/') return false;
if ((char == '/') & (flag == 1)) return false;
}

if (len > 8) {
remainder = len - 8;
sub = val.substr(0, remainder);
if (!(isNumeric(sub))) return false;
}
} else {
return false;
}
return true;
}

The post JavaScript isDate function to Validate Date formats appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Do you ever worked for any file management system? Where you have word files, excel file or it can be an image file like jpeg or png? In .NET Gridview is a popular Control to present tabular data. In this demo app I implemented various icons in each row of the Gridview dynamically by checking the file type.

Logic is so simple, Using FindControl in side the Gridview RowDataBound event I am locating the imgPreview tag from aspx. Then storing its value to a variable. I have icon images are in IMAGES/type_icons folder. By checking file extension I updating the image URL.

Display icon images in Datagrid

<asp:GridView AllowSorting="true" DataKeyNames="CodeID" ID="grdFileList" runat="server" AutoGenerateColumns="False" CellPadding="0" CellSpacing="0" ForeColor="#333333" GridLines="None" Width="100%" AllowPaging="true" PageSize="20">

<FooterStyle BackColor="#1C5E55" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="White" />

<Columns>

<asp:TemplateField>

<HeaderTemplate>
<input type="checkbox" onmouseover=if(t1)t1.Show(event,l1) onmouseout=if(t1)t1.Hide(event) style="width:20px;" name="chkAll" id="chkAll" onclick="javascript:checkAll(this);" />
</HeaderTemplate>
<ItemTemplate>
<input type="checkbox" style="width:20px;" value='<%# Container.DataItem("CodeID") %>' id="chkSelect" name="chkSelect" />
</ItemTemplate>
<HeaderStyle Width="35px" />
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="File Name" SortExpression="CodeFileName">
<ItemTemplate>
<a style="cursor:hand;" href='AddCode.aspx?SourceCode=1&CodeID=<%#Container.DataItem("CodeID")%>&AttachFile=1' class="GridLink"><%# Container.DataItem("CodeFileName") %></a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
</ItemTemplate>
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Description" SortExpression="CodeDescription">
<ItemTemplate>
<a style="cursor:default;"><%# Container.DataItem("CodeDescription") %></a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
</ItemTemplate>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left" />
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="SearchKey" SortExpression="SearchKey">
<ItemTemplate>
<a style="cursor:hand;"><%#Container.DataItem("SearchKey")%>&nbsp;&nbsp;
</ItemTemplate>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left" />
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="File Name" SortExpression="AttachFileName">
<ItemTemplate>
<a style="cursor:hand;"><%#Container.DataItem("AttachFileName")%>&nbsp;&nbsp;
</ItemTemplate>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left" />
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="File Size" SortExpression="AttachFileSize">
<ItemTemplate>
<a style="cursor:hand;"><%#Container.DataItem("AttachFileSize")%>&nbsp;&nbsp;
</ItemTemplate>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left" />
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="File Type" SortExpression="AttachFileType" Visible="False">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Label ID="lblAttachmentType" Text='<%#Container.DataItem("AttachFileName")%>' runat="server"></asp:Label>
</ItemTemplate>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left" />
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="File Type" SortExpression="AttachFileType">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:Image ID="imgPreview" runat="server" />
</ItemTemplate>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left" />
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Is Shared" SortExpression="IsShareable">
<ItemTemplate>
<a style="cursor:hand;"><%#Container.DataItem("IsShareable")%></a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
</ItemTemplate>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left" />
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Status" SortExpression="IsShareable">
<ItemTemplate>
<a style="cursor:hand;"><%# Container.DataItem("Status") %></a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
</ItemTemplate>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left" />
</asp:TemplateField>
</Columns>
<RowStyle BackColor="#E3EAEB" />
<EditRowStyle BackColor="#7C6F57" />
<SelectedRowStyle BackColor="#C5BBAF" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="#333333" />
<PagerStyle BackColor="#D7F6FA" ForeColor="Black" HorizontalAlign="Center" />
<HeaderStyle Height="22px" BackColor="#005B90" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="White" HorizontalAlign="Left" />
<AlternatingRowStyle BackColor="White" />
</asp:GridView>

<asp:SqlDataSource ID="SqlDataSource1" runat="server" ConnectionString="<%$ ConnectionStrings:connectionString %>">
</asp:SqlDataSource>

Datagrid rows with various icon images using Code-behind

Protected Sub grdFileList_RowDataBound(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Web.UI.WebControls.GridViewRowEventArgs) Handles grdFileList.RowDataBound
If e.Row.RowType = DataControlRowType.DataRow Then
Dim lblAttachmentTypeID As Label = CType(e.Row.FindControl("lblAttachmentType"), Label)

Dim objImg As Image = CType(e.Row.FindControl("imgPreview"), Image)

Dim AT As String = lblAttachmentTypeID.Text

Dim splitDot As Array = AT.Split(".")

Dim Ext As String = splitDot(1)
Ext = Trim(Ext)

'Response.Write(ds.Tables(0).Rows(0).Item(20))

If (Ext = "doc") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/doc.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "docx") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/doc.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "xls") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/xls.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "zip") Then 'ALLOW USER TO UPLOAD ZIP FILES
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/zip.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "sql") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/sql.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "ppt") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/ppt.gif"
'ElseIf (Ext = "odt") Then
'objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/create.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "txt") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/txt.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "gif") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/gif.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "bmp") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/bmp.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "exe") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/exe.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "dll") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/ddl.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "cs") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/cs.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "fla") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/fla.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "htm") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/htm.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "html") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/htm.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "jpeg") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/jpg.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "jpg") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/jpg.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "image/pjpe") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/jpg.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "png") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/png.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "js") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/js.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "pdf") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/pdf.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "mdb") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/mdb.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "swf") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/swf.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "vsd") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/vsd.gif"
ElseIf (Ext = "xml") Then
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/xml.gif"
Else
'THIS IS THE GENERAL FILE ICON WHICH NEED TO SHOW ON OVER THE ICON EXTENTION NOT FOUND FROM DB
objImg.ImageUrl = "../IMAGES/type_icons/txt.gif"
End If
End If
'imgSrc.ImageUrl = "IMAGES/AloneLogo.png"
End Sub

The post How to display various Files icon images in Datagrid rows? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During an application development many time we required a random string. Whether it is to make the URL unique or to send a SMS for mobile verification or to generate dynamic Cookie random strings are very useful. In the below Random password generator function I am doing so using VB.NET String Builder methods from System.IO Namespace.

Logic I implemented here is so simple. Inside a for loop I am using Convert.ToChar() method against random.NextDouble() Function. Random function is taking care to generate random number. While using Convert.ToChar() I am converting the random number to String and appending that to a StringBuilder variable.

VB.NET Random password generator

Private Function RandomString(ByVal size As Integer, ByVal lowerCase As Boolean) As String
Dim builder As New StringBuilder()
Dim random As New Random()
Dim ch As Char
Dim i As Integer
For i = 0 To size - 1
ch = Convert.ToChar(Convert.ToInt32((26 * random.NextDouble() + 65)))
builder.Append(ch)
Next i
If lowerCase Then
Return builder.ToString().ToLower()
End If
Return builder.ToString()
End Function

The post Random Password Generator Function using VB.NET appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Generally while designing a CMS we found this situation (Generate Dynamic HTML) to handle. Let us assume we have records in Database. From those records we required to Create HTML pages dynamically. Here I did the same using VB.NET File Operations.

Look at the below Codes from my Code behind file. Here I have 2 functions & page load event. During page load I am calling the function CreatePage(). CreatePage function accepts 3 parameters page title, HTML text here I mean contents for HTML page & The file name I want to create physically.

VB.NET CreatePage function to Generate Dynamic HTML

Inside CreatePage function I am concatenating a string with HTML format. In head tag I am adding the page title. Then entering a new-line character. Similarly did for title & body content. Not doing the File Operations here. For file operation I have one more separate function SaveTextToFile(). SaveTextToFile accepts 2 parameters. First parameter is the HTML string we concatenating in CreatePage function. Second one is the file path. File path means where to Create the HTML page.

To Create file physically here I referred System.IO & StreamWriter method. After Create Instance I am using Write method. Including this I have a boolean variable. Which helps to know whether the file created successfully or not. This variable default value is false. Just after StreamWriter Write method I am updating this variable.

Generate Dynamic HTML using VB.NET Codes

Imports System.IO

Partial Class _CreateHtml
Inherits System.Web.UI.Page

Public Sub CreatePage(ByVal HTMLTitle As String, ByVal HTMLText As String, ByVal HTMLFileName As String)
Dim strFile As String
strFile = ""
'Constructing the String strFile
strFile = "<html>" & vbNewLine
strFile = strFile & "<head>" & vbNewLine
strFile = strFile & "<title>" & HTMLTitle & "</title>" & vbNewLine
strFile = strFile & "</head><body>" & vbNewLine
strFile = strFile & HTMLText & vbNewLine
strFile = strFile & "</body></html>"
'Calling SaveTextToFile function for IO Operation
SaveTextToFile(strFile, Server.MapPath(".") & "\HTMLFiles\" & HTMLFileName & ".html")
End Sub

Public Function SaveTextToFile(ByVal strData As String, ByVal FullPath As String, Optional ByVal ErrInfo As String = "") As Boolean
Dim Contents As String
Dim Saved As Boolean = False
'Using StreamWriter to Create File
Dim objReader As IO.StreamWriter
Try
objReader = New IO.StreamWriter(FullPath)
objReader.Write(strData)
objReader.Close()
Saved = True
Catch Ex As Exception
Response.Write(Ex.Message)
End Try
Return Saved
End Function

Protected Sub Page_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles Me.Load
CreatePage("Title goes here", "Hello world! This is a HTML file Created from Code Behind.", "Sample")
End Sub
End Class

Introduction to Generate Dynamic HTML (DHTML)

Unlike static HTML, which presents fixed content, DHTML allows elements on a webpage to change dynamically without requiring a full page reload. This interactivity is achieved through a combination of HTML, Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), JavaScript, and the Document Object Model (DOM).

For example, drop-down menus, form validations, and drag-and-drop interfaces are often powered by DHTML. The key advantage is that content modifications happen on the client side, reducing server requests and improving performance.

Core Components of DHTML

1. HTML (HyperText Markup Language) HTML forms the backbone of any webpage, defining the structure and content. In DHTML, HTML elements serve as the foundation upon which dynamic behaviors are applied. Elements like `

`, “, and forms are frequently manipulated using JavaScript and CSS to create interactive effects.

2. CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) CSS controls the presentation of HTML elements, including layout, colors, fonts, and animations. In DHTML, CSS is used to modify styles dynamically. For instance, JavaScript can change CSS properties to hide or show elements, adjust dimensions, or apply transitions.

3. JavaScript JavaScript is the scripting language that enables dynamic behavior. It interacts with the DOM to manipulate HTML and CSS in real-time. Functions like `document.getElementById()` allow developers to select and modify elements, while event listeners (e.g., `onclick`, `onmouseover`) trigger these changes based on user actions.

How DHTML Works

DHTML operates by combining these technologies in the following way:

User Interaction Triggers an Event – A user action, such as clicking a button or hovering over an element, generates an event.

JavaScript Handles the Event – An event listener in JavaScript detects the action and executes a corresponding function.

DOM Manipulation Occurs – The function modifies the DOM, changing HTML content or adjusting CSS properties.

Browser Renders Changes Instantly – The updated DOM is re-rendered by the browser, displaying the changes to the user.

Common Applications of DHTML

1. Drop-Down Menus Navigation menus that expand or collapse based on user clicks are powered by DHTML, improving site usability.

2. Drag-and-Drop Interfaces Web applications like Trello or file uploaders use DHTML to allow users to drag elements across the screen.

3. Dynamic Content Loading Single-page applications (SPAs) use DHTML to load new content without refreshing the page, providing a seamless browsing experience.

4. Animations and Effects Subtle animations, such as fading elements or sliding panels, enhance visual appeal and guide user attention.

Best Practices for Implementing DHTML

Optimize Performance – Excessive DOM manipulation can slow down a webpage. Use efficient selectors and minimize reflows.

Ensure Accessibility – DHTML elements should remain usable for screen readers and keyboard navigation.

Graceful Degradation – Design webpages to function even if JavaScript is disabled, ensuring broader compatibility.

Cross-Browser Testing – Verify that DHTML features work across different browsers and devices.

Use Modern Frameworks – Libraries like jQuery, React, and Vue.js simplify DHTML implementation and improve maintainability.

Future of DHTML

As web technologies evolve, DHTML continues to integrate with modern frameworks and APIs. Web Components, for example, allow reusable custom elements with encapsulated functionality. Additionally, advancements in CSS (like Grid and Flexbox) and JavaScript (ES6+) enable more sophisticated dynamic behaviors.

The rise of progressive web apps (PWAs) and real-time web applications further emphasizes the importance of DHTML in delivering fast, interactive experiences.

Conclusion

Dynamic HTML remains a fundamental technology for creating engaging, interactive web applications. By leveraging HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and the DOM, developers can build responsive interfaces that enhance user experience while reducing server dependency. As web standards advance, DHTML will continue to evolve, offering even more powerful tools for modern web development.

The post How to Generate Dynamic HTML Document using VB.NET Codes? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Excel is very common practice to share data across Network. Recently one of my Customer wants to provide export an excel button in their products list page. What I did to implement Export DataTable to Excel functionality sharing the same here.

I added a asp.net server side button with text “Export to Excel”. Then inside this button click event I am calling a function Export2Excel. Export2Excel function accepts 2 parameters Select Query & output File Name. Inside the function first I am clearing response object. Then defining Content Type & File Header information. Then fetching data in SQLDataAdapter & Cloning the same data to DataTable. To Create table running loop over TR. According to requirement showing the number of TD’s. Finally writing the complete string using response.write.

Button Click

Protected Sub btnExportToExcel_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles btnExportToExcel.Click
If Request("Keyword") = 1 Then
Export2Excel("SELECT SearchString, DateOfSearch FROM SearchString WHERE FoundNotFound=1 ORDER BY DateOfSearch DESC", "SearchStrings.xls")
Else
Export2Excel("SELECT SearchString, DateOfSearch FROM SearchString WHERE FoundNotFound=0 ORDER BY DateOfSearch DESC", "SearchStrings.xls")
End If
End Sub

Export DataTable to Excel Function

Private Sub Export2Excel(ByVal SqlQry As String, ByVal FileName As String)
Response.ClearContent()
Response.ContentType = "Application/vnd.ms-excel"
Response.AddHeader("Content-Disposition", "attachment; filename=" & FileName & "")
Response.Flush()

Dim SqlDataAdp As New SqlDataAdapter(SqlQry, sqlConn)
Dim DT As New DataTable
SqlDataAdp.Fill(DT)
sqlConn.Open()

Dim tempTable As String = String.Empty
Dim DTCol As DataColumn
Dim DTRow As DataRow

tempTable = "<table cellpadding='2' cellspacing='2' border='1' width='100%'>"

tempTable = tempTable & "<tr>"
For Each DTCol In DT.Columns
tempTable = tempTable & "<td style='font-weight:bold;'>"
tempTable = tempTable & DTCol.ColumnName.ToString()
tempTable = tempTable & "</td>"
Next
tempTable = tempTable & "</tr>"

For Each DTRow In DT.Rows
tempTable = tempTable & "<tr>"
For i = 0 To DT.Columns.Count - 1
tempTable = tempTable & "<td align='left'>"
tempTable = tempTable & DTRow(i).ToString()
tempTable = tempTable & "</td>"
Next
tempTable = tempTable & "</tr>"
Next

tempTable = tempTable & "</table>"

Response.Write(tempTable)
Response.End()
End Sub

The post How to export DataTable to Excel file using VB.NET? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Customization in a web app is very common. Requirement updates everyday. Depending on this it happens occasionally Gridview is incapable to meet customers demand. In this case we choose ASP.NET inline Table to present data. Commonly there are 2 ways to fetch data from the database DataSet & DataReader. DataSet is connection less architecture. While DataReader is a pointer. DataReader fetch data faster then DataSet mechanism.

Here in this below example I am fetching data from my table PortalWebLink. In side table tag before start the row (tr) I am with a while loop. The condition is until data read is readable bind data. Inside the td I am binding weblinks using dreaderobj(“WebLinkTitle”).ToString().

Table using data from a DataReader

<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="1" width="100%" bgcolor="#e3eef6">
<%
Dim connObj As New SqlConnection(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings.Get("DBKey").ToString())
Dim qryStr As String = "SELECT * FROM PortalWebLink WHERE STATUS='ACTIVE' ORDER BY CreatedDate DESC"
'Response.Write(qryStr)
Dim sqlCommObj As New SqlCommand(qryStr, connObj)

Try
connObj.Open()
Dim dreaderobj As SqlDataReader = sqlCommObj.ExecuteReader

While dreaderobj.Read
%>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#e3eef6">
<table border='0' cellpadding='0' cellspacing='0'>
<tr>
<td>
<img src='../IMAGES/old-edit-redo.png' />
</td>
<td>
&nbsp;<a href='<%= dreaderobj("WebLink").ToString %>' target='blank'><%=dreaderobj("WebLinkTitle").ToString()%></a>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<%
End While
Catch ex As Exception
Dim TrackError As New ErrorLog()
TrackError.ErrorLog(ex.Message, ex.ToString(), ex.Source, ex.TargetSite.ToString(), "", "../Admin/Weblink.aspx", connObj)
Finally
connObj.Close()
End Try
%>
<%
Dim strChkQry As String = "SELECT Count(*) as CNT FROM PortalWebLink WHERE STATUS='ACTIVE'"
Dim sqlCommandObj As New SqlCommand(strChkQry, connObj)

try
connObj.Open()
Dim str As Object = sqlCommandObj.ExecuteScalar()
Dim i As Integer = str

If i = 0 Then
%>
<table cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2" width="100%" class="fbox">
<tr>
<td>
No Record(s) Found.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<%
end if
Catch ex As Exception
Dim TrackError As New ErrorLog()
TrackError.ErrorLog(ex.Message, ex.ToString(), ex.Source, ex.TargetSite.ToString(), "", "../Admin/Weblink.aspx", connObj)
Finally
connObj.Close()
End Try
%>
<tr>
<td>
&nbsp;
</td>
</tr>
</table>

The post How to Create ASP.NET inline Table using data from a DataReader? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Generally where only one option lefts to Choose from a list of records we use Dropdownlist Control. Let’s talk about a Country dropdownlist. What you need to do is need to fetch records from Database. In second step need to bind that data to the data-source of ASP.NET dropdownlist. The same I did in the below example.

The logic here I implement is very simple. Using ExecuteReader I am executing my command object against a DataReader. Then with the conditional check DataReader.read method I am running a while loop. Inside this loop adding new listitems with key & value pair from DataReader.

Compare to DataSet DataReader executes faster. DataReader is like a pointer. While DataSet is Connection less architecture.

dropdown

<asp:DropDownList ID="ddlOrgType" runat="server" TabIndex="3" ToolTip="Select your Organization Type" Width="244px" AutoPostBack="True"></asp:DropDownList>

Connection String I Used

Dim connObj As New SqlConnection(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings.Get("connString").ToString())

in web.config:

<appSettings>
<add key="connString" value="Data Source=localhost; uid=sa; pwd=tiger; database=TRAINNINGMANAGER;"/>
</appSettings>

SelectedIndexChanged event of dropdown

Protected Sub ddlOrgType_SelectedIndexChanged(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles ddlOrgType.SelectedIndexChanged
ddlDivision.Items.Clear()
'Fill up ddlDivision dropdownlist from DivisionTab
Dim commDivision As New SqlCommand("SELECT * FROM DivisionTab WHERE divisionStatus='1' and fkTypeOrgID=" & ddlOrgType.SelectedValue.ToString, connObj)

Try
connObj.Open()
Dim Objdr As SqlDataReader = commDivision.ExecuteReader
ddlDivision.Items.Add(New ListItem("Please Select...", 0))
While Objdr.Read
ddlDivision.Items.Add(New ListItem(Objdr(1), Objdr(0)))
End While

Catch ex As Exception
Response.Write(ex.ToString())

Finally
connObj.Close()
End Try
End Sub

The post How to bind data to a ASP.NET Dropdownlist using DataReader? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During String Operation while we found unwanted spaces before or after the string, we apply trim() functions to remove those spaces. Here in this example I have 4 functions. ltrim, rtrim, trim & isWhitespace.

ltrim function is responsible to remove unwanted space from left side of the string. Similarly rtrim function removes space from right side of the string. When both these functions come together it acts like trim function.

The logic behind ltrim & rtrim functions is quite simple. While removing space from left side of the string I am increasing counter inside a for loop. For each space it checking the characters with isWhitespace function. Similarly to remove space from right side of the string I am reducing the counter.

JavaScript Trim Functions

function ltrim(str) 
{ 
for(var k = 0; k < str.length && isWhitespace(str.charAt(k)); k++);
return str.substring(k, str.length);
}

function rtrim(str) 
{
for(var j=str.length-1; j>=0 && isWhitespace(str.charAt(j)) ; j--) ;
return str.substring(0,j+1);
}

function trim(str) 
{
return ltrim(rtrim(str));
}

function isWhitespace(charToCheck) 
{
var whitespaceChars = " \t\n\r\f";
return (whitespaceChars.indexOf(charToCheck) != -1);
}

The post JavaScript Trim functions (L-Trim, R-Trim) to remove Whilespace appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In the early age of HTML5, application data was stored in cookies & included in every server request. Compare to Cookies with web storage, web applications can store data locally within the user’s browser. HTML5 Local storage is more secured and performance wise rich. Local Storage limit is larger than cookies & information is not passed on to the server, it is per origin, i.e., per domain and per protocol.

Using HTML5 LocalStorage Objects

HTML 5 storage is based on named key-value pairs. The data is stored based on a named key, retrieve using the same key, and the named key will be a string.

HTML provides 2 objects for Web Storage:

1. window.localStorage: stores data without an expiration date. The local storage will be available whenever you would use that page. Local storage will be available in the browser to all windows with the same origin (domain).

Example:

localStorage.setItem ("firstname", "John");
document.getElementById("name").innerHTML = localStorage.getItem("firstname");

2. window.sessionStorage: stores data only for a session (data will be lost when the browser is closed). Multiple windows from the same origin (URL) cannot see others session storage. Using sessionStorage object is same as localStorage object, except that it stores data for only one session.

Example: setItem (key, value) to save database key/value

sessionStorage.setItem("name", "Picasso"); /* Here name is the key, Picasso is value */
var data = sessionStorage.getItem('name');

Using Web SQL Database

The Web SQL Database API is not a part of HTML5, but is a separate specification which has a set of APIs to manipulate client side databases using SQL. It is essentially an embedded SQLite database. You can create a database, tables and run SQL on it.

HTML5 Web SQL Database Methods

There are 3 methods in SQL database which are as follows:

• openDatabase – This method creates a database object either of the existing database or creating a new one.
• transaction – This method helps to control a transaction and performing either commit or rollback as per the requirement.
• executeSql – This method is used to execute the SQL query.

Opening Database

The openDatabase method creates a database or helps in opening the existing database. To create and open a database we have to do the following:

var dbs = openDatabase('mydbs', '1.0', 'test1db', 2*1024*1024);

The above method has 5 parameters – database name, version number, text description, size of database, creation callback. The creation callback parameter will be called when the database is created.

Executing Queries

To execute a query the database.transaction () function is used. This function needs a single argument which is a function which executes the query as follows:

dbs.transaction (function(tq)) {
tq.executeSql('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS LOGS (id unique, log)');
});

The above query will create a table called LOGS in ‘mydbs’ database.

INSERT Operation

To create entries into the database table we add SQL queries as below:

var dbs = openDatabase('mydbs', '1.0', 'test1db', 2*1024*1024);
dbs.transaction (function(tq)) {
tq.executeSql('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS LOGS (id unique, log)');
tq.executeSql('INSERT INTO LOGS (id, log) VALUES (1, "Camera")');
tq.executeSql('INSERT INTO LOGS (id, log) VALUES (2, "Konica")');
});

READ Operation

To read records from the database we use a callback to capture the results as shown below:

var dbs = openDatabase('mydbs', '1.0', 'test1db', 2*1024*1024);
dbs.transaction(function(tq)) {
tq.executeSql('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS LOGS (id unique, log)');
tq.executeSql('INSERT INTO LOGS (id, log) VALUES (1, "Camera")');
tq.executeSql('INSERT INTO LOGS (id, log) VALUES (2, "Konica")');
});

dbs.transaction (function(tq)) {
tq.executeSql('SELECT * FROM LOGS', [ ], function(tq, result) {
var length = result.rows.length, i;
msg = "<p> Found rows: "+ length + "</p>";
document.querySelector('#status').innerHTML += msg;
for (i=0; i<length; i++) {
alert (result.rows.item (i). log);
}
}, null);
});

Web SQL database in HTML5 vs IndexedDB

The Web SQL database is a deprecated specification since November 2010, the browser vendors are not encouraged to support this technology. The replacement is IndexedDB. It is a ‘NoSQL’ database and lets us create an Object Store for a type of data. Each Object Store can have a collection of Indexes that make it efficient to query and iterate across.

Some of the disadvantages of Web SQL are as follows:

• Web SQL is not object-driven.
• SQL language needs to be mastered and JavaScript objects has to be transformed into relational schema.
• Transaction creation is explicit, default is to rollback unless we call commit.

Advantages of IndexedDB over Web SQL:

• Allows fast indexing and searching of objects, so you can manage your data and read/write it fast.
• Indexing of JavaScript objects based on your application needs.
• Granular locking per transaction, which allows us to work inside the event-driven JavaScript module.

Conclusion

As Web SQL is deprecated, the web developers are recommended to stop using this technology in new projects, as the spec will not receive new updates. As a ‘NoSQL’ database, IndexedDB provides us a lot of power as it is different from relational database. Web Storage technique provides rich query abilities and is available both in offline and online mode, and can used to store large amount of data.

The post Using LocalStorage Objects vs Web SQL Database in HTML5 appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In web technology validation is used to prevent spam entries. There are various kind of form fields validations. Some of them are Required field validation, email validation, date field validation or number validation. In this demo app I created these 4 AngularJS Form Validation (Required Field, Email, Number and Date).

In the below app I have 4 form fields Name, Email, Contact Number & Date of Birth. Name is a required field. Without Name an user is not allowed to submit the form. As an advanced feature AngularJS made validations easy. By simply adding a single line of code ng-show="userForm.name.$error.required"
I can easily made Name field as mandatory.

To valid an email here I used pattern. Validating the pattern against email entry using AngularJS ng-pattern directive. Similar thing I did for Number validation is Contact Number field. To validate Date field in the beginning of script block I declared a variable for date pattern with value YYYY-MM-DD. Using ng-pattern in date field validating the date pattern variable.

AngularJS-Form-Validation.htm

<!Doctype html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<title>AngularJS Form Validation Example</title>
<script type="text/javascript" src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.5.0/angular.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript">
var validateApp=angular.module('validateAngularApp',[]);
validateApp.controller("validateAngularctrl",function($scope){
/*Page Title goes Here*/
$scope.title="Validations using AngularJS";
/*Date pattern you can update Here*/
$scope.datepattern="YYYY-MM-DD";
$scope.userRegester=function(name, email, contact, dob) {
if(name!=null || email!=null || contact!=null || dob!=null)
{
alert("Registration Successfull !!!");
}
else
{
alert("Not Successfull Please try again.");
}
}
});
</script>
</head>
<body ng-app="validateAngularApp" ng-controller="validateAngularctrl">
<div role="main">
<header>
<h2>{{title}}</h2>
</header>
<section>
<h2>Registration User Form</h2>
<form role="form-inline" name="userForm" action="" method="" novalidate>
<div>
<label for="name">Name:</label>
<input type="text" name="name" ng-model="uname" placeholder="Enter your name" required />
<!-- show an error if this isn't filled in -->
<span ng-show="userForm.name.$error.required" ng-style="{color:'red'}">Your name is required.</span>
</div>
<div>
<label for="email">Email:</label>
<input type="email" name="email" ng-model="uemail" placeholder="Enter your email" ng-pattern="/^[a-z]+[a-z0-9._]+@[a-z]+\.[a-z.]{2,5}$/ " required/>
<span ng-show="userForm.email.$error.required" ng-style="{color:'red'}">Your email is required .</span>
<span ng-show="userForm.email.$error.pattern" ng-style="{color:'red'}">Your email should be in correct format ex abc@gmail.com .</span>
</div>
<div>
<label for="contact Number">Contact Number:</label>
<input type="text" name="contactNumber" ng-model="ucontact" placeholder="Enter your Contact details" ng-pattern="/^[0-9]{10,10}$/" ng-minlength="10" ng-maxlength="10" required />
<span ng-show="userForm.contactNumber.$error.required" ng-style="{color:'red'}">Your contact is required .</span>
<span ng-show="userForm.contactNumber.$error.pattern" ng-style="{color:'red'}">Mobile should be numeric</span>
<span ng-show="userForm.contactNumber.$error.minlength" ng-style="{color:'red'}">contact number should be minimum of 10 digits .</span>
<span ng-show="userForm.contactNumber.$error.maxlength" ng-style="{color:'red'}">contact number should be maximum of 10 digits .</span>
</div>
<div>
<label for="date_of_birth">Date of Birth:</label>
<input type="text" name="dob" ng-model="udob" placeholder="Enter your date of birth in the format of YYYY-MM-DD" ng-pattern="datepattern"required />
<span ng-show="userForm.dob.$error.required" ng-style="{color:'red'}">Your date of birth is required </span>
<span ng-show="userForm.dob.$error.pattern" ng-style="{color:'red'}">Date of Birth must be in the format of YYYY-MM-DD</span>
</div>
<button type="submit" ng-click="userRegester(e1,e2,e3,e4)">Register</button>
</form>
</section>
<footer>&copy; All right reserved</footer>
</div>
</body>
</html>

The post AngularJS Form Validation (Required, Email, Number & Date) Examples appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In our day to day activity we send many mails to Friends, Users OR Customers. The most important thing is the way which we follow to send an email. There are several devices available in market. User can access their mails from any devices like mobiles, desktops, tablets OR ipads. So our first aim is to create an email which supports to all browsers & resolutions. In this session let us share few best practices to follow during mail template design.

Developing mail template

1. Always make your mail template Simple. Mail templates designing is one of the most important factor in email marketing. The main thing is that your template need to support all email clients browser & bile. For an example Gmail (Desktop/mobile), Yahoo (Desktop/mobile)…

2. Standard way to Create an mail Templates is the use of pure HTML’s table structure with inline CSS Styles.

3. The Email Clients has their own HTML rendering system. It is necessary that we have to develop a template which rendering properly in all Email Clients.

i.e. HTML rendering is depending on HTML attributes & CSS properties.

eg. Padding & margin will supports for Gmail & Yahoo but the same properties will create white spacing in Hotmail.

Difference between Browsers & Email Clients

Web browsers supports all HTML & CSS properties but Email Clients won’t. It has some limitations. Due to this dependency every Email Client render HTML or CSS in their own way.

For an Example : background property of CSS supports for Gmail, Yahoo but will not support for Outlook.

Best practices for mail template design

• Use pure HTML table structure with inline CSS styling to develop basic layouts;
• Fluid layout is the one where we give width in percentage so that design will look good on all devices even if we shrink or expand the browser.
• Avoid using DIV elements.
• Hotmail won’t support Padding & Margin. So ignore to use these attributes.
• Write your CSS styles in-line.
• Don’t use background-images; use basic ‘background’ html tags.
• Give image dimensions, use ‘ALT’ & ‘TITLE’ attributes.
• The standard width of email template is less than 650 pixels.
• While referring an image use absolute path.
• Avoid PNG’s files for email template. It create problem for Lotus Notes.

Limitations on bringing Responsiveness

• Many Email Clients not supports Media queries.
• Never use JavaScript like Scripting language while creating an mail Template.
• Tag get strip down while rendering in some Email Clients.

Developing a Responsive mail Template

1. Using Media Queries – Only Apple mail client (in iOS devices) and BlackBerry OS is supporting Media queries fully.

2. Using Fluid Layouts – Fluid layout is the one where we give width in percentages so that design will look good on all devices even if shrink or expand the browser but that will be not responsive structure it’s a compressed layout.

Challenges for fixing text overlay Issue

• Use VML Scripts.
• VML script is an alternate method to achieve background-image in Outlook Client.
• To achieving text over images is a challenge when we have a limitation on using background-image attribute.

The post Best Practices to follow during a HTML Mail Template design appeared first on OneStop Shop.

JSON is one of the most popular lightweight data inter-exchange platform. It is platform independent and can easily editable without using any specific tool. Simply using Notepad you can read or write to a JSON file. Looking into this nearly all advanced third-party components supports JSON formatted data. In this regard here I am with a demo app to show you how to create Angular Treeview using data from a JSON file. This example is very helpful for the beginners of AngularJS.

Look at the example below here I have a JSON file “treeview.json” which holds the required data for my Angular Treeview. As you know to design a Treeview we required formatted data. That’s why here my JSON file has two kind of data nodes & sub-nodes. To display JSON data in a Treeview here I used $http module get() method to fetch data. After successful response from get() method assigning the response data to $scope object “items” array. showSubnodes() function is to display sub-nodes under respective parent node. In view to display items I am using UL LI elements. Using ng-repeat here I am looping the data & binding each record to li elements. 2 UL elements I used here. One for parent nodes & other one for Sub-nodes.

Example of Angular Treeview using Data

index.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html ng-app="myTreeview">
<head>
<title>Angular Treeview using data from a JSON File</title>
<script type="text/javascript" src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.3.0-rc.0/angular.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript">
var myTreeview = angular.module('myTreeview', []);
myTreeview.controller('treeviewCtrl', function($scope, $http) {
$http.get("treeview.json").success(function (response) {
/*After Successful Response binding the JSON data to items array in Scope object*/
$scope.items = response.treedata;
});
$scope.showSubnodes = function(item){
item.active = !item.active;
};
});
</script>
</head>
<body ng-controller="treeviewCtrl">
<ul>
<li ng-repeat="item in items" ng-click="showSubnodes(item)">
<span>{{item.node}}</span>
<ul>
<li ng-repeat="subItem in item.subnodes" ng-show="item.active">
<span>{{subItem.subnode}}</span>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

JSON File for Angular Treeview

{"treedata":
[
{
"node": "Company",
"subnodes": [
{"subnode": "About Us"},
{"subnode": "Press Release"},
{"subnode": "Contact Us"},
{"subnode": "Our Blog"},
{"subnode": "Privacy"}
]
},
{
"node": "Services",
"subnodes": [
{"subnode": "VOIP"},
{"subnode": "Web Designing"},
{"subnode": "Photo Editing"},
{"subnode": "Audio & Video Processing"},
{"subnode": "Logo Designing"}
]
},
{
"node": "Products",
"subnodes": [
{"subnode": "CMS"},
{"subnode": "Blog Posting"},
{"subnode": "Forum Marketing"},
{"subnode": "Template Creation"}
]
}
]
}

The post Example of Angular Treeview using Data from a JSON File appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Whether you do a Corporate portal or an application Dashboard you must required a Horizontal menu. Category wise horizontal menu can be two types. Simple one with navigation & the complex one with sub-menus. There are many front-end technologies using which you can created a menu. Look at this example below here I created a Horizontal Responsive Menu. This is so simple to implement in your app. Just Copy and Paste the below code and customize as per your requirements.

Bootstrap-Responsive-Menu.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<head>
<title>Simple Horizontal Bootstrap Responsive Menu</title>
<meta charset="utf-8">
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
<script src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.11.3/jquery.min.js"></script>
<script src="http://maxcdn.bootstrapcdn.com/bootstrap/3.3.5/js/bootstrap.min.js"></script>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="http://maxcdn.bootstrapcdn.com/bootstrap/3.3.5/css/bootstrap.min.css">
</head>
<body>
<nav class="navbar navbar-inverse">
<div class="container-fluid">
<div class="navbar-header">
<a class="navbar-brand" href="https://jharaphula.com">JHARAPHULA</a>
</div>
<div>
<ul class="nav navbar-nav">
<li class="dropdown">
<a class="dropdown-toggle" data-toggle="dropdown">Company
<span class="caret"></span></a>
<ul class="dropdown-menu">
<li><a href="https://jharaphula.com/about-us">About Us</a></li>
<li><a href="https://jharaphula.com/contact-us">Contact Us</a></li>
<li><a href="https://vedamalhar.com/publish-with-us/">Publish with Us</a></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><a href="https://jharaphula.com/category/blog-board">Our Blog</a></li>
<li><a href="https://jharaphula.com/press-release">Press Release</a></li>
<li><a href="https://jharaphula.com/sitemap">Sitemap</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</nav>
</body>
</html>

The post Example of Simple Horizontal Bootstrap Responsive Menu appeared first on OneStop Shop.

How it is for consecutive access of your webpages if the user don’t need to send a request to the server? Here I mean to say “we can keep a local copy in the client machine/browser so for consecutive accesses browser will take the data from the local Copy”. This is what HTML5 Application Cache do in HTML5. Advantages of using Application Cache are Offline Browsing, Speed & Reduced Server Load. Google Chrome 4.0, Internet Explorer 10.0, Mozilla Firefox 3.5, Safari 4.0, Opera 12 & all the above versions Supports HTML5 Application Cache.

What is a Manifest File?

Generally this file comes with the extension “.appcache”. To enable Application Cache for your page you need to declare manifest in html tag.

<!DOCTYPE HTML>
<html manifest="demo.appcache">
...
</html>

Manifest file is simple text file. You can create this using Notepad. It has 3 sections Cache Manifest, Network & Fallback.

demo.appcache

CACHE MANIFEST
# 2012-02-21 v1.0.0
/theme.css
/logo.gif
/main.js

NETWORK:
login.asp

FALLBACK:
/html/ /offline.html

Cache Manifest

File listed under this block will immediately cache after they downloaded for the first time. Generally images, Static HTML, Common used JS & CSS files we kept in Cache Manifest. This technique gives offline browsing as well better performance.

Network

File listed under this block will never Cache. For Consecutive requests these file required server connection.

Fallback

Files listed under this block specifies fallback pages if a page is inaccessible.

The post Using HTML5 Application Cache for Offline Storage appeared first on OneStop Shop.

You must remember during the age of HTML4 to implement drag and drop feature generally we do Scripting. This problem is addressed in HTML5. Using HTML5 you don’t need to depend upon Scripts. There are per-defined APIs using which we can easily implement HTML5 Drag and Drop feature. Drag and Drop makes life easier. It saves user Time. Operations like Copy, Reorder & Deletion can be more user friendly using Drag and Drop.

Let’s discuss about the scenario where I have 2 divs. In first div there is an image which I want to drag into the 2nd div. Here my 2nd div acts like a container. Look at the example in below:

Example

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" >
<head>
<title>Example of HTML5 Drag n Drop</title>
<style type="text/css">
.container
{
border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
height: 152px;
padding: 10px;
margin-right: 10px;
width: 150px;
float:left;
}
</style>
<script type="text/javascript">
function allowDrop(ev) {
ev.preventDefault();
}

function dragImage(ev) {
ev.dataTransfer.setData("text", ev.target.id);
}

function dropImage(ev) {
ev.preventDefault();
var data = ev.dataTransfer.getData("text");
ev.target.appendChild(document.getElementById(data));
}
</script>
</head>
<body>
<div class="container" ondrop="dropImg(event)" ondragover="allowDrop(event)"></div>
<div class="container">
<img id="dragimg" draggable="true" src="drag-pattern.png" ondragstart="dragImage(event)">
</div>
</body>
</html>

HTML5 Drag and Drop Events

HTML5 Drag and Drop API provides the following events.

dragstart: This event occurs when the user starts dragging the object. Generally we use this event to show errors. I mean if an user dragging object into an area where drop facility is not available using dragstart we can show the error message.

dragenter: Using mouse while you are dragging an object during that time this event occurs.

dragover: This event occurs as the mouse is moved over an element during dragging.

dragleave: This event occurs when the mouse leaves an element during dragging.

drag: This event occurs every time the mouse is moved during the object is being dragged.

drop: This event occurs at the end of the drag operation.

dragend: This event occurs when the user releases the mouse button during dragging.

HTML5 Drag and Drop feature was supported by all the major browsers like Google Chrome 4.0, Mozilla FireFox 3.5, Safari 6.0, Internet Explorer 9.0, Opera 12 & above versions.

The post Example to Implement HTML5 Drag and Drop with list of Events appeared first on OneStop Shop.

To made CSS easier BootStrap is one of the globally popular Framework. If you are using BootStrap in your application you don’t need to bother about the type of devices and their resolutions. Let’s talk about a photo album. Here to gain better user experience you must required a responsive image gallery. In the below Code I created a Bootstrap image Gallery. This image gallery is completely responsive.

To show you a demo here I used 9 images with resolution 150px-150px. These images are png files. To place these images in a matrix view here I used HTML UL element. LI attribute inside UL element contains BootStrap classes. As you know Grid system of bootstrap is divided into 12 columns. To achieve a gallery view here I placed 6 images in a single row. All these columns divided by col-md-2 (12 Col/6 Images). Including col-md-* for medium scale resolution in my LI I included col-lg-* for Large Screen, col-sm-* for Small Screen & col-xs-*.

Depending upon your application template it may required you need a fixed width image gallery. In this case in the below code you just required to set a width for container class. To align images in center I have two additional classes row-centered & col-centered. To maintain a minimum distance between the walls of image here I used margin: 10px under col-centered class. You can upgrade this value depending upon the image size & gallery width.

Bootstrap 5 image Gallery Example

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<head>
<title>Responsive Bootstrap image Gallery</title>
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="https://maxcdn.bootstrapcdn.com/bootstrap/3.3.6/css/bootstrap.min.css" />
<style type="text/css">
.container { width: auto; }
.row-centered { text-align: center; }
.col-centered { display: inline-block; float:none; text-align: left; margin: 10px; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<div class="container row-centered">
<ul class="row list-unstyled">
<li class="col-lg-2 col-md-2 col-sm-3 col-xs-4 col-centered">
<img src="images/1.png" class="img-pos img-responsive" />
</li>
<li class="col-lg-2 col-md-2 col-sm-3 col-xs-4 col-centered">
<img src="images/2.png" class="img-pos img-responsive" />
</li>
<li class="col-lg-2 col-md-2 col-sm-3 col-xs-4 col-centered">
<img src="images/3.png" class="img-pos img-responsive" />
</li>
<li class="col-lg-2 col-md-2 col-sm-3 col-xs-4 col-centered">
<img src="images/4.png" class="img-pos img-responsive" />
</li>
<li class="col-lg-2 col-md-2 col-sm-3 col-xs-4 col-centered">
<img src="images/5.png" class="img-pos img-responsive" />
</li>
<li class="col-lg-2 col-md-2 col-sm-3 col-xs-4 col-centered">
<img src="images/6.png" class="img-pos img-responsive" />
</li>
<li class="col-lg-2 col-md-2 col-sm-3 col-xs-4 col-centered">
<img src="images/7.png" class="img-pos img-responsive" />
</li>
<li class="col-lg-2 col-md-2 col-sm-3 col-xs-4 col-centered">
<img src="images/8.png" class="img-pos img-responsive" />
</li>
<li class="col-lg-2 col-md-2 col-sm-3 col-xs-4 col-centered">
<img src="images/9.png" class="img-pos img-responsive" />
</li>
</ul>
</div>
</body>
</html>

Why Use Bootstrap 5 for Image Galleries?

Bootstrap 5 simplifies the creation of responsive image galleries by providing pre-built components and classes. Its grid system ensures that galleries adapt seamlessly to different screen sizes, from desktops to mobile devices. Additionally, Bootstrap 5 eliminates the need for extensive custom CSS, making it an ideal choice for developers seeking efficiency without sacrificing aesthetics.

Conclusion

Bootstrap 5 provides a robust foundation for creating responsive, visually appealing image galleries with minimal effort. By leveraging its grid system, card components, and third-party plugins, developers can build galleries that adapt seamlessly across devices while maintaining performance and accessibility. Whether you’re designing a portfolio, e-commerce site, or photo blog, Bootstrap 5’s flexibility ensures your image gallery will look professional and function flawlessly.

With these techniques, you can create a responsive Bootstrap 5 image gallery that enhances user experience while maintaining a clean, modern design. By following best practices in performance optimization and accessibility, your gallery will not only look great but also perform efficiently across all platforms.

The post Example to Create responsive Bootstrap 5 image Gallery appeared first on OneStop Shop.

PHP is a high level server side programming language. To upload an image file first you need to update the php.ini file. Open the php.ini file. Search “file_uploads”. Update the line “file_uploads = On”.

Then to upload the file you need to Create HTML. Look at the example below. Here I have a input type=”file” control & a submit button. Both these controls are inside the form element. With form I am using post method to send my image files to the server. Finally after successful uploading showing File Name, Size & Type to the user using a UL li element.

To restrict user on file type to upload I created an array “expensions”. Here you can declare any specific file type you want to allow the user. In this example I allowed “jpeg”,”jpg”,”png”.

During file upload to track the errors I am with one more array “errorlog”. In case of a failure I am displaying the error details using echo function.

Script for PHP upload image

<?php
if(isset($_FILES['uploader'])){

$errorlog = array();

$fileSize = $_FILES['uploader']['size'];
$fileType = $_FILES['uploader']['type'];
$fileTemp = $_FILES['uploader']['tmp_name'];
$fileName = $_FILES['uploader']['name'];

$fileExtension = strtolower(end(explode('.',$_FILES['uploader']['name'])));

$expensions= array("jpeg","jpg","png");

if(in_array($fileExtension,$expensions)=== false){
$errorlog[] = "This file type is not allowed, Select a JPEG or PNG file.";
}

if($fileSize > 2097152){
$errorlog[] = 'Your file size is more than 2 MB. Upload a file less then 2 MB.';
}

if(empty($errors)==true){
move_uploaded_file($fileTemp,"images/".$fileName);
echo "Successfully Uploaded.";
}
else {
print_r($errorlog);
}
}
?>
<html>
<body>
<form action="" method="POST" enctype="multipart/form-data">
<input type="file" name="uploader" />
<input type="submit"/>
<ul>
<li>Sent File - <?php echo $_FILES['uploader']['name']; ?></li>
<li>File Size - <?php echo $_FILES['uploader']['size']; ?></li>
<li>File Type - <?php echo $_FILES['uploader']['type']; ?></li>
</ul>
</form>
</body>
</html>

The post Script for PHP upload image file to Server using move_uploaded_file() appeared first on OneStop Shop.

JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) is a text-based open standard data exchange platform. It is popular due to its easy to use & lightweight to handle. JSON is self-describing & platform independent. Today nearly all advanced languages & third party components supports JSON for data interchange. To open or edit a JSON file you required only a text-editor. Father of JSON is Douglas Crockford. Extension for a JSON file is .json. Media type for JSON is application/json. This JSON Tutorial is special designed for beginners.

How to Create a JSON file?

As we speak above it is very easy to create a JSON file. Open a Notepad & type the following codes. Save it as <Your File Name>.json.

{
"employees": [	
{
"id":"996782",
"name": "Biswabhusan Panda",
"designation": "Project Manager",
"organization": "InfoSys"
},
{
"id":"996787",
"name": "Manoj Pal",
"designation": "Team Lead",
"organization": "Wipro"
}
]
}

In the above example I created a JSON file for employees. Here for each employee I declared 4 columns id, name, designation & organization. Employees is an array object. Here employees array contains 2 elements. I mean details of 2 employee. It can be extend further as per your requirements.

How JSON is different from XML?

During development experienced programmers also get confused about which one they need to choose for data exchange. XML or JSON. Lets us compare JSON with XML. Both these languages have some similarities. XML & JSON both are self-describing & hierarchical. During data binding we can fetch XML or JSON in similar ways. In the following matter JSON is rich compare to XML.

• Like XML tags JSON never required a end tag.
• Compare to XML JSON is more programmer friendly & easy to learn.
• JSON can use Arrays.

Syntax Rule for JSON

JSON Syntax is derived from JAVASCRIPT. To store data in JSON we use key & value pair. To represent each data unique in JSON we use commas. To declare an object according to JSON Syntax rule we need to follow Curly braces. Square brackets hold arrays.

Datatypes JSON Supports

JSON support Number (Integer or Floating points), String, Boolean, Array & Objects. We can also store null value in a JSON objects.

What are the Browsers JSON Supports?

JSON supports Firefox 3.5, Internet Explorer 8, Google Chrome, Opera 10, Safari 4 or above.

How to display data from JSON to HTML page?

Using XMLHttpRequest object you can easily display JSON data in HTML. Once the request send to the server in response you will receive all data in the shape of an Array. Here to display records I am using a string variable in my JS function. After string concatenation inside the for loop I am displaying str contents to div using innerHTML method.

<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<body>
<div id="displayRecords"></div>
<script>
var xmlhttp = new XMLHttpRequest();
var url = "demo.txt";

xmlhttp.onreadystatechange = function() {
if (xmlhttp.readyState == 4 && xmlhttp.status == 200) {
var paramArr = JSON.parse(xmlhttp.responseText);
myFunction(paramArr);
}
};
xmlhttp.open("GET", url, true);
xmlhttp.send();

function myFunction(myArr) {
var str = "";
var i;
for(i = 0; i < myArr.length; i++) {
str += '<a href="' + myArr[i].links + '">' +
myArr[i].tutorial + '</a><br>';
}
document.getElementById("displayRecords").innerHTML = str;
}
</script>
</body>
</html>

The post JSON Tutorial for beginners – Learn JSON with Examples appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Purpose of this session is to share importance of Inheritance. We will discuss about C++ inheritance in short. Also we will discuss the importance different types of inheritance with Example.

What is Inheritance?

Process of inheritance is, “Object of one class can acquire the properties of another class.”. Lets take an example I have a base class “birds”. It has some properties & methods. If I want to distinguish between flying & non-flying birds then these classes can be derived from birds class (As the base class). Because common methods & properties for flying birds & non-flying birds must be there is birds class.

Fig: Example of Inheritance

Example of Inheritance

Inheritance supported by high level languages like c++, java, c sharp, javascript or python. Here to present you a real-time example I am sharing inheritance in js. In the below Codes I have a person class with 4 properties. I am inheriting Teacher class from the base class person. Teacher class has 5 properties. 4 properties from person class and 1 additional property salary.

// Constructor Class
function person(firstname, lastname, age, gender) {
this.name = { firstname, lastname };
this.age = age;
this.gender = gender;
};
// Prototyping Person Class
person.prototype.greeting = function() {
alert('Hi! I\'m ' + this.name.firstname + '.');
};
var personInstance = new person("Bikash", "Dash", 27, "M", 20000);
personInstance.greeting();
// Teacher Class inherits from Person Class
function Teacher(firstname, lastname, age, gender, salary) {
person.call(this, firstname, lastname, age, gender);
this.salary = salary;
}
// To assign Person prototype we have to Create Prototype for Teacher
Teacher.prototype = Object.create(person.prototype);
var newTeacher = new Teacher("Baby", "Roy", 26, "F", 30000);
alert(newTeacher.name["firstname"]);
alert(newTeacher.gender);
// After Teacher.Prototype only this will work
newTeacher.greeting();

Here if we alert(Teacher.prototype.constructor); it will show Person Class Constructor. To display Teacher Class Constructor we have to execute the following line of Code.

Teacher.prototype.constructor = Teacher;

Types of Inheritance

There are 5 types of Inheritance available in Object Oriented Programming (OPPs), Those are as below:

• Single Inheritance
• Multilevel Inheritance
• Multiple Inheritance
• Hierarchical Inheritance
• Hybrid Inheritance

1. Single Inheritance

Single inheritance is very much easy to understand. One class that is derived class extends another class or base class this mechanism is Single inheritance.

Fig: Single Inheritance

Refer to the above example think you have a base class Office. While Creating an Employee Class for Office related properties you can get in Office class. Here two things comes into picture base class & derived class. This scenario is called Single Inheritance.

2. Multilevel Inheritance

One derived class extends from another derived class this mechanism is known as Multilevel Inheritance.

Fig: Multilevel Inheritance

Sometime it happens a derived class brings property from parent of parent class. Lets talk about your Grand Father here your parents are the derived class for your grand father & you are the derived class for your parents. But you have some properties of your Grand Father.

3. Multiple Inheritance

In Multiple Inheritance, there are several base classes with single derived class. The issue with this inheritance is that more than one base class will have to manage by single derived class.

Fig: Multiple Inheritance

In the software projects, Multiple Inheritance is very rarely used. C++ supported the Multiple Inheritance.

4. Hierarchical Inheritance

In Hierarchical Inheritance, one class is inherited by more than one class.

Fig: Hierarchical Inheritance

5. Hybrid Inheritance

Combination of Single Inheritance and Multiple Inheritance are called as Hybrid Inheritance. More than one type of inheritance is used in the different design.

Fig: Hybrid Inheritance

Advantages of Inheritance

• One of the most important advantage of inheritance is “Re-usability”. Don’t need to write similar classes for several instances.
• Data hiding mechanism. Functionality Oriented rather rotate around Codes.
• Inheritance makes application code more flexible to change or update.
• Overriding – We can able to override the base class methods.

The post Different types of Inheritance in OOPs with Example appeared first on OneStop Shop.

You must noticed about the execution of JavaScript in a HTML page. Unless until the execution get finish page act like unresponsive. Some time it also hang your browser where CPU utilization is high. To overtake this problem HTML5 Introduced Web Workers. Using HTML5 web workers we can execute any number of scripts independently in background without affecting the page performance. While a script is executing inside a Web Workers, it cannot access the properties of Document Object Model (DOM). Web Workers allow for long-running scripts that are not interrupted by scripts that respond to clicks or other user interactions.

Example of Web Workers

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" >
<head>
<title>Example of HTML5 Web Worker</title>
</head>
<body>
<div>Count numbers: <output id="showResult"></output></div>
<button onclick="startWebWorker()">Start Web Worker</button>
<button onclick="stopWebWorker()">Stop Web Worker</button>

<p><strong>Note:</strong> IE 9 &amp; pervious versions don't support HTML5 Web Workers.</p>

<script type="text/javascript">
var w;

function startWebWorker() {
if(typeof(Worker) !== "undefined") {
if(typeof(w) == "undefined") {
w = new Worker("web_workers.js");
}
w.onmessage = function(event) {
document.getElementById("showResult").innerHTML = event.data;
};
} else {
document.getElementById("showResult").innerHTML = "Sorry, Please update your Browser...";
}
}

function stopWebWorker() {
w.terminate();
w = undefined;
}
</script>
</body>
</html>

How Web Workers Work?

Using new keyword to initiate a web worker we required the path of a JavaScript file. Which file contains the actual code for operations. In your application if has multiple supporting javascript files, you can import them importScripts() method. Communication between web worker and its parent page is done using the postMessage() method. postMessage() can accept either a JSON object or string as the argument. Message passed by Web Worker is accessible in main page using onmessage event. To stop web worker you can use terminate() method.

How to Create a HTML5 Web Workers File?

Refer to the above example I have the web worker file is web_workers.js. Look at the below example how I created this js file. Normally we use web workers for more CPU intensive tasks not for simple scripts.

var i = 0;
function countDown() {
    i = i + 1;
    postMessage(i);
    setTimeout("countDown()",500);
}
countDown();

Which Browsers does it Supports?

HTML5 Web Workers supported by IE 10, Chrome 4.0, Mozilla Firefox 3.5, Safari 4.0, Opera 11.5 & above versions.

The post Introduction to HTML5 Web Workers with Example appeared first on OneStop Shop.

This document briefly explains about how to send an email with Email with large file more than 32KB of data using oracle. Emails can be sent using built in UTL_SMTP package in Oracle. The mail recipient, subject of the mail and the contents has to be provided. This can be done by the following methods using UTL_SMTP in Oracle.

Opening a new connection for an SMTP server.
UTL_SMTP.OPEN_CONNECTION ();
E.g. v_conn:= UTL_SMTP.OPEN_CONNECTION (‘smtpconnection’);

Initializing the connection.
UTL_SMTP.helo :=();
E.g. UTL_SMTP.helo :=( v_conn,’jharaphula.com’);

Initiates the mail transaction within the SMTP server.
UTL_SMTP.mail :=();
E.g. UTL_SMTP.mail :=( v_conn,’test@jharaphula.com’);

Specifies the recipient of an email message.
UTL_SMTP.rcpt ();
E.g. UTL_SMTP.rcpt (‘to@jharaphula.com’);

Creating a new session to write an email.
UTL_SMTP.open_data ();
E.g. UTL_SMTP.open_data (v_conn);

Writing an e-mail message using the above session.
UTL_SMTP.write_data ();
E.g. UTL_SMTP.write_data (v_conn, ’body’);

Closing the session once the email message has finished writing.
UTL_SMTP.close_data ();
E.g. UTL_SMTP.close_data (v_conn);

Closes the SMTP Connection.
UTL_SMTP.quit ();
E.g. UTL_SMTP.quit (v_conn);

During Email large file Problem Faced

The content of the email is stored in a variable with VARCHAR data type. The length of varchar is 32kb. If the content exceeds more than 32Kb the following error occurs “ORA-06502: PL/SQL: numeric or value error: character string buffer too small” error.

We can use CLOB data type which can hold data up to 4 GB. Using CLOB, we will be able to write the email with the content of 4 GB without any errors. However while sending an email using UTL_SMTP.write method, the same error occurs. (“ORA-06502: PL/SQL: numeric or value error: character string buffer too small”). This is because, UTL_SMTP.write method does not allow to write the content of the size more than 32kb at a time.

Resolution

The below steps will help us to avoid the issue.

When an email body content exceeds 32kb, it can be split and stored in an array variable of varchar data type. Then the array count can be used to loop the same and data can be written into the email using UTL_SMTP.write method.

The UTL_SMTP.write method allows to write 32kb of data at a time and it will concatenate the content of the email before sending.

// declaring array variable
DECLARE  
TYPE arr IS VARRAY (5) of VARCHAR (32000);
V_body                 VARCHAR (32000);
V_body_array        arr: = arr (5);
V_count                NUMBER;
V_counter             NUMBER: =1;
V_conn                 UTL_SMTP.CONNECTION;
V_arrlen               NUMBER;

// Split the mail content to store it in an array variable when the limit exceeds 32KB.
FOR CONDITION 
LOOP
V_body=<email content>;
V_count:=V_body. Length;
IF V_count >= 30000 THEN
V_body_array. Extend;
V_body_array (v_counter):= v_body;
V_counter:= v_counter +1;
V_count:=0;
V_body:= null;
END IF;
END LOOP;

//initializing the counter
V_counter:=1;
//get array count to assign the variable
V_arrlen:= V_body_array. Count;

//Using while loop to write the data to the UTL_SMTP based on the array count.
WHILE V_arrlen >0  
LOOP
UTL_SMTP.write_data (V_conn, V_body_array (V_counter));
V_counter:= V_counter +1;
V_arrlen:= V_arrlen -1;
END LOOP;

The post How to Email large file (more than 32KB) using Oracle? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Strings are a fundamental data type in programming, and manipulating them efficiently is crucial for web development. jQuery, a fast and concise JavaScript library, simplifies string operations by providing built-in methods and utilities. While jQuery itself does not introduce new string functions, it leverages JavaScript’s native string methods and enhances DOM manipulation, making string handling more intuitive. This article explores common string operations in jQuery, their applications, and best practices.

I remember those day when I am a fresher to programming. To complete my assignments related to string operations I always take help from Google. Sometime to find out a Syntax or Sometime for an Examples. In my view string operations are little bit confusing to freshers. During programming there are several possibilities to do with a string. Some of them are String Concatenation, Finding the position of a Character in a String, Split or retrieve few part of the String.

Let me explain a senario here where you need string operation. Assume from your database you are fetching product descriptions for each products in a HTML page. During this you don’t want to show whole the product description texts. As per the customer you need to show first 40 charecters from product description string. In this case you need to go for string operations using string functions like substr or substring to extract a part of the string.

List of JQuery String Functions

In this session for beginner of Jquery to make their journey easier I am explaining all the Jquery String Functions in details. The programming language I used here is Jquery. But keep remember theoretically fundamentals of String Operations are same for all languages. In implementation only Syntax’s are differ.

charAt(n)

In a String array to know the Character of a specific index we use charAt() function. Let’s take an example you have a string “THIS IS A TABLE.”. In this String if I want to know the Character of index 3 charAt() function can did that. Look the example below.

var myStr = "THIS IS A TABLE.";
var ch = myStr.charAt(3);

Output will be : S

charAt() function accepts integer value as the param & returns String Character. charAt(n) calculates index starting from 0.

String Function charCodeAt(n)

charCodeAt() works similarly like chatAt() function. The only difference is while charAt() returns Character of a specific index charCodeAt() returns Unicode of the Character. Look at the example below.

var myStr = "THIS IS A TABLE.";
var ch = myStr.charCodeAt(1);

Output will be : 72

72 is the Unicode for Capital H. charCodeAt() accepts integer as the param & returns Unicode value.

concat(string1, string2, .., stringN)

String Concatenation is a very common used String operation. Let’s take a case where in two variables you are getting name of a person. First Name & Last Name. In this case to display the whole name we required to do string Concatenation operation. Look at the example below.

var strFirstName = "Biswabhusan ";
var strLastName = "Panda";
var wlcmMsg = "You are welcome!";
var ch = strFirstName.concat(strLastName, " ", wlcmMsg);

Output will be : Biswabhusan Panda You are welcome!

Using Jquery concat() method (Originally derived from JavaScript ) you can concatenate n number of strings. This method accepts n number of strings as parameters. To apply this method choose the first string variable & then concatenate others.

fromCharCode(n1, n2, …, nX)

Refer to the method name fromCharCode() it Converts Unicode value to Character. This is a static method of String object. To use this method you can use String.fromCharCode(). Look at the example below.

var ch = String.fromCharCode(67);

Output will be : C

This function accepts n number of Unicode values.

String Function indexOf(searchvalue, [start])

indexOf() method returns the position of a specific value in a string. It return -1 if the value not found in string. While checking the value in string this method considers uppercase & lowercase characters. Using this method we can know whether a specific word exist in the string or not. Look at the example below.

var myStr="Hello, You are welcome to the my blog.";
var ch=myStr.indexOf("welcome");

Output will be : 14

indexOf() accepts 2 parameters. First parameter is the keyword you want to search in the string. Second parameter is from which index you want to search rest of the string. By default this is 0. 0 means you are searching the string from the beginning.

lastIndexOf(searchvalue, [start])

lastIndexOf() method work in similar fashion of indexOf() method. The only difference is it shows the searched value position at the last occurrence of the string. For an example if in a String “welcome” appears two times lastIndexOf() method returns the 2nd occurrence of welcome. If searched value not exist in the string it returns -1. This is case sensitive. Welcome is not equal to welcome. While returning the index it counts from the beginning of the string.

var myStr="This is Biswabhusan Panda, You can only Call Biswabhusan.";
var ch=myStr.lastIndexOf("Biswabhusan");

Output will be : 44

lastIndexOf() accepts 2 parameters like indexOf() method. First parameter is the keyword you want to search in the string. Second parameter is from which index you want to search rest of the string. By default this is 0. 0 means you are searching the string from the beginning.

substr(start, [length])

substr() string function used to retrieve part of a string. This function accepts 2 parameters start & length in integer value. Start says from which index you want the part of the string. Length is the number of characters you want from the start index. Let’s take an example. I have a string “My Car is blue.”. In this string if I am applying substr(2, 3) it will return Car.

var myStr="My Car is blue.";
var ch=myStr.substr(2, 3);

Output will be : Car

Popular String Function substring(from, [to])

substring() works similarly like substr(). But while substr() accepts Start & Length as the parameters substring() accepts From & To. From is the index from which you want your part of the string. To is the index upto which you want to retrieve in part of the string. Let’s take the same example as shown in substr. You can see the difference while substr(2, 3) return “Car” substring(2, 3) will return “C”.

var myStr="My Car is blue.";
var ch=myStr.substring(2, 3);

Output will be : C

toLowerCase()

toLowerCase() converts uppercase letters to lowercase. If in a string you have mix of upper & lower case letter this function will return that string in lowercase only.

var myStr="Biswabhusan";
var ch = myStr.toLowerCase();

Output will be : biswabhusan

toUpperCase()

toUpperCase() converts lowercase letters to uppercase. If in a string you have mix of upper & lower case letter this function will return that string in uppercase only.

var myStr="Biswabhusan";
var ch = myStr.toUpperCase();

Output will be : BISWABHUSAN

match(regexp)

match() function accepts regular expression & returns the matches as an Array Object. Look at the example below.

var myStr="The rain in SPAIN stays mainly in the plain";
var ch=myStr.match(/ain/g);

Output will be : ain, ain, ain

replace(searchvalue, newvalue)

replace() function is one more very useful function of string operation. In-case in a string if you want to replace some characters with another characters this function helps. It accepts 2 parameters. First parameter is the search value & second parameter is the replacement for search value. Look at the example below.

var myStr="This is an awesome Blog.";
var ch = myStr.replace("awesome ","interesting ");

Output will be : This is an interesting Blog.

search(searchvalue)

search() method help to search a specific value in a string. If search value exists in the string it returns the index or else if string doesn’t contain the value it returns -1.

var myStr = "Welcome to my Blog!";
var ch = myStr.search("my");

Output will be : 11

slice(start, [end])

slice() method extract part of the string in a new string. It accepts 2 parameters start & end. Depending upon start & end value it returns the new string.

var myStr = "Visit Jquery Blog!";
var n = myStr.slice(6, 12);

Output will be : Jquery

String Function split(separator, [limit])

split() method used to divide a string from a specific character. It returns sub-strings in array. Split method accepts 2 parameters. Separator & limit. In separator if you use empty char “” it will divide all characters individually as a sub-string. Limit is always an integer value which specifies the number of splits.

var myStr = "How are you doing today?";
var arr = myStr.split(" ",3);

Output will be : How,are,you

Best Practices

1. Use Native JavaScript Methods – jQuery does not replace JavaScript’s string functions.
2. Sanitize Inputs – Prevent XSS by escaping user-generated content.
3. Optimize Loops – Avoid excessive string operations in loops.
4. Leverage ES6 Features – Use template literals for cleaner code.

Conclusion

jQuery enhances string manipulation by simplifying DOM interactions, but it relies on JavaScript’s native string methods. Understanding these functions—such as `substring()`, `trim()`, and regex—enables efficient text processing in web applications. By combining jQuery’s DOM utilities with JavaScript’s string capabilities, developers can build dynamic, user-friendly interfaces. Mastering these techniques ensures robust and maintainable code for modern web development.

The post JQuery String Functions (Replace, Substr, IndexOf, lastIndexOf, Substring, …) appeared first on OneStop Shop.

As a web developer you must aware of today web is more friendly to mobile users. Refer to Google Analytics reports more number of users are using mobile devices to visit web. On way of web optimization mobile friendly behavior is mandatory. To look into the above team of JQuery developers come with JQuery Mobile framework. The mantra “Write less, Do more.” is application to JQuery Mobile. JQuery Mobile is a HTML5 based UI framework to develop mobile friendly responsive web pages. Read below Jquery Mobile Tutorial to get started with Jquery Mobile Framework.

Advantages of Jquery Mobile

One of the primary benefits of jQuery Mobile is its efficiency. With fewer lines of code required to achieve desirable functionalities, developers can save significant time without sacrificing quality. This streamlined approach not only speeds up the development process but also allows for easier debugging and maintenance. The simpler the code, the more manageable it is to fix bugs and make updates, which ultimately leads to a more robust final product.

Another notable feature of jQuery Mobile is its strong support for all the latest browsers. In today’s diverse technological landscape, users access applications across a wide range of platforms and devices. jQuery Mobile ensures that developers can create applications that look and function beautifully on any modern browser, enhancing accessibility and user satisfaction. This cross-browser compatibility helps reduce the workload, as developers do not have to create separate versions of an application for each browser.

• With less line of Code you achieve dream functionalities.
• Easy to debug & maintain.
• Supports all latest browsers.
• Qualified with responsive behaviors.
• Jquery mobile is a Touch Optimized mobile framework.
• Jquery mobile works for all popular tablets & smartphones.
• Available to million Global users & programmer friendly forums.
• Plenty of Queries are resolved in Stack Overflow.

To get started with Jquery Mobile you need to download Jquery Mobile library from https://jquerymobile.com. Or else you can use CDN links as below.

<link rel="stylesheet" href="http://code.jquery.com/mobile/1.4.5/jquery.mobile-1.4.5.min.css" />
<script src="http://code.jquery.com/jquery-1.11.1.min.js"></script>
<script src="http://code.jquery.com/mobile/1.4.5/jquery.mobile-1.4.5.min.js"></script>

N.B. In script tag I ignored to use type=”text/javascript”. This is because of in HTML5 default script language is javascript. We don’t need to declare this manually.

Get Started with Jquery Mobile Tutorial

The wide adoption of jQuery Mobile is also backed by its thriving community. As an open-source project, it boasts a vast number of global users and a community of developers willing to share insights and solutions. Places like Stack Overflow serve as valuable resources, where developers can ask questions and find answers to a plethora of common queries. This collaborative environment not only enriches individual learning experiences but also accelerates problem-solving, leading to higher-quality applications.

To write your first Jquery mobile app you need to refer Jquery mobile CSS, JS & Jquery libraries in the head section of HTML. Including this to ensure proper rendering for touch & zooming functionalities you required to add the following meta tag.

<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">

This meta tag says content width by default must be equal to the resolution of device & initial-scale make confirm the initial zoom must be 100%.

Structure of a JQuery Mobile Page

<html>
<head>
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="http://code.jquery.com/mobile/1.4.5/jquery.mobile-1.4.5.min.css">
<script src="http://code.jquery.com/jquery-1.11.1.min.js"></script>
<script src="http://code.jquery.com/mobile/1.4.5/jquery.mobile-1.4.5.min.js"></script>
</head>
<body>
<div data-role="page">
<div data-role="header">
<h2>Mobile Homepage</h2>
</div>
<div data-role="main" class="ui-content">
<p>My First JQuery Mobile App!</p>
</div>
<div data-role="footer">
<h2>Footer</h2>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

In the above code data-role is used to describe the portion of the page. data-role=”header” says the block of code we required to write for header part of the page. Similarly body contents the content & footer contains the footer message like copy rights. In Jquery mobile data-* attribute is used to make “touch-friendly” web pages. To use a page as dialog we need to declare data-dialog=”true”.

JQuery Mobile Transition Effects

In the world of mobile web development, user experience is paramount. A key to fostering smooth navigation is through the use of transition effects. jQuery Mobile, a popular framework for developing mobile-friendly websites, offers an array of transition effects that can significantly enhance the way users interact with your application. In this article, we will explore what jQuery Mobile transition effects are, the types available, and how to implement them for a better user experience.

Transition effects serve to provide visual cues as users navigate from one page to another. They help make the interaction feel seamless, allowing users to understand that they are moving in and out of content. When implemented correctly, these effects can make your application feel more dynamic and engaging.

During we travel from one page to other page transition effects are very useful. Jquery mobile supports various kind of Transition effects. These are fade, flip, flow, pop, slide, slidefade, slideup, slidedown, turn & none. To implement transition effect in Jquery Mobile we need to add data-transition attribute with effect types. For an example:

<div data-role="main" class="ui-content">
<p>Click on the link to watch flip effect.</p>
<a href="#secondpage" data-transition="flip">Flip to second Page</a>
</div>

JQuery Mobile Buttons

JQuery mobile buttons can be created in 3 ways. Using HTML input type, Using button tag with CSS Class “ui-btn” & anchor tag with CSS Class “ui-btn”. Look at the sample buttons below.

<input type="button" value="Button Label">
<button class="ui-btn">Button Label</button>
<a href="#link" class="ui-btn">Button Label</a>

ui-btn is a per-defined class of Jquery Mobile. To create group of buttons using jquery mobile you required to keep all your buttons inside a div. For that div add an attribute data-role=”controlgroup”.

To create a back button in Jquery mobile you can refer data-rel=”back” attribute. Look at the example below.

<a href="#" class="ui-btn" data-rel="back">Go Back</a>

Similarly to create inline buttons you need to add class=”ui-btn ui-btn-inline” with your anchor link.

JQuery Mobile Buttons Icons

Incorporating icons into buttons using the jQuery Mobile framework not only enhances the visual aesthetics of your mobile application but also improves the overall user experience. By utilizing the `ui-icon` class, developers can create intuitive, user-friendly interfaces that are easy to navigate. Whether you’re building an app for a small business or a large enterprise, leveraging jQuery Mobile’s icon capabilities can make a significant difference in how users interact with your application. So, start experimenting with button icons in your next project and see the positive impact they can have!

Like BootStrap vector graphics Jquery mobile framework provides various icons for buttons. To add an icon with your button you need to refer ui-icon class. Look at the example below.

<a href="#link" class="ui-btn ui-icon-search">Search</a>

Please find the list of common used icons & there class names in Jquery Mobile.

To position icons you can use ui-btn-icon-top, ui-btn-icon-right, ui-btn-icon-left & ui-btn-icon-bottom classes.

JQuery Mobile Navigation Bar

Creating a navigation bar in jQuery Mobile is straightforward thanks to the `data-role=”navbar”` attribute. With just a few lines of code, you can create an interactive and user-friendly navigation interface for your mobile web application. Understanding and implementing this feature will not only improve your app’s usability but also enhance the overall user experience. As you become more familiar with jQuery Mobile, you’ll find numerous other ways to optimize your projects effectively.

By simply adding data-role=”navbar” attribute you can create navigation bar in Jquery mobile. Look at the example below.

<div data-role="header">
<div data-role="navbar">
<ul>
<li><a href="#homelink">Home</a></li>
<li><a href="#secodnpagelink">Second Page</a></li>
<li><a href="#search">Search</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>

As a beginner these are the basics to get started with JQuery Mobile framework. If you want to read more in details please refer http://jquerymobile.com/demos/.

The post Jquery Mobile Tutorial for Beginners with Examples appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Email is a cost effective solution to send & receive massages faster & secure. In web application development sending mail is a very common activity. Whether a on-line job consultancy or an employee management system every where you required email facility. Email is a derived technology of postal service. To send an mail we required To, From at minimum. To means who is going to receive the mail & from is the sender.

Among many web development programming languages PHP is popular. It required open source environment to execute. The cause the server cost is less in PHP, compare to other web development technologies. In PHP to send a mail there is a mail() function. Look at the syntax below.

mail(to,subject,message,headers,parameters);

PHP mail() function accepts 5 parameters. First parameter is to whom you want to send the mail. This value is an email id. Next parameter is subject, here you can mention the Title of your message. This param accepts String value. Third parameter is the real message. These 3 parameters are mandatory. Rest 2 headers & parameters are optional. Headers specify the additional headers like Content-type, From, CC & BCC. Last param specify additional parameters to send mail function.

Normally two types of mails we send Text & HTML based. To send text mail when declaring message for mail() function you need to add pure texts like $message = “This mail body contains simple text message.”;. But in case you want to send a mail with HTML format in this case if you have a small message you can do in-line HTML while declaring $message. If your message is bigger it was advisable to define a string variable & concatenate HTML entries with message characters. Additionally in header declare content-type to text/html. Look at the example below.

Example to send HTML format Mail using PHP

<html>
<head>
<title>Send HTML format mail using PHP</title>
</head>
<body>
<?php
$to = "admin@jharaphula.com";
$subject = "Demo PHP mail Function";
$message = "<b>I am a regular reader of jharaphula.</b>";
$message .= "<h2>This is the Header.</h2>";
$header = "From:customer@yourdomain.com \r\n";
$header = "Cc:panda.biswabhusan@gmail.com \r\n";
$header .= "MIME-Version: 1.0\r\n";
$header .= "Content-type: text/html\r\n";
$sendMail = mail ($to, $subject, $message, $header);
if($sendMail == true)
{
echo "Your email sent successfully.";
}
else
{
echo "Email could not be sent.";
}
?>
</body>
</html>

Example to send text Mail using PHP

<html>
<head>
<title>Send text mail using PHP</title>
</head>
<body>
<?php
$to = "admin@jharaphula.com";
$subject = "Demo PHP mail Function";
$message = "I am a regular reader of jharaphula. This is a text msg.";
$header = "From:customer@yourdomain.com \r\n";
$sendMail = mail ($to, $subject, $message, $header);
if($sendMail == true)
{
echo "Your email sent successfully.";
}
else
{
echo "Email could not be sent.";
}
?>
</body>
</html>

During we send a mail we not only send the content but also some time we required to send attachments. Your attachment can be a file or an image too. So let us know how to send attachment using php mail() function.

To send an attachment first thing is to define is the content-type to multipart/mixed. Using this mail function will know that the email you are going to send is with an attachment. Then the next thing is when send a file over network to make the file transfer secure you can use php base64_encode() function. Look at the below example.

Sending attachment using PHP mail function

<html>
<head>
<title>Send attachment based email using PHP</title>
</head>
<body>
<?php
$to = "admin@jharaphula.com";
$subject = "This is a demo mail";
$message = "This message contents file attachment.";
# Using PHP file funtion Open the file.
$file = fopen( "/tmp/demo.txt", "r" );
if($file == false)
{
echo "Error in file. Unable to Open.";
exit();
}
# Read the file and store the content into a variable
$fsize = filesize("/tmp/demo.txt");
$fcontent = fread($file, $fsize);

# encode the data for secure transaction and insert \r\n after every 76 chars.
$encoded_Con = chunk_split(base64_encode($fcontent));

# Generate a random 32 bit number using time() function and md5 algorithm.
$number = md5(time());

$header = "From:customer@yourdomain.com\r\n";
$header .= "MIME-Version: 1.0\r\n";
$header .= "Content-Type: multipart/mixed; ";
$header .= "boundary=$number\r\n";
$header .= "--$number\r\n";

# Define the header information for message section
$header .= "Content-Type: text/plain\r\n";
$header .= "Content-Transfer-Encoding:8bit\r\n\n";
$header .= "$message\r\n";
$header .= "--$number\r\n";

# Define the header information for attachment section
$header .= "Content-Type:  multipart/mixed; ";
$header .= "name=\"demo.txt\"\r\n";
$header .= "Content-Transfer-Encoding:base64\r\n";
$header .= "Content-Disposition:attachment; ";
$header .= "filename=\"demo.txt\"\r\n\n";
$header .= "$encoded_Con\r\n";
$header .= "--$number--";

$sendMail = mail ($to, $subject, "", $header);
if($sendMail == true)
{
echo "Your email sent successfully.";
}
else
{
echo "Email could not be sent.";
}
?>
</body>
</html>

The post PHP Mail Function to Send Email & Encoded attachments appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Twitter BootStrap is an advanced HTML, CSS & JAVASCRIPT framework to develop responsive & mobile friendly web-pages. It is open source & free to use Commercially. To Getting Started with BootStrap you can download the latest version from http://getbootstrap.com. Do you explored the file structures of BootStrap? It contain 3 major folders CSS, Fonts & JS.

CSS

Inside CSS folder you can found bootstrap.css. This is the file where many per-defined CSS classes are there. These classes are Optimized to render on any resolution. Generally when we develop an application we create a main.css file. Which contains 90% common & random used CSS classes. The same concept is reflected on bootstrap.css.

JS

JS folder contains bootstrap.js file. Like CSS file this JS file contains some per-defined JAVASCRIPT functions. Using BootStrap JS you can do Transitions, Modal, Dropdown, Scrollspy, Tab, Tooltip etc.

FONTS

In this section Glyphicons comes into picture. Bootstrap included 245 more glyphs from the Glyphicon Halflings set to use in developing RWD (Responsive Web Design), mobile-first web pages & Web applications.

A native approach built into bootstrap Glyphicons are useful in develop of the smoothly front-end web development but attractive and rich visual interface. Normally web developers are uses the hard-coded images on front end it causes the page loading & page size. Compare to image use of these vector graphics give better performance. Glyphicons in UI development gives better quality deliverable icon set which renders in all the cross browsers & devices.

Glyphicons comes inside fonts folder of BootStrap. BootStrap provides following types of Glyphicons font files.

glyphicons-halflings-regular.eot
glyphicons-halflings-regular.svg
glyphicons-halflings-regular.ttf
glyphicons-halflings-regular.woff
glyphicons-halflings-regular.woff2

To use the Glyphicons, simply use the following class. Keep remember for an example you want to show an search icon near a text box. In this place to use “glyphicon-search” class first use “glyphicon” as the parent class then refer to parent class using the child class glyphicon-search. Else only glyphicon-search will not work.

Example to use BootStrap Glyphicon classes

<span Class="glyphicon glyphicon-search"></span>

* Mostly recommended html tag for Glyphicons is <span>.

The disadvantages of image methods

• We couldn’t change the color of the icons.
• We couldn’t change the background-color of the icons.
• We couldn’t change the icon size.
• It may causes in the page loading and becomes heavy in page size.

So instead of image method web developers moved to use Font-based icons, as this used SVG vector icons which don’t having such circumstances. Glyphicons use the font based icons method.

BootStrap Glyphicons key advantages

• Scalable – works nicely regardless of client device’s resolution.
• Can change the color with CSS.
• Can make animation using CSS.
• Can add blow, gloom, and any other CSS property.
• Can increase the icon size by increasing the font-size.
• Can change icons font by changing font-family in CSS.

@font-face {
font-family: 'Glyphicons Halflings';
src: url('../fonts/glyphicons-halflings-regular.eot'#mz);
src: url('../fonts/glyphicons-halflings-regular.eot?#iefix') format('embedded-opentype'), url('../fonts/glyphicons-halflings-regular.woff'#mz) format('woff'), url('../fonts/glyphicons-halflings-regular.ttf') format('truetype'), url('../fonts/glyphicons-halflings-regular.svg#glyphicons_halflingsregular') format('svg');
}

CSS connects to font as “.glyphicon” base class.

.glyphicon {
position: relative;
top: 1px;
display: inline-block;
font-family: 'Glyphicons Halflings';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: normal;
}

it uses an separate base class which connect to a Uni-code.

.glyphicon-envelop:before {
content: "\2709";
}

Note: Internet Explorer 8 and 9 are works, however, please be aware that some CSS3 properties and HTML5 elements are not fully working by these browsers. In addition, Internet Explorer 8 need to add of Respond.js to allow to bear with CSS media queries.

<!-- HTML5 shim and Respond.js for IE8 support of HTML5 elements and media queries -->
<!-- WARNING: Respond.js doesn't work if you view the page via file:// -->
<!--[if lt IE 9]>
<script src="https://oss.maxcdn.com/html5shiv/3.7.2/html5shiv.min.js"></script>
<script src="https://oss.maxcdn.com/respond/1.4.2/respond.min.js"></script>
<![endif]-->

The post How to use Twitter BootStrap Glyphicons Vector Graphics? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

XML is a lightweight platform independent technology to describe data & HTML is responsible to display data as per the user demand. Let’s take a case where you have your employee’s data in a XML file. During development in a HTML page you want to display details of your employees in html table. Here JavaScript & XMLHttpRequest object comes into picture. Yes using JavaScript we can easily bind data from XML to HTML table.

Look at the below example here I have an xml file “employeeDetails.xml” which contain data related employees. In index.html I want to display these data’s in html table. To do show in index.html I implemented some JavaScript. In side script block first I am creating an object for XMLHttpRequest then using its open method fetching data from the xml file. Then from the response object to get each record I am using getElementsByTagName method. Where tag name is the employeeDetails attribute from XML file. After getting employee details executing a loop to fetch all the records. To create table using document.write method & inside the respective tr & td added XML node values.

xml-to-html-table.htm

<html>
<head>
<style>
table, th, td {
border: thin solid gray;
padding: 5px;
text-align: left;
border-collapse: collapse;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript">
if (window.XMLHttpRequest)
{
// for IE7+, Firefox, Google Chrome & Safari
xmlhttp=new XMLHttpRequest();
}
else
{
// for IE6, IE5.
xmlhttp=new ActiveXObject("Microsoft.XMLHTTP");
}
xmlhttp.open("GET","employeeDetails.xml",false);
xmlhttp.send();
xmlDoc=xmlhttp.responseXML;
&nbsp;
document.write("<table><tr><th>Name</th><th>Designation</th><th>Salary</th></tr>");
var records=xmlDoc.getElementsByTagName("employee");
for (i=0;i<records.length;i++)
{
document.write("<tr><td>");
document.write(records[i].getElementsByTagName("Name")[0].childNodes[0].nodeValue);
document.write("</td><td>");
document.write(records[i].getElementsByTagName("Designation")[0].childNodes[0].nodeValue);
document.write("</td><td>");
document.write(records[i].getElementsByTagName("Salary")[0].childNodes[0].nodeValue);
document.write("</td></tr>");
}
document.write("</table>");
</script>
&nbsp;
</body>
</html>
&nbsp;

employeeDetails.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<company>
<employee>
<Name>Biswabhusan Panda</Name>
<Age>32</Age>
<Designation>Sr. Process Lead</Designation>
<Salary>56000</Salary>
</ employee>
< employee>
<Name>Shilpa Ghose</Name>
<Age>23</Age>
<Designation>HRM</Designation>
<Salary>26000</Salary>
</ employee>
< employee>
<Name>Jaya Mishra</Name>
<Age>35</Age>
<Designation>Sr. Technical Lead</Designation>
<Salary>76000</Salary>
</ employee>
</ company >

The post Using XMLHttpRequest How to Bind Data from XML to HTML Table? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

XML stands for Extensible Markup Language. Extensible means user can defined his own tag. XML was designed by W3C (World Wide Web Consortium). XML is not a programming language it is a text based markup language to store & define data. XML was derived from Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML). It is open standard & free to use commercially. For beginners here we are presenting Online XML Tutorial. Learn XML, it’s easy.

Use & Advantages of XML

• For large websites XML work behind the scene to simplify the creation of HTML documents.
• XML is flexible to store & organize data.
• Style-sheet can easily merge with XML to create any kind of look n feel.
• XML can be used for reloading & off-loading data from databases.
• Any kind of data type can be presented using XML.
• XML is a lightweight & platform independent technology.

Introduction to XML Syntax

To start with a XML document the first statement is declaration. In declaration you need to define the version & encoding type for XML. Keep remember XML is case-sensitive. <?xml> is not same as <?XML>.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

Then in body you have tags & elements. Look at the example below.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<employee>
<name>Biswabhusan Panda</name>
<organization>Vijayshanti Infotech (p) Ltd.</organization>
<mobile>9096266548</mobile>
</employee>

Here you can notice there are two kind of information. One is tag & other one is data. I mean under employee tag we have 3 elements name, organization & mobile. Each element contains some data. While reading XML this root node relationship helps in data binding.

Syntax Rule for XML

1. Element Syntax – While creating a element like tag never forget to close the tag. Always check start & end tag must be identical. For an example for element <name> there must be </name>. XML element name can contain any alphanumeric characters.

2. Nested Elements – XML supports nested elements. While creating maintain correct hierarchy.

3. Root Element – An XML document can have only one root element. Inside the root element you can have nested elements. Root Element is similar like database name. This is the unique entry through which you can retrieve data from your XML document.

4. Case-Sensitive – XML is case-sensitive. <name> is not equal to <Name>.

5. Rule for Attributes – Attribute specify single property of an element. Same attribute can’t have more then one value. Attributes comes with key value pair. While assigning a value to attribute use quotation mark. For an example encoding=”UTF-8″.

6. XML Text – To avoid character encoding problems don’t forget to declare encoding type in your XML file. Whitespace characters (line-breaks, blanks & tabs) must be ignored. Few characters are reserved by the XML syntax itself. So they cannot be used directly. For example < in place of this you can use & lt;.

7. Comments in XML – To add comment in your XML file you can use <-- Your Comments -->.

XML Tree

To prepare a valid XML document its mandatory to follow XML tree structure. Any XML document must contains a parent element which is called root. Followed by root element child & sub-child elements can be added. For an example if I want to display a persona information you can do like the below.

<person>
<name>Biswabhusan</name>
<designation>Sr. Process Lead</designation>
<address>
<city>Pune</city>
<state>Maharashtra</state>
<country>India</country>
</address>
</person>

Here person is the root element. Name, Designation & Address are the child elements. Under Address City, State & Country are the sub-child elements.

XML DTD (Document Type Definition)

XML is a data exchange platform. During data exchange DTD is the technique which helps to validate data for a well formatted XML. DTD can be declare in 2 ways Internally with a XML Document or Externally using a *.dtd file. Using DTD you can verify input data for your XML file. Look at the example below.

Internal DTD

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE employee [
<!ELEMENT employee (name,age,salary,description)>
<!ELEMENT name (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT age (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT salary (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT description (#PCDATA)>
]>
<employee>
<name>Biswabhusan</name>
<age>32</age>
<salary>45,000</salary>
<description>This is only for Sr. Team Leads.</description>
</employee>

#PCDATA means parse-able text data.

External DTD

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE note SYSTEM "external.dtd">
<employee>
<name>Biswabhusan</name>
<age>32</age>
<salary>45,000</salary>
<description>This is only for Sr. Team Leads.</description>
</employee>

external.dtd

<!ELEMENT employee (name,age,salary,description)>
<!ELEMENT name (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT age (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT salary (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT description (#PCDATA)>

The post Learn XML with our Online free XML Tutorial for beginners appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Tools are helpful to save developers time. Looking into the demand of web technology everyday many new tools comes into the market. Among these tools Firebug is a popular one. Using Firebug a web developers can easily monitor, debug or edit HTML, CSS, JAVASCRIPT or Jquery codes. To install Firebug you can download the latest version from https://getfirebug.com/downloads/. Also you can install Firebug as an addon in Mozilla Firefox. To do this go to Tools > Addons or press CTRL + ALT + A. Search Firebug & install. After successful installation restart your browser. Then press F12 to open Firebug. In below read our manual to get started.

There are various tabs available in default window of Firebug. Console, HTML, CSS, Script, DOM & NET. Using Console you can see the error or you can watch value of a print statement. HTML tab will show you the current page HTML source code. Here you can add or edit HTML in real-time. CSS & Script tabs is similar to HTML tab functionality. Using this tabs you can watch related CSS & JS files. If multiple CSS or JS files attached to your page you can use dropdownlist (shown in top bar) to select the required file. DOM tab presents Document object model hierarchy. Net tab is useful to track network related responses.

How to use Firebug?

Firebug was a powerful web development tool that allowed developers to inspect, edit, and debug HTML, CSS, and JavaScript in real time. Integrated as a browser add-on for Mozilla Firefox, it provided a crucial set of utilities for front-end developers, enabling them to analyze and optimize their web applications efficiently.

1. Without interacting with the real source code you can use inspect elements to edit HTML & CSS. This process saves lot of time & efforts. Also it reduces the chance of risk to work directly with files. In case you want to test some HTML or CSS related changes you can do this in real-time using Firebug. Once changes are done properly you can copy the codes to related files.

Let’s take a case where you want to adjust a div height just similar to an image height. In this case without using Firebug you need to measure the image height & then you will update the height for the div. But using firebug you can update the height attribute in real-time. When the height will look similar you can copy that value to your code file. This approach is programmers friendly & saves time.

2. During development some time it is difficult to know where CSS boxes are located. In this case Firebug is very helpful. Firebug has its own eyes. While you select the block of code it will show you how much areas the CSS box model affects in your HTML. Look at the below image you will get idea how it works.

3. To optimize a web page it is mandatory to observe network activity. I mean which process or resource takes how much memory & time to load. Firebug is rich with this facility. Using its network monitoring tool you can easily know which thread breaks performance. To guide you how to perform network checking look at the below image.

Using Firebug network observation tool you can know the Status (Request is Fail or Passed), From which domain response backs, Size of the file & Timeline (How much time the resource need to load).

4. One more advanced feature of Firebug is it provides JAVASCRIPT & Jquery debugger. While you run a HTML file this tool will show you how many JAVASCRIPT files are related to that particular HTML page. If in any JS file you want to know the execution you can set breakpoints & debug like a professional debugger.

5. During web development unknowingly we left many errors in page. Thanks to Firebug which helps to detect all those error for a error free web page. To know about the list of errors you page has. Go to Console window & all errors tab.

6. The Document Object Model (DOM) is a great big hierarchy of objects & functions just waiting to be tickled by JavaScript. Firebug helps you find DOM objects quickly and then edit them on the fly.

Features of Firebug

1. HTML Inspection and Editing Firebug allowed users to inspect and modify HTML elements on a live webpage. By hovering over elements in the browser, developers could see the corresponding HTML structure in the Firebug panel. They could also edit HTML on the fly, with changes reflected immediately in the browser.

2. CSS Debugging and Live Editing The add-on provided a detailed view of CSS rules applied to any element. Developers could modify styles in real time, enabling quick experimentation without altering the source files. This feature was particularly useful for fine-tuning layouts and troubleshooting styling issues.

3. JavaScript Debugging Firebug included a robust JavaScript debugger with breakpoints, step-through execution, and variable inspection. Developers could pause script execution, examine call stacks, and identify errors efficiently, making it easier to diagnose and fix bugs.

4. Network Monitoring The Net panel in Firebug displayed all HTTP requests made by a webpage, including load times, response codes, and data sizes. This helped developers optimize performance by identifying slow-loading resources or unnecessary requests.

5. DOM Inspection The Document Object Model (DOM) panel provided a structured view of the webpage’s DOM tree. Developers could explore properties and methods of JavaScript objects, aiding in debugging and scripting.

6. Console for Logging and Testing Firebug’s console allowed developers to log messages, run JavaScript commands, and test snippets of code directly within the browser. It also displayed errors and warnings, making it easier to track issues.

Advantages of using Firebug

Real-Time Feedback

One of the most significant advantages of Firebug is its ability to provide real-time feedback during web development. Unlike traditional debugging tools that require constant page refreshes, Firebug allows developers to inspect and modify HTML, CSS, and JavaScript on the fly. This immediate feedback loop accelerates the development process by enabling quick identification and resolution of issues. For instance, changes made to CSS properties in the Firebug panel are instantly reflected on the webpage, eliminating the need for manual refreshes. This feature is particularly useful for front-end developers who need to fine-tune layouts, test different design elements, or troubleshoot rendering inconsistencies efficiently.

Additionally, Firebug’s real-time console logs JavaScript errors, network requests, and other runtime data, allowing developers to monitor application behavior without interrupting their workflow. This capability ensures that errors are caught early, reducing debugging time and improving overall code quality.

User-Friendly Interface

Firebug’s intuitive and well-organized interface makes it accessible to both novice and experienced developers. The tool is seamlessly integrated into the Firefox browser, providing a familiar environment for users. Its tab-based layout categorizes functionalities such as HTML inspection, CSS editing, JavaScript debugging, and network monitoring, making it easy to navigate between different aspects of web development.

The HTML panel, for example, presents a clean, hierarchical view of the DOM, allowing developers to expand or collapse elements for better readability. Similarly, the CSS panel displays all applied styles in a structured manner, with the ability to toggle individual properties to see their effects. The console panel offers autocomplete suggestions for JavaScript commands, reducing the likelihood of syntax errors and speeding up the coding process.

This user-centric design minimizes the learning curve, enabling developers to focus on problem-solving rather than struggling with complex tool navigation.

Enhanced Debugging Capabilities

Firebug excels in providing advanced debugging features that streamline the troubleshooting process. Its JavaScript debugger includes breakpoints, step-through execution, and variable inspection, allowing developers to analyze code execution in detail. By setting breakpoints at critical points in the script, developers can pause execution and examine variable states, call stacks, and scope chains, making it easier to identify logic errors.

The tool also offers a powerful console for executing JavaScript commands directly, which is invaluable for testing snippets of code or experimenting with APIs. Error messages in the console are detailed and often include line numbers, helping developers quickly locate and fix issues.

Another standout feature is the network monitor, which tracks all HTTP requests made by the webpage. Developers can analyze request headers, response headers, payloads, and loading times, which is essential for optimizing performance and diagnosing server-related issues.

Extensibility

Firebug’s extensibility is another major advantage, as it supports a wide range of plugins and extensions that enhance its functionality. Developers can customize the tool to suit their specific needs by adding features like color pickers, code validators, or performance analyzers. This modular approach ensures that Firebug remains relevant as web technologies evolve.

The open-source nature of Firebug encourages community contributions, leading to a rich ecosystem of add-ons. Whether it’s integrating with version control systems, supporting new frameworks, or adding accessibility checks, Firebug’s extensibility makes it a versatile tool for diverse development scenarios.

Legacy and Alternatives

Firebug played a pivotal role in shaping modern web development tools. Many of its features inspired the developer tools now found in Chrome, Edge, and Safari. Today, tools like Chrome DevTools and Firefox Developer Tools offer even more advanced capabilities, but Firebug remains a milestone in web development history.

For those looking for similar functionality, modern alternatives include:

Chrome DevTools – A comprehensive suite for debugging and profiling web applications.
Firefox Developer Tools – The successor to Firebug, integrated directly into Firefox.
Microsoft Edge DevTools – Offers powerful debugging and performance analysis.

Conclusion

Firebug revolutionized web development by providing an all-in-one solution for debugging and inspecting web pages. While it is no longer actively maintained, its influence persists in today’s browser-based developer tools. Understanding its features and legacy helps developers appreciate the evolution of web debugging tools and the convenience they now offer. The transition from Firebug to integrated browser tools marks a significant progress in making web development more efficient and accessible.

The post How to use Firebug Addon to Monitor, Debug or Edit any Webpage? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

HTTP is a stateless protocol. During Client Server communication to maintain state we use some techniques. Cookie is one of them. Generally we use Cookies to identify an user. When first time user send request to the server in response server sends a set of Cookies. Which browser stores in Client machine. Next time when the same user request again browser send the information store in Cookies. Through which server get to identify the user.

Cookie is a text file. It can store maximum upto 4mb data. While creating a Cookie its mandatory to provide Expiry date. Compare to session Cookies is not secured. For programmers it is advisable to not store secured data in Cookies. PHP is a server side programming language. In this session let us share Cookie related operations using PHP.

What are Cookies?

Cookies are small pieces of data stored on a user’s device by a web browser while browsing a website. They are used to remember user preferences, track sessions, and enhance user experience. In PHP, cookies are a fundamental tool for maintaining state between page loads, as HTTP is a stateless protocol.

In PHP to create a Cookie there is a setcookie() method. setcookie accepts 6 parameters. The syntax to create Cookie in PHP is as below.

setcookie(name, value, expire, path, domain, security);

PHP setcookie() method parameters

PHP Write Cookie Example using Setcookie

<?php
setcookie("empName", "Baby Roy", time()+3600, "/","", 0);
setcookie("empID", "996782", time()+3600, "/", "",  0);
?>

Read a PHP Cookie?

There are 2 methods to access Cookies in PHP. $_COOKIE & $HTTP_COOKIE_VARS.

<?php
echo $HTTP_COOKIE_VARS["empName"];
echo $_COOKIE["empID"];
?>

PHP Check Cookie Example

In PHP there is a method isset() using this you can know whether there is a Cookie exists or not. Look at the example below.

<?php
if( isset($_COOKIE["empName"]))
echo "Welcome " . $_COOKIE["empName"];
else
echo "No Cookies";
?>

PHP Remove Cookies Example

To delete a Cookie in PHP you required to set expiry time less than the current time. For an example refer to above we have two cookies empName & empID. To delete these cookies we required to call setcookie() method with expiry time less than the Current time. Look at the example below.

<?php
setcookie("empName", "Baby Roy", time()-60, "/","", 0);
setcookie("empID", "996782", time()-60, "/", "",  0);
?>

Common Use Cases for PHP Cookies

1. Session Management Cookies are often used to maintain user sessions. For example, an e-commerce site might use cookies to keep track of a user’s shopping cart.

2. Personalization Websites use cookies to remember user preferences, such as language settings or theme choices.

3. Tracking and Analytics Cookies help websites gather data on user behavior, enabling improvements in content and marketing strategies.

Security Considerations

1. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) If a cookie is not set with `HttpOnly`, JavaScript can access it, making it vulnerable to XSS attacks.

2. Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF) Attackers can manipulate cookies to perform unauthorized actions. Using secure tokens helps mitigate this risk.

3. Data Privacy Compliance Regulations like GDPR require websites to obtain user consent before storing non-essential cookies.

Best Practices for Using PHP Cookies

1. Use ‘HttpOnly’ and ‘Secure’ Flags: Prevent JavaScript access and ensure cookies are transmitted securely.
2. Limit Cookie Lifespan: Avoid setting excessively long expiration times.
3. Encrypt Sensitive Data: Never store passwords or personal information directly in cookies.
4. Validate and Sanitize Input: Prevent malicious data from being stored in cookies.

Alternatives to PHP Cookies

1. Sessions PHP sessions store data on the server, making them more secure than cookies. However, they still rely on a session ID stored in a cookie.

2. LocalStorage and SessionStorage JavaScript-based storage options that persist data on the client side but are not sent to the server with every request.

Conclusion

PHP cookies are essential for maintaining user state and improving website functionality. By understanding their usage, security implications, and best practices, developers can implement cookies effectively while safeguarding user data. Whether for session management, personalization, or analytics, cookies remain a vital tool in web development when used responsibly.

The post Create, Remove or Read a PHP Cookie using Setcookie method appeared first on OneStop Shop.

As you know in the early age of web programming generally we generally do animation using JavaScript, Jquery or Flash. But these methods are having some limitation. Using JavaScript or Jquery it is required that Client machine need to allow Scripts to run. Similarly using Flash animations frames are not SEO friendly. These problems are addressed in CSS3 animation. Compare to JavaScript & Flash animation CSS3 animation results better performance. To get started with CSS3 animation look at the below CSS3 Animation Examples.

Examples.htm

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<title>CSS3 Animation Examples using Keyframe</title>
<head>
<style>
div {
width: 200px;
height: 100px;
background-color: green;
-webkit-animation-name: animationDemo; /* for Google Chrome, Safari, Opera */
-webkit-animation-duration: 4s; /* for Google Chrome, Safari, Opera */
animation-name: animationDemo;
animation-duration: 4s;
}

/* Syntax for Chrome, Safari, Opera */
@-webkit-keyframes animationDemo {
from {background-color: green;}
to {background-color: red;}
}

/* Standard browser syntax */
@keyframes animationDemo {
from {background-color: green;}
to {background-color: red;}
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<div></div>
</body>
</html>

In the above block of code I did a small animation using CSS3. I have a div in my HTML page. Initially it has its background color green. Later using CSS3 @keyframes I am updating background color to red. To apply @keyframe on my div I added the animation-name “animationDemo”. Then followed by @keyframes I am assigning From & To properties of animationDemo class. In From block I declared the initial state as background color green. Then in To block I am updating background color to red. This example is for demo purpose. Using From & To properties of @keyframes you can implement any kind of animation in CSS3.

List of CSS3 Animation Properties

To know more about CSS3 Animation here in below I am describing all its properties. Starting from Animation direction to Speed of animation these properties will help you.

The post CSS3 Animation Examples using Keyframe and its Properties appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In programming reuse of codes is a best practice. If the similar functionality you are going to use several times in an application it is suggested to create a common function. Modular approach saves programmers time, easy to maintain, debug as well as help to improves performance of application. The above concept in JQuery is called Plugin. In this session let us explore How to Create your Own Jquery Custom plugin.

Example of Jquery Custom plugin

$.fn.bgcolor = function() {
this.css("background-color", "#00FF00");
};
 
$("div").bgcolor();

Refer to the above example here I created a function bgcolor. Inside this function I am updating background color. To implement this after selector you just need to put a dot & the method name. As a advice if you are looking to create your own plugin related to trigonometry calculations, first create a js file with suitable name & there using $.fn add your required functions one by one. This method saves time as well as easy to debug.

Chaining

During development sometimes we required to implement 5 to 6 methods for one selector. In this case return this; statement is useful. To make your plugin more friendly with real world it is better to add return this; statement at the end of your functionalities. Look at the example below to know how Chaining works in JQuery.

$.fn.bgcolor = function() {
this.css("background-color", "#00FF00");
return this;
};
 
$("div").bgcolor().addClass("updateBgColor");

Protecting the $ Alias

$ is a common used variable in JQuery. Some time it conflicts with other libraries. To avoid this while writing your own JQuery plugin keep remember to use like the following example.

(function ( $ ) { $.fn.bgcolor = function() {
this.css("background-color", "#00FF00");
return this;
}; }(jquery));

Minimizing repetition of $.fn in your Plugin

To improve performance of your own plugin it is better to reduce repetition of $.fn as much as you can. Let’s talk about the below example here from you can know how to avoid unwanted $.fn.

(function($) {
$.fn.whileTrue = function() {
// To Do stuffs while True.
};
$.fn.whileFlase = function() {
// To Do stuffs while False.
};
}(jquery));

Compare to above it is more better to use the following.

(function($) {
$.fn.WhileAction = function(action) {
if (action === "True") {
// To Do stuffs while True.
}
if (action === "False") {
// To Do stuffs while False.
}
};
}(jquery));

Use each() Method

While writing your own plugin if you want to do any manipulating with specific elements then prefer to use .each() to loop through the elements. Look at the example below.

$.fn.myPlugin = function() {
return this.each(function() {
// To Do something for each element here.
});
};

The post How to Create your Own Jquery Custom plugin using $.fn? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Technology updates everyday. I am a UI developer, first time when I heard about SASS I started searching in Google to know “What is SASS?”. Off course I am an expert in CSS but how SASS is different from CSS? What are the advanced feature SASS provides compare to CSS? When CSS is here why SASS is introduced? Like plenty of queries I have at the Starting. Then I explore few advanced features of SASS such as SASS Mixin, SASS Variables, SASS Partials or SASS Nesting. In below sharing all those experiences with Example of SASS features.

The full name of SASS is “Syntactically Awesome Stylesheets“. It is a CSS extension language in run-time which is compiled into CSS. Large style sheets can easily maintain by SASS. SCSS is one of two syntax’s of SASS which uses block formatting like CSS. The extension for SASS file is .scss.

Steps to install SASS

To Getting Started with SASS, we need to install it first. Installer version of SASS is SASS gem. In Windows Operating System to run SASS we required Ruby at a min.

From Command line to install Sass gem run the following Command:

gem install sass

During installation if you found downloading issue, you can download the setup file manually from https://rubygems.org/gems/sass.

To run SASS from command line:

sass input.scss output.css

Sass can watch the changes in the Sass file and update the CSS using the following Command:

sass –watch input.scss:output.css

Advanced Features of SASS

Sass has introduced the following advanced features:

• Nesting
• Variables
• Mixin
• Inheritance
• Partials

SASS Nesting

Nesting improves readability by visually representing the HTML structure, reducing redundancy, and making it easier to manage complex styles. However, over-nesting can lead to overly specific selectors, so it should be used judiciously.

In SASS we can able to nest selectors in the same hierarchy as of HTML.

Example of SASS Nesting:

ul {
list-style: none;
li {
display: inline-block; 
a {
padding: 15px 20px;
}
}
}

ul {
list-style: none; }
ul li {
display: inline-block; }
ul li a {
padding: 15px 20px; }

SASS Variables

Variables in SASS allow developers to store reusable values such as colors, fonts, and spacing, making stylesheets more maintainable. In CSS, variables were introduced later (CSS Custom Properties), but SASS has supported them for much longer with broader browser compatibility.

SASS variables are compiled into static values, making them more predictable in older browsers. They also support mathematical operations and can be scoped within selectors, providing greater flexibility.

Using SASS it can possible to store any CSS values to variables. Variable name begins with a dollar($) sign and assignment uses a colon (:). We can do arithmetic operations to variables also.

Example of SASS Variables:

/*Sass Variables*/
$font-normal: Arial, Verdana;
$primary-color: #DDDDDD;
/*Class*/
body {
font-family:  $font-normal;
background: $primary-color;
}

body {
font-family:  Arial, Verdana;
background: #DDDDDD; }

SASS Mixin

In SASS using Mixin technique we can define styles & the same styles can re-used throughout the stylesheet. To make more programmer friendly we can also pass arguments to Mixin.

Example of SASS Mixin:

@mixin border-radius($value) {
-webkit-border-radius: $value;
-moz-border-radius: $value;
-ms-border-radius: $value;
border-radius: $value; }

.button { 
@include border-radius(12px); 
}

.button {
-webkit-border-radius: 12px;
-moz-border-radius: 12px;
-ms-border-radius: 12px;
border-radius: 12px; }

SASS Inheritance

SASS inheritance, using `@extend`, allows selectors to inherit styles from another, promoting DRY (Don’t Repeat Yourself) principles. Unlike CSS, where inheritance is limited to native cascading, SASS enables explicit style sharing.

Using @extend selector in SASS we can inherit the styles from an another selector.

Example of SASS Inheritance:

.color-yellow {
color: #fc0;
}
.button {
@extend .color-yellow;
}

.color-yellow, .button {
color: #fc0; }

SASS Partials

To made modularization easy SASS introduced partial SASS files technique. A partial SASS file is named with a leading underscore, like _tempvariables.scss. This file is not converted to a CSS file. But we can import partial SASS files with the @import directive.

Example of SASS Partials:

@import "tempvariables";
@import "modules";

Conclusion

SASS provides significant advantages over traditional CSS with features like nesting, variables, mixins, inheritance, and partials. These tools enhance code maintainability, reduce redundancy, and streamline development workflows. While CSS is essential for web styling, SASS’s advanced functionalities make it a powerful extension for modern developers. By leveraging these features, teams can write cleaner, more efficient, and scalable stylesheets.

The post Example of SASS Mixin, Variables, Partials, Inheritance & Nesting appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In the world of Software Development more revisions means more features. What ever the Software you develop in the initial stage you need to prepare the basic version. Later depending upon the Customers feedback you need to enhance your Software. The same story happened here, CSS3 is the third revision of Cascading Style Sheets (CSS). Initial version of Cascading Style Sheets (CSS V.1) was developed by Bert Bos, Hakon Wium Lie & World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) & released on 17th December 1996. Later further versions (CSS V.2 & CSS V.2.1) released to stay update with market demand. CSS2 run over the market for several years. During this period it was observed that there are some areas where CSS2 can be update. These updates will save programmers time & can help to improve performance in web designing. Let us discuss those CSS3 New Features.

Calc() Function

Calc() is a mathematical function. In CSS3 it is used to Calculate values. Let’s talk about a case where I want a div with width 100% but from right side of browser window I required a gap of 50 pixels. In this case using CSS2 you can do this by declaring div width to 100% & additional you need to set margin for right side of the div. The same you can achieve in CSS3 without setting margin. Here calc() function helps. Look at the class below.

.myDiv {
/* Using Calc() function to Calculate the width */
width: calc(100% - 50px);
background-color: #DDD;
}

Gradients

You may remember the early age of programming, where to achieve a Gradient horizontal bar we generally do create an image with 1px width & Gradients background colors as we required. Then repeating that image as a background of the div. If any time we required to update the Gradients color, first we need to update that image. Do you don’t feel this is little bit time consuming job & required more focus to maintain. That’s why CSS3 introduced a new feature Gradients. Using this you can easily create a Gradient background with a single line of code.

Generally CSS3 Gradients are 2 types Linear & Radial Gradient. Linear Gradient by default is Top to Bottom. You can customize linear gradient in various ways. Look at the examples below.

Example of Linear Gradient from Top to Bottom (By Default):

.li-grad {
background: linear-gradient(#0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* Default One */
background: -webkit-linear-gradient(#0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Safari & Google Chrome */
background: -o-linear-gradient(#0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Opera */
background: -moz-linear-gradient(#0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Firefox */
}

Example of Linear Gradient from Left to Right:

background: linear-gradient(left, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* Default One */
background: -webkit-linear-gradient(left, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Safari & Google Chrome */
background: -o-linear-gradient(left, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Opera */
background: -moz-linear-gradient(left, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Firefox */

Example of Linear Gradient Diagonally:

background: linear-gradient(left top, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* Default One */
background: -webkit-linear-gradient(left top, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Safari & Google Chrome */
background: -o-linear-gradient(left top, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Opera */
background: -moz-linear-gradient(left top, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Firefox */

OR

background: linear-gradient(bottom right, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* Default One */
background: -webkit-linear-gradient(bottom right, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Safari & Google Chrome */
background: -o-linear-gradient(bottom right, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Opera */
background: -moz-linear-gradient(bottom right, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Firefox */

Example of Linear Gradient using Angles:

background: linear-gradient(180deg, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* Default One */
background: -webkit-linear-gradient(180deg, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Safari & Google Chrome */
background: -o-linear-gradient(180deg, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Opera */
background: -moz-linear-gradient(180deg, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Firefox */

Example of Linear Gradient using Multi-Color:

background: linear-gradient(red, green, yellow, white, blue); /* Default One */
background: -webkit-linear-gradient(red, green, yellow, white, blue); /* For Safari & Google Chrome */
background: -o-linear-gradient(red, green, yellow, white, blue); /* For Opera */
background: -moz-linear-gradient(red, green, yellow, white, blue); /* For Firefox */

Example of Radial Gradient:

.ra-grad {
background: radial-gradient(to bottom, #0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* Default One */
background: -webkit-radial-gradient(#0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Safari & Google Chrome */
background: -o-radial-gradient(#0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Opera */
background: -moz-radial-gradient(#0A65D4, #98BAE2); /* For Firefox */
}

Rounded Corners

Followed by Customer Demand many times we required to implement round corner content area. You may recall those days when we use images to achieve this. This difficulty is addressed in CSS3. To round corner of a div you required only one CSS property border-radius. Look at the example below:

.myDiv {
border: 2px solid #000000;
border-radius: 15px; /* Default One */
-webkit-border-radius: 15px; /* For Safari & Google Chrome */
-o-border-radius: 15px; /* For Opera */
-moz-border-radius: 15px; /* For Firefox */
width: 100px;
}

Webfonts using CSS3

Year back in web programming we have limited web-safe fonts. How this is if we have a central store from where we can add any kind of fonts to our application? The same thing CSS3 did. Using CSS3 web-fonts you can use fonts from On-line. Few popular font directories are Google Fonts and typekit. Integrating fonts using CSS3 webfonts is very easy. Morden web-fonts comes with vector graphics. On the way of better performance these icons helps a grate. It reduces http requests & load time. Look at the examples below how to use CSS3 webfonts.

In HTML Head:

<link href="http://fonts.googleapis.com/css?family=Satisfy" rel="stylesheet" />
<div class="webfonts">This is the example of using webfonts in CSS3.</div>

CSS Class:

.webfonts {
font-family: Satisfy, cursive;
font-weight: normal;
font-size: 14px;
}

Border Images

In the previous versions of CSS3 you can’t set image for border. Only border color you can define. It was found in many places programers required to add image around. To full fill this CSS3 introduced border-image property. Using this you can easily set border image. The only trick you need to follow is according to your image height you need to set border-width & make border transparent. Look at the example below.

border:40px solid transparent;
border-image: url(img/decoration.png) 40 40 round;

CSS3 Media Queries

Today there are several devices from where users are accessing web. To make a web page compatible for any resolution & various devices CSS3 introduced Media Queries. Media Queries are the technique using which you can write CSS for any specific media. Let’s talk about a mobile device with resolution 320px. In this case to optimize your web page for this resolution you can use media queries. To know more about CSS3 Media Queries please refer our another release Introduction to CSS3 Media Queries.

Example:

@media screen and (min-width: 768px) and (max-width: 1024px) {
/* Styles for Screen Resolution 768px to 1024px */
}

@media screen and (max-width: 600px) {
/* Styles for Screen Resolution up to 600px */
}

Advanced Selectors

Selector is a key in CSS. Using Selector in CSS we do categories the HTML elements for specific Style. You must aware of various of selectors using CSS2. Still in the real-world of programming programmers found various scenarios where they required some additional selectors. That all is introduced in the latest revision of CSS. From the following examples you can track advanced CSS3 selectors.

Example:

/* CSS3 Selector to select first letter from span's: */
span::first-letter {
background-color: #DDD;
font-size: 14px;
font-style:normal;
color: #FF0000;
}

/* CSS3 Selector to select first line from span's: */
span::first-line {
font-style: bold;
font-size: 16px;
font-family: Arial;
}

/* CSS3 selector to select first and last elements */
.elem:first-child, .elem:last-child {
background-color:#DDDDDD;
}

/* From nth elements how to set style for only odd elements */
.elem:nth-child(odd){
border-radius:30%;
}

/* Target elements by attribute */
.elem[data-foo=bar1] {
background-color: #DDD;
}

CSS3 Animations & Transitions

Compare to Flash or JavaScript animation CSS3 animation render faster. Animation is a new feature introduced in CSS3. Performance wise CSS3 animations are more programmers friendly. In this session let us make you clear about the trick to use CSS3 animation.

In CSS3 animation 2 major properties are “animation” & “@keyframes”. Refer to the below example I have a div with a class “animation”. To apply animation on this div I created a class animation. Inside the class I added CSS3 property animation: demoAnimation 5s;. Here demoAnimation is controlled by keyframes. Using @keyframes we need to define from & to properties. As in this example I am moving a div from left to right, I positioned the div to absolute and applying left property from 0 to 200px. Read more…

<style type="text/css">
.animation {
/* IE & FireFox */
animation: demoAnimation 5s;
/* Chrome, Safari & Opera */
-webkit-animation: demoAnimation 5s;
position: absolute;
}

/* IE & FireFox */
@keyframes demoAnimation {
from {left: 0px; background: red;}
to {left: 200px; background: yellow;}
}

/* Chrome, Safari & Opera */
@-webkit-keyframes demoAnimation {
from {left: 0px; background: red;}
to {left: 200px; background: yellow;}
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<div class="animation">This is a Div.</div>
</body>

CSS3 Shadow Effects

Using Shadow effects we can get 3D look. If you worked for various Customers & their requirements you must observed in many places Customer wants to use shadow effect. Lets take an example of a login page. Generally login page comes with a central panel. To make this more attractive Customer ask us to put shadow effects. This problem is noted down by CSS3 & in CSS3 they addressed this problem. Using one property in CSS3 you can easily add shadow effect to any HTML element. CSS3 shadow is two types Text Shadow & Box Shadow. Look at the example below.

Text Shadow:

p { 
text-shadow: 3px 3px 6px green;
}

Box Shadow:

span {
box-shadow: 6px 6px 6px green;
}

The post CSS3 New Features (Gradients, Webfonts, Transitions, Shadow Effects…) appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Among Server side web programming ASP.NET is so popular. It was found in ASP.NET applications Gridview is a key element to present data in tabular shape. Above 90% ASP.NET web application uses Gridview. While presenting data in a Gridview to make this more user friendly Customer like to implement Paging and Sorting. Pagination helps to load data faster. Rather loading all records in one turn pagination loads data page wise. Similarly sorting give flexibility to sort the data alphabetically. Sorting also helps for search.

In this session I am sharing an example from my application, where I did implemented pagination & sorting in a Gridview. Look at the Code below how I did this.

Paging and Sorting in ASP.NET Gridview

<asp:GridView DataKeyNames="AdvID" CssClass="bodytext" AutoGenerateColumns="False" PageSize="25"
AllowPaging="True" AllowSorting="True" ID="grdEditViewAll" runat="server"
Width="100%" CellPadding="4" BackColor="White" BorderColor="#CCCCCC"
BorderStyle="None" BorderWidth="1px">
<Columns>
<asp:TemplateField ItemStyle-HorizontalAlign="Center">
<HeaderTemplate>
<img src="../../IMAGES/input_arrow_down.gif" />
</HeaderTemplate>
<ItemTemplate>
<img src="../../IMAGES/icn_paper.gif" />
</ItemTemplate>
<HeaderStyle Width="25px" />
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Center"></ItemStyle>
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left" HeaderText="Title" SortExpression="AdvTitle">
<ItemTemplate>
<span onmouseover="Tip('Click to preview <%# Container.DataItem("AdvTitle") %>')" onmouseout="UnTip()">
<asp:HyperLink ID="hypPreview" runat="server" Text=<%# Container.DataItem("AdvTitle") %>></asp:HyperLink>
</span>
</ItemTemplate>
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle CssClass="bodytext" HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:BoundField ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left"
DataField="AdvCompany" HeaderText="Company" SortExpression="AdvCompany">
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle CssClass="bodytext" HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:BoundField>
<asp:BoundField ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left"
DataField="AdResolution" HeaderText="Resolution" SortExpression="AdResolution">
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle CssClass="bodytext" HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:BoundField>
<asp:BoundField Visible="false" ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left"
DataField="NewCopyNPaste" HeaderText="Flag" SortExpression="NewCopyNPaste">
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle CssClass="bodytext" HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:BoundField>
<asp:BoundField Visible="false" ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left"
DataField="textColor" HeaderText="textColor" SortExpression="textColor">
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle CssClass="bodytext" HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:BoundField>
<asp:BoundField Visible="false" ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left"
DataField="Backgroundcolor" HeaderText="Backgroundcolor" SortExpression="Backgroundcolor">
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle CssClass="bodytext" HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:BoundField>
<asp:TemplateField ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left"
HeaderText="Edit">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:HyperLink ID="hypEdit" runat="server" ImageUrl="../../Images/grdEdit.png"></asp:HyperLink>
</ItemTemplate>
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle CssClass="bodytext" HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:TemplateField>
<asp:TemplateField ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left"
HeaderText="Delete">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:HyperLink ID="hypDelete" runat="server" ImageUrl="../../Images/grdDelete.png"></asp:HyperLink>
</ItemTemplate>
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle CssClass="bodytext" HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:TemplateField>
<asp:TemplateField ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left"
HeaderText="Code">
<ItemTemplate>
<a href='javascript:popupPageWH("../../AdManager/GenerateCode.aspx?AdvID=<%# Container.DataItem("AdvID") %>","theWindow","750","250")'
style="cursor: hand;"><img src="../../Images/arrow_circle_double.png" style="border:0px;" /></a>
</ItemTemplate>
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle CssClass="bodytext" HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:TemplateField>
</Columns>
<RowStyle Height="20px" ForeColor="#000066" />
<FooterStyle BackColor="White" ForeColor="#000066" />
<PagerStyle BackColor="White" ForeColor="#000066" HorizontalAlign="Left" />
<SelectedRowStyle BackColor="#669999" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="White" />
<HeaderStyle BackColor="#005b90" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="White" />
</asp:GridView>

To enable pagination & sorting first add these attribute to your Gridview control AllowPaging=”True” AllowSorting=”True”. Define DataKeyNames to your Gridview.

from Code-Behind

In your Code-Behind file first declare two variables ASCENDING & DESCENDING.

Dim ASCENDING As String = " ASC"
Dim DESCENDING As String = " DESC"

Then to Create PageIndexChanging event for your Gridview & add the below Code. Directly don’t Copy the below Code. First Create event then Copy the Code Inside.

Protected Sub grdEditViewAll_PageIndexChanging(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Web.UI.WebControls.GridViewPageEventArgs) Handles grdEditViewAll.PageIndexChanging
grdEditViewAll.PageIndex = e.NewPageIndex
grdEditViewAll.DataBind()
End Sub

Then to implement Sorting implement the following. Here I created events for my Gridview while implementing make sure you updated correctly.

Protected Sub grdEditViewAll_Sorting(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Web.UI.WebControls.GridViewSortEventArgs) Handles grdEditViewAll.Sorting
Dim sortExpression As String = e.SortExpression
If GridViewSortDirection = SortDirection.Ascending Then
GridViewSortDirection = SortDirection.Descending
SortGridView(sortExpression, DESCENDING)
Else
GridViewSortDirection = SortDirection.Ascending
SortGridView(sortExpression, ASCENDING)
End If
End Sub

Public Sub SortGridView(ByVal sortExpression As String, ByVal direction As String)
Dim dtable As DataTable = ds.Tables(0)
Dim dview As New DataView(dtable)
dview.Sort = sortExpression & direction
grdEditViewAll.DataSource = dview
grdEditViewAll.DataBind()
End Sub

Private Property GridViewSortDirection() As SortDirection
Get
If ViewState("sortDirection") Is Nothing Then
ViewState("sortDirection") = SortDirection.Ascending
End If
Return CType(ViewState("sortDirection"), SortDirection)
End Get
Set(ByVal Value As SortDirection)
ViewState("sortDirection") = Value
End Set
End Property

The post How to implement Paging and Sorting in ASP.NET Gridview Example? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During we display data in a Gridview in many places Customer wants to implement checkbox in the grid for Select all & individual rows. Using this feature user can edit or delete records. Expected behavior is like user can select the rows which one he/she want to edit or delete. For edit purpose only one row need to select. While for delete multiple rows can be OK. During delete we need to ask confirmation. After confirmation we can go for delete records. The same I implemented in my App. Sharing you the code from there. Hope it will help you to implement your own.

ASP.NET Gridview

<asp:GridView DataKeyNames="VisitorTrackingID" CssClass="bodytext" AutoGenerateColumns="false" PageSize="18"
AllowPaging="True" AllowSorting="True" ID="grdVisitorTracking" runat="server"
Width="100%" CellPadding="2" BackColor="White" BorderColor="#CCCCCC"
BorderStyle="None" BorderWidth="1px">
<Columns>
<asp:TemplateField>
<HeaderTemplate>
<input type="checkbox" style="width: 20px;" id="chkAll" onclick="javascript:checkAll(this);" />
</HeaderTemplate>
<ItemTemplate>
<input type="checkbox" style="width: 20px;" id="chkSelect" runat="server" name="chkSelect" />
</ItemTemplate>
<HeaderStyle Width="25px"/>
</asp:TemplateField>
<asp:BoundField ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left"
DataField="TrackingID" HeaderText="Tracking ID" SortExpression="TrackingID">
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:BoundField>
<asp:BoundField ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left"
DataField="TrackingCompany" HeaderText="Company" SortExpression="TrackingCompany">
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:BoundField>

<asp:TemplateField HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left" HeaderText="Weblink" SortExpression="TrackingUrl">
<ItemTemplate>
<a href='<%# Container.DataItem("TrackingUrl") %>' target="_blank" style="cursor: hand;">
<%# Container.DataItem("TrackingUrl") %></a>
</ItemTemplate>
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:TemplateField>

<asp:TemplateField ItemStyle-CssClass="bodytext" HeaderStyle-HorizontalAlign="Left" HeaderText="Edit">
<ItemTemplate>
<asp:HyperLink ID="hypEdit" runat="server" ImageUrl="../Images/grdEdit.png"></asp:HyperLink>
</ItemTemplate>
<HeaderStyle HorizontalAlign="Left"></HeaderStyle>
<ItemStyle CssClass="bodytext" HorizontalAlign="Left"></ItemStyle>
</asp:TemplateField>
</Columns>
<RowStyle Height="20px" ForeColor="#000066" />
<FooterStyle BackColor="White" ForeColor="#000066" />
<PagerStyle BackColor="White" ForeColor="#000066" HorizontalAlign="Left" />
<SelectedRowStyle BackColor="#669999" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="White" />
<HeaderStyle BackColor="#005b90" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="White" />
<%--<AlternatingRowStyle BackColor="#E1F0FF" />--%>
</asp:GridView>

To implement delete functionality depending upon those rows we selected, here I added checkbox in the TemplateField of my Grid. For Select All I added a checkbox in HeaderTemplate & for rows I added another checkbox (HTML Control) in ItemTemplate. To make Select All operate on its onClick event I am calling a JavaScript function checkAll(this).

CheckAll() Function

function checkAll(obj)
{
if(obj.checked) markAllState = true;
else markAllState = false;
frm = document.forms[0];
for(i=0;i< frm.elements.length;i++)
{
e = frm.elements[i];
//GridView2$ctl01$check" type="checkbox" id="GridView2_ctl01_check
if (e.type == 'checkbox' && e.name != 'GridView2$ctl01$check')
{
temp='e.checked = '+markAllState;
eval(temp);
}
}
}

This function is responsible to Check all rows in the grid. The logic I implemented here is first I am getting all the checkbox from the form. Then to identify grid related checkbox I am doing a conditional checking if (e.type == ‘checkbox’ && e.name != ‘GridView2$ctl01$check’).

Once rows are selected to proceed ahead delete operation we need to show a confirmation to the user. To handle this I implemented the below JavaScript function.

Delete User Confirmation Function

function deluser()
{
var j= 0;
frm = document.forms[0];
for(i=0;i< frm.elements.length;i++)
{
e = frm.elements[i];

if (e.type == 'checkbox')
{
if(e.checked==true)
j=j+1;
}
}
//if(j>1 || j<1)
if(j<1)
{
alert("Please select a Visitor Tracking to Delete.")
return false;
}
//return true;
var con = confirm("Are you sure, You want to delete this Visitor Tracking.");
if(con) return true;
else return false;
}

This function checks state of the Check-boxes. If checkbox is checked it means user selected that row for delete. To get the confirmation from user showing a confirmation window with message “Are you sure, You want to delete this Visitor Tracking.”.

This is all about front-end. After user confirmation we need to fire delete query from code behind. Look at the Code below.

Code-Behind Delete Query

Protected Sub btnDel_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles btnDel.Click
Dim i As Integer
For i = 0 To grdVisitorTracking.Rows.Count - 1
Dim row As GridViewRow = grdVisitorTracking.Rows(i)
Dim ischecked As Boolean = (CObj(row).FindControl("chkSelect")).Checked
If (ischecked) Then
aDel.Add(grdVisitorTracking.DataKeys.Item(i).Value)
End If
Next
If Not aDel.Count <> 0 Then
'Do Nothing
Else
'Dim confirm = MsgBox("Are you sure you want to delete this item", MsgBoxStyle.OkCancel)
'If confirm = 1 Then
For i = 0 To aDel.Count - 1

Dim sDelStr As String = "DELETE FROM VisitorsTracking WHERE VisitorTrackingID=" & aDel(i)
Dim oDelComm As New SqlCommand(sDelStr, sqlConn)
sqlConn.Open()
oDelComm.ExecuteNonQuery()
sqlConn.Close()

grdVisitorTracking.DataBind()
Next
End If

Response.Redirect("../ADMIN/EditVisitorTracking.aspx")
End Sub

Finally for delete operation in Code-behind I am detecting chkSelect state. If it returns true I am storing its value to an array “aDel”. In next phase checking the count of aDel if it is greater then zero then executing SQL Delete command against that particular record id.

The post In a dynamic ASP.NET Gridview Delete row example appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Stored procedures are precompiled SQL statements stored in a database, offering improved performance, security, and maintainability. In VB.NET, executing a stored procedure from a code-behind file involves connecting to the database, setting up command objects, and handling parameters. This guide provides a step-by-step approach to executing stored procedures efficiently.

Experienced programmers prefer to use stored procedures in place of inline SQL Query. There are several advantages of using stored procedure. First of all stored procedure provides security & it helps to improve performance. Once a stored procedure execute it cached on the server. Stored procedure are easy to maintain & debug like a separate unit. Stored procedure can be tested independent of the application. In this session let us show you in Microsoft Technology VB.NET how to execute a stored procedure from the Code behind file.

In the below example I am using the stored procedure “USP_SearchLogo”. This stored procedure accepts 4 parameters. To execute this stored procedure here I am creating a new instance (SearchLogoCmd) of SqlCommand object by passing the stored procedure name & connection details (Connection String). Then to make compiler know that we are using stored procedure in command object in place of SQL Query, I defined command type to StoredProcedure. Now I need to pass parameter values before execute the procedure. To do that I am using SearchLogoCmd.Parameters.Add method. In this method I am passing parameter name with the data type depending upon the Stored procedure. Finally executing the Command object using ExecuteReader.

Execute a Stored Procedure from VB.NET Example

Dim SearchLogoCmd As New SqlCommand("USP_SearchLogo", sqlConn)

SearchLogoCmd.CommandType = CommandType.StoredProcedure

SearchLogoCmd.Parameters.Add("@NativeFlag", SqlDbType.NVarChar).Value = Request("NativeFlag")
SearchLogoCmd.Parameters.Add("@LogoName", SqlDbType.NVarChar).Value = Trim(txtLogoName.Text)
SearchLogoCmd.Parameters.Add("@LogoFileName", SqlDbType.NVarChar).Value = Trim(txtFileName.Text)
SearchLogoCmd.Parameters.Add("@Status", SqlDbType.NVarChar).Value = ddlStatus.SelectedValue

Try
sqlConn.Open()
ds = ConvertDataReaderToDataSet(SearchLogoCmd.ExecuteReader())

grdImageFiles.DataSource = ds
grdImageFiles.DataBind()

Catch ex As Exception
Response.Write(ex.ToString())
Finally
sqlConn.Close()
End Try

You may noticed here I used a function ConvertDataReaderToDataSet(). This is because of here my Stored procedure returns reader specific data. To bind those data to my gridview “grdImageFiles” using a DataSet I used this function.

Best Practices

1. Use Parameterized Queries – Avoid SQL injection by always using parameters.
2. Dispose Objects – Utilize `Using` statements to ensure proper disposal of `SqlConnection` and `SqlCommand`.
3. Connection Pooling – Let ADO.NET manage connections efficiently.
4. Error Logging – Log exceptions for debugging and monitoring.

Conclusion

Executing a stored procedure from VB.NET involves setting up a database connection, configuring a `SqlCommand` object, passing parameters, and handling results. Following these steps ensures secure and efficient database operations. By adhering to best practices, developers can maintain robust and scalable applications.

The post How to Execute a Stored Procedure from VB.NET Code behind File? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During application development sometime we fetch data from the database using DataReader. Later to do some other operations we required that DataReader data in a DataSet. In this case the below function can help you. Here I created the function which will accept a DataReader & will return DataSet for you.

The Logic I implemented here is very simple. After receiving DataReader as a parameter to the function I am storing its schema to a DataTable. Then using a for loop I am adding row & columns definition to the DataTable. After define the row & column adding DataTable to DataSet using dataSet.Tables.Add method. Now to fill data in DataTable executing a while loop until reader.Read(). Creating an instance for new row & using a for loop adding DataRow dynamically. To store value from DataReader here I am using GetValue() method. Finally using dataTable.Rows.Add method adding all rows to the DataTable. Already before binding rows data, my DataTable is added to DataSet. Now by just using return dataSet I am getting DataSet with DataReader values.

While Creating this function create it as public shared function so that you can easily use this with your executeReader method like ds = convertDataReaderToDataSet(cmd.ExecuteReader()).

DataReader to DataSet Converter Function

Public Shared Function convertDataReaderToDataSet(ByVal reader As SqlDataReader) As DataSet
Dim dataSet As New DataSet()
Do
' Create a New Data Table to store DataReader data temporarily
Dim tblSchema As DataTable = reader.GetSchemaTable()
Dim dataTable As New DataTable()

If tblSchema IsNot Nothing Then
For i As Integer = 0 To tblSchema.Rows.Count - 1
Dim dataRow As DataRow = tblSchema.Rows(i)
' Creating unique Column name to Data Table
Dim columnName As String = DirectCast(dataRow("ColumnName"), String)
Dim column As New DataColumn(columnName, DirectCast(dataRow("DataType"), Type))
dataTable.Columns.Add(column)
Next

dataSet.Tables.Add(dataTable)

' Fill the data table from Data Reader
While reader.Read()
Dim dataRow As DataRow = dataTable.NewRow()

For i As Integer = 0 To reader.FieldCount - 1
dataRow(i) = reader.GetValue(i)
Next

dataTable.Rows.Add(dataRow)
End While
Else
' No records to Return
Dim column As New DataColumn("AffectedRows")
dataTable.Columns.Add(column)
dataSet.Tables.Add(dataTable)
Dim dataRow As DataRow = dataTable.NewRow()
dataRow(0) = reader.RecordsAffected
dataTable.Rows.Add(dataRow)
End If
Loop While reader.NextResult()
Return dataSet
End Function

The post SqlDataReader to DataSet Converter VB.NET Function appeared first on OneStop Shop.

As we know HTML5 is rich with media elements. Using HTML5 media elements we can easily embed any Audio or Video to our web pages. HTML5 supports 2 kind of video and audio formats .ogg and .mpeg. If your video is in other formats you can use any online or offline tools to convert your video. In this example here I created a Video Player using HTML5 Video element. To operate the video in this player I did implemented play, forward, rewind and pause buttons functionalities using JavaScript functions. Logic I implemented is very simple. In HTML body I have a video element with source video file (laugh-vid.mp4) path. Including this 4 buttons are there Reload, Rewind, Play & Forward. On click of these buttons I am calling the respective js functions.

Play button behaves dynamically. Once you click on this video it starts playing. While running video the same button works like a pause button. You can stop you video in-between using pause functionality. Reload button is responsible to start video from beginning. About rewind & forward buttons I have a function forwardRewind(), it accepts param as parameter. In case user click on rewind button I am passing -7 to back the track. Similarly for forward button I am passing +7. You can change this value depending your video length. To play the video here in JS function I am using .play method.

HTML5 Video Player Demo App

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<head>
<title>HTML5 video player with play, forward, rewind & pause buttons</title>
<!--Embed the below JS Script here-->
</head>
<body>
<video id="videoPlayer">
<source src="laugh-vid.mp4" type="video/mp4" />
</video>
<!--Buttons for Video Player-->
<div id="playerButtons">
<button id="btnReload" onclick="reloadVideo();">[]</button>
<button id="btnRewind" onclick="forwardRewind(-7)"><<</button>
<button id="btnPlay" onclick="play()">></button>
<button id="btnForward" onclick="forwardRewind(7)">>></button>
</div>
</body>
</html>

JS Functions for HTML5 Video Player

The major advantages of using HTML5 Video element is it is browser friendly and can be operate using the popular Client-side script Javascript. As we discussed above here for 4 buttons I am using few JS functions. Sharing the code below. While placing the above Code inside your HTML file use script tag.

/*Function for Play & Pause Buttons*/
function play() {
var videoPlayer = document.getElementById("videoPlayer");
var btnPlay = document.getElementById("btnPlay");
if (videoPlayer.paused) {
videoPlayer.play();
btnPlay.textContent = "||";
} else {
videoPlayer.pause();
btnPlay.textContent = ">";
}
}
/*Function to Reload video from Beginning*/
function reloadVideo() {
var videoPlayer = document.getElementById("videoPlayer");
videoPlayer.currentTime = 0;
}
/*Function to Forward & Rewind*/
function forwardRewind(param) {
var videoPlayer = document.getElementById("videoPlayer");
videoPlayer.currentTime += param;
}

HTML5 Video tag Attributes

autoplay: This is a boolean attribute. Using this you can play your video after the page loaded successfully. User don’t need to click on play button.

autobuffer: Using this attribute video will automatically begin buffering even if it’s not set to automatically play.

controls: Using controls attribute user can control video settings like playback, including decreasing or increasing volume, seeking, and pause or resume playback. If you don’t specify the controls attribute, the video won’t include the browser’s default controls.

height: This attribute helps to Set height of the video area using CSS pixels.

width: This attribute helps to Set width of the video area using CSS pixels.

loop: If you want your video need to play n number of times until or unless user toggle an event. You can set loop to “true”.

src: src stands for source. Here you need to place your video or audio link. In the place of URL you can use your local drive path or a link.

poster: Until your video start playing this attribute helps to show a static image in the player.

Using HTML5 video element you can use your youtube videos. Just place the link as a value to src attribute. As a technical tips for any resolution you are going to place your video player keep width 100%. Height varies from place to place.

The post HTML5 Video Player with Play, Forward, Rewind & Pause buttons appeared first on OneStop Shop.

As a Corporate Trainer unless until I evaluate my trainees I don’t think I did completed the Training session. Recently looking in to the growing demand of AngularJS I instructed to provide training on the same. Nearly 4 to 5 batches I did trained. Including all the batches there are more then 300 IT professionals. After completion of training to evaluate all those trainees whether they grab required knowledge or not I prepared the following AngularJS Assessment Questionnaires.

In this Set of Questions to evaluate a trainee I covered all the possible scenarios a programmer required to begin with AngularJS. If your training session is for intermediate level you can refer this Questionnaires for evaluation.

To Design the following apps please follow AngularJS MVC design pattern.

AngularJS Search Filter

Qus. In a HTML page below the Search box you need to display name of your 10 colleagues. While I will start search using last name of your colleague it need to display the similar records. To store names of your colleagues you can use a $scope object with JSON formatted data.

Data Binding in AngularJS

Qus. I have a JSON file with 10 Customers details. For each Customer I have the following three fields.

1. Customer Name
2. Email
3. Customer Care Number

What I want is I want to display all the Customers Details in a tabular form using DIV structure. To design the Customers JSON file you can use dummy data.

Conditional Checking

Qus. In a HTML page I have two dropdown lists. First one need to show list of Country names (4 to 5 Countries max). On change of Country dropdown list I want to show respective states for that Country in the second dropdown list. Initially the default country is the first item of Country dropdown list & the default values for second dropdown list are the states for default country. For better performance I want to use switch case in place of if else.

Qus. In Controller I have a $scope object “employees” with two fields for each record “Name” & “Gender”. In HTML I want show male & female employees in two different lists. Use ng-show & ng-hide for showing & hiding the records.

Validations in AngularJS

Qus. To register a user in my Social Media application I need to design a form which will accept Name, Email, Contact Number & Date of Birth for registration. In this form Name is a mandatory field. Email must be a valid one. Contact Number filed will accept only numbers of 10 digits & Date of Birth must be in the format of YYYY-MM-DD. In case user is entering invalid data I need to show proper error message without submitting the form.

Single page Application

Qus. In a simple HTML page I have only three links Home, About Us & Contact Us. During I open this HTML file Home page is the default page with a single line Welcome message (Welcome to my Blog). When I will click on About Us link it need to show me the about us page with some dummy text. Similarly while I will click on Contact Us link it need to show Contact US page with dummy Contact Information. To make bookmark easy I want all these pages URL’s are different but during I visit from one page to other I don’t want to refresh the page. Physically Home, About Us & Contact us are three different HTML files. So that it is easier for me to maintain the app.

Ajax using AngularJS

Qus. Prepare a simple telephone directory with only 2 fields “Name” & “Number”. When I will submit the page it need to post the data into a php file for database operation. Provide a link in the bottom of this page. So that when I want to watch the list of members I can visit this link. You can fetch the list of members using $http get method.

Directive & Templates

Qus. In an App I have more than 100 of pages to show Tabular Data. What I need is I want a Custom Directive “my-table”. About the look n feel of the table I want the header background color dark blue & header texts in white color. For better user experience implement even & odd rows with light alternate colors. Table border width you can keep thin.

Service & Factory

Qus. Create a simple calculator which will have 4 functions Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication & Division.

The post AngularJS Assessment Questionnaires for Trainees to Evaluate appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Assume in your HTML page you are going to display 5000 records using a Table. In this case HTML table tag creates problem during loading. Until 5000 records fetched from the database, table will not render. This delay creates performance issue in web development. To avoid this scenario div is introduced. Div loads faster then a table. Partial loading feature supported by div. While all the row & columns of a table comes with in the single control div presents each row & column independently. Let us share the example how to create div based CSS table.

Look at the example below here I did created similar to table structure using Div & CSS. To make this simple I used only 3 CSS classes tableHeader, row & column. In HTML followed by the basic principle creating the row & inside row creating columns. To separate tableHeader in place of row class I used tableHeader.

div based CSS Table Example

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<head>
<title>How to Create div based CSS3 Table?</title>
<style type="text/css">
.tableHeader
{
background: #000;
color: #fff;
display: table-row;
font-weight: bold;
}
/* CSS styles of table Rows */
.row
{
display: table-row;
}
/* CSS styles of table Columns */
.column
{
display: table-cell;
border: thin solid #000;
padding: 6px 6px 6px 6px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<div class="tableHeader">
<div class="column">Employee Name</div>
<div class="column">Designation</div>
<div class="column">Salary</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="column">Biswabhusan Panda</div>
<div class="column">Sr. Team Lead</div>
<div class="column">80000 INR</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="column">Supriti Kabi</div>
<div class="column">Software Engineer</div>
<div class="column">60000 INR</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="column">Nibedita Panda</div>
<div class="column">Jr. Software Engineer</div>
<div class="column">45000 INR</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="column">Ragini Sahoo</div>
<div class="column">Mechanical Engineer</div>
<div class="column">25000 USD</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="column">Sonam Panda</div>
<div class="column">Jr. Software Engineer</div>
<div class="column">1500 USD</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="column">Subha Roy</div>
<div class="column">Software Engineer</div>
<div class="column">17000 INR</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="column">Mohini Srivastab</div>
<div class="column">Mechanical Engineer</div>
<div class="column">25000 INR</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="column">Manjulata Panda</div>
<div class="column">Business Head</div>
<div class="column">5000 USD</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

Another way to Create div based CSS3 Table

You must aware of 2 most wanted CSS3 properties float: left and float: right. Generally we use these syntax to place 2 or more div’s side-by-side. Using these properties you can create HTML Table like structue using div. Additionally, in this method you have to take care of clearfix. clearfix is a CSS class which comes with “clear: both;”.

The post How to Create div based CSS3 Table without using HTML5 Table tag? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Compare to Classical age of web design today designing a successful web page is not so easy. During we develop a web page we have to think variety of devices & their resolutions. As you know web is available from mobile devices to television media. Practically it is difficult to maintain several web applications for several devices. That’s why Responsive Web Design introduced in UI development. Responsive web design (RWD) is nothing but the tricks using which we can handle several resolutions in a single web page. As an UI Developer off course you know how to design a responsive web page but few things are there which comes with experience. Let us share those Responsive Design best practices to make your job easy.

Responsive Design Best Practices

1. Before designing a responsive web page first noted down the targeted resolution you are going to handle. Depending upon those resolutions plan your layout. Sit with UX Designer to discuss the mockup & how to handle this in real-time. Some time it happens UX designer creates some kind of design which may not possible to achieve during certain resolution. By Discussion you can rectify this before into real-time implementation.

2. Decide which type of layout (Fluid or Fixed) you need to implement for basic template design. If you are going to implement fluid layout set width of your container div to 100%. Inside container handle pans in percentage ratio. Don’t ever take a fixed width unless until it is a small static object. In case you are creating fixed layout template, Define a CSS class (wrapper) to your container div with fixed width. Inside the container similar to fluid layout use percentage ratio to divide pans.

3. Images are very common is web page design. Keep remember to make your image responsive don’t ever apply image as a background to any div. In this case you have to define height. About width it can be handled using 100% but height creates problem. That’s why during responsive web page design use HTML image tag to place images like banner or ads. Advantages of using image in image tag is during user resize the page image tag will automatically take care of image to resize depending upon the screen resolutions.

4. Some time it was found using percentage also for certain resolutions layout breaks. In this case practice to handle this scenarios using media queries.

5. Use easy navigation pattern for mobiles compare to desktop view. If any effects you added in desktop version like slider or carousel try to avoid that in mobile view. Always remember mobile view need to light weight. Then only you web page can mobile friendly.

6. To develop Responsive Design faster as a professional UI Developer learn Responsive CSS frameworks like BootStrap or Foundation. Responsive design is a technique rather then a programming language. During development use both in-built CSS Framework classes & your own tricks.

BootStrap: Bootstrap is majorly used for UI development in applications because of the incredible amount of UI options it provides like type, head or media objects. It is easy for front-end designers to get started by providing a host of html templates showcasing some of the base functionality and layouts available, including some neat ones such as sticky footers and login pages.

Includes responsive grid framework, a fixed and fluid grid framework, typography styles, a variety of button and form styles, nav bars and tabs, plus other UI elements like breadcrumbs, breadcrumbs, tooltips and progress bars. Bootstrap truly shines in the JavaScript area. It offers a programmatic API that allow developers to use Bootstrap plugins purely through the JavaScript API.

Foundation: Generally used in blogs, marketing and informational sites, etc. The markup is a little more intuitive, and the base styles require less manipulation. Foundation makes it easy for front-end designers to get started by providing a host of html templates showcasing some of the base functionality and layouts available in Foundation.

Includes responsive grid framework, responsive typography styles, a variety of well-designed button and form layouts, navigation and tabs galore (all responsive), and a slew of other UI elements like alerts, labels, tooltips and accordions. Foundation shines in the Jquery plugin area with snippets that are handy and more easy to implement.

7. Clear your fundamentals about position attribute of CSS. Where to use absolute & where to use relative or static. This has a very strong effect in responsive web design. Bugs related to wrong use of position settings takes long time for fixation. Even some time it required to updated code structure. Learn this well before Getting Started.

8. While implementing Media Queries maintain smooth ratio for resizing form elements. For an example if you want to reduce font size of a specific label depending upon the screen resolution from 1200 pixels to 900 pixels. Reduce the font size slowly. If earlier font size is 22 pixels reduce this to 20 pixels not 12 pixels. By reducing a large difference generates breaking in sequence & look odd.

9. Avoid of using scripts to design UI. Try best to handle all situations using CSS only. If finally you found the problem is not achievable using CSS you can use scripts. But in UI design it is a bad practice.

The above tricks will help you to achieve better Responsive web pages. Share us to your Colleagues. Let us learn from Experience.

The post Responsive Design best practices for professional Web designers appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During I searched for a responsive AngularJS image gallery I found many third party paid components. But sorry to say my Customer wants some thing free. In this regard I did suggest the customer to implement a responsive image gallery with thumbnail using AngularJS. It is easy & less time consuming. Finally, the Customer get agree to my proposal & order me to develop the POC. I did that & sharing the same script in below for your reference.

Here I have a html file & in the root directory I have an images folder. Which contains all the thumbnail & original images. Inside the AngularJS controller I declared a scope object imageDetails. In this object I am keeping number of images & image file names. For SEO purpose here I added alt & title tag for each images. To bind the images in HTML I am using ul li elements. By CSS controlling it’s responsiveness. I used as minimum styles I can. According to your mockup you can configure the classes for desire look n feel.

To show the popup for individual thumbnail view I am calling a function popupOriginal() in the click event of thumbnail image. Where I am passing the file name from scope imageDetails object. During popup if user will click the body area popup is getting hide. This image gallery is capable to display any number of images. To achieve more number of images you just need to add image details in scope imageDetails object. This demo app is responsive to handle any resolution.

AngularJS Image Gallery Example

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html ng-app="imgGallery">
<head>
<title>Create your own AngularJS Image Gallery</title>
<script type="text/javascript" src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.3.14/angular.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript" src="http://code.jquery.com/jquery-2.1.4.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript">
var imgGalleryModule = angular.module('imgGallery', []);
imgGalleryModule.controller('imageGalleryController', function ($scope) {
/*Developed by https://jharaphula.com*/
/*Folder path where all the images are stored*/
$scope.imgFolderPath = "images/";
/*Image details like File Name & SEO related alt & title tags for each image*/
$scope.imageDetails = [
{'thumbnail': 'image-1.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-1.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-2.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-2.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-3.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-3.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-4.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-4.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-5.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-5.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-6.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-6.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-7.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-7.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-8.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-8.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-9.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-9.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-10.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-10.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-11.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-11.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'},
{'thumbnail': 'image-12.png', 'realImage': 'original-image-12.png', 'alt': 'label on Mouse Over', 'title': 'label on Mouse Over'}
];
/*Function to assign real image path*/
$scope.popupOriginal = function(originalImagePath) {
$("#popupDiv").show();
$("#popupDiv").html("<img src='images/" + originalImagePath + "' />");
};
});
/*Developed by https://jharaphula.com*/
/*Closing the popup in body click*/
$(document).mouseup(function (e)
{
var container = $("#popupDiv");
if (!container.is(e.target) && container.has(e.target).length === 0) {
container.hide();
}
});
</script>

<style type="text/css">
/*Styles related to ul li elements*/
.imgGallery { text-align:center; }
.imgGallery ul { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
.imgGallery ul li { display: inline; cursor: pointer; }
.imgStyle { margin: 10px; }
/*Style related to popup window*/
#popupDiv {
display: none;
position:fixed;
top: 50%;
left: 50%;
width: 640px;
height: 400px;
margin-top: -12em;
margin-left: -20em;
border: 1px solid #ddd;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<div class="imgGallery" ng-controller="imageGalleryController">
<ul>
<li ng-repeat="image in imageDetails">
<img ng-click="popupOriginal(image.realImage);" class="imgStyle" alt="{{ image.alt }}" title="{{ image.title }}" src="{{ imgFolderPath }}{{ image.thumbnail }}" />
</li>
</ul>
<!--Popup Div to show original Images-->
<div id="popupDiv"></div>
</body>
</html>

In this above example I used 12 sample images to show the Gallery. You can save as the below image & create more 11 images with the name declared above. Just update the slide number or even you can use your images with same resolution.

image-1.png

original-image-1.png

The post Responsive AngularJS Image Gallery with thumbnails appeared first on OneStop Shop.

During I implemented a BootStrap Accordion in my application I found it is difficult to achieve the header background color in the toggle event of anchor tag. I tried nearly 2 to 3 hours for its correct solution. Thanks lord I did this. To achieve this I used my logic in JQUERY. Hope if you are in the same page the below app will help you.

To achieve header background color for the toggled tab I added an additional class to the anchor tag “accordion-toggle”. Then in Jquery document.ready() method created its click event. Inside this first I am resetting all the background colors & padding to hack the BootStrap look & feel. Later depending upon the expand & collapse panel for respective header anchor I am checking the visibility. If it is visible changing the background color or else maintaining the default color.

To run the below example you just need to copy this code to a html file. Then open it under internet access. In the below code I am using CDN link for BootStrap & JQuery.

change heading background color of Accordion

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
<head>
<title>How to change heading background color?</title>
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1" />
<link rel="stylesheet" href="http://maxcdn.bootstrapcdn.com/bootstrap/3.3.4/css/bootstrap.min.css" />
<script type="text/javascript" src="http://code.jquery.com/jquery-2.1.4.min.js"></script>
<script type="text/javascript" src="http://maxcdn.bootstrapcdn.com/bootstrap/3.3.4/js/bootstrap.min.js"></script>

<style type="text/css">
/*Making the accordion full screen*/
.container {
width: 100% !important;
}
/*Active class for the default open tab background color*/
.active {
background-color: red !important;
}
</style>

<script type="text/javascript">
/*Implemented by: https://jharaphula.com, Dated:19th May 2015*/
$(document).ready(function() {
/*All header links Click events*/
$('.accordion-toggle').click(function() {
/*In Anchor tag Click first resetting all the background colors & padding to hack the BootStrap look n feel*/
$('.accordion-toggle').parent().css('background-color', '#f5f5f5');
$('.accordion-toggle').parent().parent().removeClass('panel-heading');
$('.accordion-toggle').parent().css('padding', '10px 15px');
/*If the respective content panel is visible, updating its background color*/
if (!$($(this).attr('href')).is(':visible')) {
$(this).parent().css('background-color', 'red');
} else {
$(this).parent().css('background-color', '#f5f5f5');
}
});
});
</script>
</head>
<body>
<div class="container">
<h2>Accordion using BootStrap</h2>
<div class="panel-group" id="accordion">
<div class="panel panel-default">
<div class="panel-heading active">
<h4 class="panel-title">
<a class="accordion-toggle" data-toggle="collapse" data-parent="#accordion" href="#panel-1">Health Tips</a>
</h4>
</div>
<div id="panel-1" class="panel-collapse collapse in">
<div class="panel-body">
Health is wealth. Good health brings peace of living. For every individual it's must required to know basic Health care tips. Awareness to health care keeps us free from many diseases. What ever it may be don't ever compromise in the matter of your health. If you lost property day will come you will get it again but if you lost your health, who knows what is next?
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="panel panel-default">
<div class="panel-heading">
<h4 class="panel-title">
<a class="accordion-toggle" data-toggle="collapse" data-parent="#accordion" href="#panel-2">Tips for your Kids</a>
</h4>
</div>
<div id="panel-2" class="panel-collapse collapse">
<div class="panel-body">
Kids are our next Generation. In this world the most difficult job is to build a Kids. From education to food you need to take care all. Minor mistake in the matter of your Kids can destroy them. Teach them behavior, manners, attitude and how to be a successful social element. Education is the eyes for Kids. Prepare your Kids such a way that he or she to be an ideal for others.
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="panel panel-default">
<div class="panel-heading">
<h4 class="panel-title">
<a class="accordion-toggle" data-toggle="collapse" data-parent="#accordion" href="#panel-3">Beauty Tips</a>
</h4>
</div>
<div id="panel-3" class="panel-collapse collapse">
<div class="panel-body">
Today Beauty Tips are on demand. A beauty always want to look more n more beautiful. From makeup to costume beauties are thirsty. There some techniques using which you can look gorgeous. Experts know this. If you are interested to know such brilliant beauty tip read latest beauty tips related sections. This habits give better idea to decorate you better. Beauty tips is also helpful to take care of your skin. While you do apply beauty tips on you always give first priority to take care of your Skin.
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

How Bootstrap Accordion Works

An accordion consists of multiple panels, each containing a header and a content section. By default, only one panel is expanded at a time, though this behavior can be customized. When a user clicks on a panel’s header, its content becomes visible while other panels collapse. This interaction is managed using JavaScript and CSS transitions, ensuring smooth animations.

Key Features of Bootstrap Accordion

Bootstrap Accordion is a powerful component that allows developers to create collapsible content sections, improving user experience by organizing information in a compact and interactive manner. Built on top of Bootstrap’s robust framework, the accordion is widely used in web development due to its flexibility, ease of implementation, and adaptability across different devices. Below, we explore the key features that make Bootstrap Accordion an essential tool for modern web design.

Responsive Design

One of the standout features of the Bootstrap Accordion is its inherent responsiveness. The component automatically adjusts to different screen sizes, ensuring a seamless experience across desktops, tablets, and mobile devices. This responsiveness is achieved through Bootstrap’s grid system and CSS media queries, which dynamically resize and reposition accordion elements based on the viewport dimensions.

For instance, on smaller screens, the accordion collapses into a vertical stack, preventing horizontal overflow and maintaining readability. This eliminates the need for additional JavaScript or custom CSS to handle responsiveness, saving development time and effort. Whether users access the website on a smartphone or a large desktop monitor, the accordion remains functional and visually consistent.

Customizable Styling

Bootstrap Accordion offers extensive customization options, allowing developers to tailor its appearance to match the website’s design language. The default styling is clean and minimal, but with Bootstrap’s utility classes and SASS variables, it can be easily modified.

Developers can adjust colors, borders, spacing, and animations to create a unique look. For example, the background color of the accordion header or the transition effects when expanding and collapsing sections can be customized using predefined classes or custom CSS. Additionally, Bootstrap’s theming capabilities enable the accordion to align with brand-specific color schemes effortlessly.

For those who require more advanced styling, overriding default styles via SASS or CSS ensures complete control over the component’s visual presentation. This flexibility makes the accordion suitable for a wide range of applications, from corporate websites to creative portfolios.

Accessibility

Accessibility is a critical consideration in modern web development, and Bootstrap Accordion is designed with inclusivity in mind. The component adheres to WAI-ARIA (Web Accessibility Initiative – Accessible Rich Internet Applications) standards, ensuring compatibility with screen readers and keyboard navigation.

Key accessibility features include proper ARIA attributes such as `aria-expanded` and `aria-controls`, which provide context to assistive technologies. The accordion also supports keyboard interactions, allowing users to navigate between sections using the Tab key and expand or collapse content with the Enter or Spacebar keys.

Furthermore, Bootstrap ensures that focus states are clearly visible, enhancing usability for individuals who rely on keyboard navigation. By following these best practices, developers can create accordions that are accessible to all users, including those with disabilities.

Easy Implementation

Bootstrap Accordion is designed for simplicity, making it easy to integrate into any project. The component leverages Bootstrap’s pre-built classes and JavaScript plugins, reducing the need for extensive coding. A basic accordion can be set up with just a few lines of HTML and minimal configuration.

The structure consists of a parent container with the `.accordion` class, followed by individual accordion items containing a header and a collapsible body. Bootstrap’s JavaScript handles the toggle functionality automatically, eliminating the need for custom scripts. For more advanced implementations, developers can use the Bootstrap JavaScript API to control accordion behavior programmatically.

Additionally, Bootstrap’s comprehensive documentation provides clear examples and code snippets, enabling even beginners to implement accordions quickly. This ease of use makes it an ideal choice for projects with tight deadlines or limited development resources.

Conclusion

The Bootstrap Accordion is a powerful tool for organizing content in a user-friendly manner. Its flexibility, ease of use, and responsiveness make it a preferred choice for developers. By following best practices and leveraging customization options, you can create efficient and visually appealing accordions that enhance the overall user experience. Whether for FAQs, product descriptions, or complex navigation, the Bootstrap Accordion remains a reliable solution for modern web development.

The post How to change heading background color of Bootstrap Accordion? appeared first on OneStop Shop.

Before Getting Started with this knowledge sharing session first let me know “Are you one among them who is interested to learn AngularJS?” if so you are in the correct page. Here my intention is to teach you AngularJS Programming from the the scratch. AngularJS is an open source advanced JavaScript framework. It was first introduced in 2009 by two developers “Adam Abrons” & “Misko Hevery” from Google. Later by looking into it’s brilliant features & growing demand AngularJS is finally take over by Google. In 2012 the first version of AngularJS get released.

Why AngularJS is more popular compare to other Frameworks?

As a developer this question comes in to mind when many times you heard the term AngularJS. In replay I can say there are many key features AngularJS introduced compare to other Frameworks like ember.js or backbone.js which made AngularJS so popular. I know you are a beginner to AngularJS but still let you note down the key features.

• AngularJS supports Single page Application Design.
• MVC & MVVM both Design pattern supported by AngularJS.
• In-built Directives & facility to create Custom Directives.
• AngularJS Handles Dependencies.
• AngularJS helps to extend HTML Vocabulary.
• Parallel Development supports by AngularJS.
• AngularJS supports JSON.
• Two way Data binding.
• Supporting Ajax.

Getting Started with AngularJS Programming

To start your first “Hallo World!” program in AngularJS you need to download the AngularJS library from https://angularjs.org or even you can use AngularJS library CDN link. To get an idea about your first AngularJS app look at the example below.

Example of my first AngularJS app

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html ng-app="">
<script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.3.14/angular.min.js"></script>
<body>
Your Name: <input type="text" ng-model="yourname">
<br />
<h2>Hello {{yourname}}</h2>
</body>
</html>

In the above Example for demo purposed I used AngularJS CDN link. Do mark one thing in html tag I used an additional tag ng-app. This is an AngularJS Directive. To make the HTML know that we are using AngularJS ng-app is responsible. From this example if you will remove ng-app from html tag this app will not run. Like ng-app one more AngularJS directive ng-model which I used in body tag to display your name from input box to inside h2 tag. Similar to ng-app or ng-model AngularJS provides many useful Directives. For Beginners later in this session I will explain you some of the most used AngularJS directives. One more thing I want to tell you about our first AngularJS app is to display value in HTML AngularJS uses {{ … }} this Syntax.

Model, View & Controller (MVC) in AngularJS

In software industry Codes are the Property. To maintain Codes well in a structured way there are several design patterns. Among them popular design patterns are MVC (Model View Controller) & MVVM (Model View View Model). AngularJS Programming supports both these design patterns. For Beginners let us explorer AngularJS MVC design pattern in below.

Model

Model supply data to view. Always the Current states of application reflects in Model layer. While creating a model in AngularJS it can be string, number, boolean or object data type. The syntax we use is var myModule = angular.module('myApp', []);.

View

View is nothing but the part user watch. To display data from the Controller we need to put AngularJS expression in view. As AngularJS supports two way data binding there is a continuous communication between view & model. Where templates just pointing to View.

Controller

Controller is the area where we do implement application business logic. Refer to it’s name it act like a junction point between Model & View. In AngularJS controllers are inside model. To create a controller we the following syntax.

var myApp = angular.module('myModel', []);
myModel.controller('myController', function($scope) {
$scope.Name = "Ravi Meheta";
$scope.Email = "ravi_meheta@infosys.com";
});

Example of AngularJS MVC Design Pattern

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html ng-app="demoApp">
<script src= "http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/angularjs/1.3.14/angular.min.js"></script>
<body>
<div ng-controller="empController">
Name: <input type="text" ng-model="name"><br>
Email: <input type="text" ng-model="email"><br>

Welcome Message: {{ welcomeMsg() }}
</div>
<script>
var demoapp = angular.module('demoApp', []);
demoapp.controller('empController', function($scope) {
$scope.name = "Ravi Meheta";
$scope.email = "ravi_meheta@infosys.com";
$scope.welcomeMsg = function() {
return "Welcome to " + $scope.name + ". Email ID you submitted is " + $scope.email;
}
});
</script>
</body>
</html>

The above Code is an example of how to implement AngularJS MVC pattern. In this example I created “demoApp” as my model, inside this I have a Controller “empController”. empController contains two objects name & email of employee with a function welcomeMsg(). Now I think you got the idea how to write function in AngularJS Controller. The tricky thing here is $scope. Let us discuss about this in Details.

$scope in AngularJS Controller

$scope acts like a glue between controller & view. I mean which property or method is a part of the $scope object that is accessible in view. In $scope object you can define JSON formatted data & it can be used in view.

The post Best way for beginners to learn AngularJS with Examples appeared first on OneStop Shop.

In the Chapter of Project Management escalation is a dirty lesson. Experienced Project Managers hate escalation to hear. They know how to avoid this. I have more then 12 years experience in IT. I worked for various corporates starting from mid-level to large scale industries. But nearly in every organization I found escalation. Not only to small scale organizations but also escalation is open to level companies. Truly speaking yet we have all that processes using which we can avoid escalation. But it depends up on Project Management Skills how Project Manager manage the flow. Make sure if we will follow correct processes to execute our job escalation will never hit us.

There are several causes those creates escalation. Software development is a never ending process. It’s a royal job. Don’t be in hurry, Do cool divide the project works to phase by phase. Keep remember requirements never going to end. So, “How to avoid escalation?”, “What are the processes we need to follow?” during a project development. Let us discuss one by one in below paragraphs.

Always accept requirements with written proofs

As I told above Software Development is a never ending process. Customer can change his/her requirements at any point of time. So before decide a time-line or project plan make sure all the requirement details you received from your Customer in format of an email or signed documents. This activity helps to save us from UN-planned additional requirements. During the initial phase of a project there are many things which even Customer don’t expect to face. During real-time when those things come Customer think to add those features. While for you this is a phase II item.

Before send the Estimation take Approval from Experts

Missing Deadline is a high level of escalation. Generally we miss deadline because of wrong planning. Before send Estimation & Deadline take approval from experts. Always keep buffer time in hand. In case of any thing will go wrong buffer time can save you. From my personal experience I can suggest during you prepare the estimation analyze the resources well. Know their capabilities & planned leaves in advance. Never prepare an estimation by thinking we will work late night to complete this. This creates problem in real-time.

Give priority to Employee Satisfaction

Many time it was found to achieve deadline we put pressure on employees to work late night. It is OK if the employee not rendered his regular duty. But after regular duty if you are pressurizing your employee to work late night in long run it creates UN-favorable conditions. During you prepare resource planning think well about the Skills & Capability of the resources you are going to use in your project. To have a successful organization employee satisfaction matters.

Proper Time Management & Correct Decision Making

Time management is a key pillar or successful project management. Who knows how to manage time no body in the world can defeat him. To be a ideal project manager give priority to successful time management. Prepare planning & choose the tasks in priority basis. To know more on Time Management you can refer our release Time Management is the first stair to your Success.

On the way of Time Management, Correct Decision making helps to save time. Be a quick decision maker. While working in a team during a decision if required you can also take the help of your team members.

Follow process oriented Development Guidelines

During you develop a Software always follow processes. For an example if more then one developers are working in your project always use code repository. It helps to protect code loss & saves time from code merging. While doing testing list out the issue in a formatted way. Here you can refer any on-line tools like JIRA or you can even maintain the list in MS-Excel. During issue fixation after verification from QA team update the sheet & share it with Customer.

Like the above there are some key points by following them we can avoid escalation in Project Management. I am grateful to you for you time you shared to read the above. From your experience if you have any inputs addition to the above please feel free to share a comment. We welcome your experiences.

The post Project Management Skills for Happy Customer Relationship appeared first on OneStop Shop.

On the way of responsive web-designing BootStrap is a popular Framework. Bootstrap is open source & maintained in Github. It comes with many in-built classes. BootStrap is easy to use & saves programmer time to implement device optimized web. Whether it’s a mobile device or laptop BootStrap is capable to deal with any resolution. BootStrap supports all devices across the globe. You can download BootStrap from getbootstrap.com. To Getting Started with BootStrap read our Learn Bootstrap Tutorial.

BootStrap File Structure & How to Use them?

Downloaded version of BootStrap comes with CSS, Fonts & JS files. CSS Folder contains bootstrap.css, bootstrap-theme.css & their minified versions. Fonts folder contains glyph icons & JS folder contains bootstrap.js & it’s minified version. To Getting Started you can also use BootStrap CDN links. Look at the example below.

CDN link for BootStrap – CSS, JavaScript & Theme.

BootStrap Hello World!

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<title>Bootstrap Hallo World!</title>
<meta charset="utf-8">
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="https://maxcdn.bootstrapcdn.com/bootstrap/3.3.4/css/bootstrap.min.css">
<script src="https://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.11.1/jquery.min.js"></script>
<script src="http://maxcdn.bootstrapcdn.com/bootstrap/3.3.4/js/bootstrap.min.js"></script>
</head>
<body>
<div class="container">
<h2>Getting Started with BootStrap</h2>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-sm-6">
Hallo World!
</div>
<div class="col-sm-6">
This screen is divided into two sections.
</div>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

While writing your first BootStrap application don’t forget to add viewport meta tag with initial-scale value to 1. Here 1 means 100% or you can say the original resolution.

BootStrap Grid System

To design a fluid layout Bootstrap divides each row in to 12 columns. For each column there is a specific class defined in BootStrap. For an example if you want to divide your screen into two panel left (25%) & right (75%). You can declare col-md-3 & col-md-9 to respective parallel div’s. As a basic rows must need to be inside a .container (fixed-width) or .container-fluid (full-screen) class. Followed by row columns need to declare inside.

<div class="row">
<div class="col-md-3">.col-md-3</div>
<div class="col-md-9">.col-md-9</div>
</div>

In BootStrap Grid system Columns are in 4 Categories col-xs-* (Extra Small for phones), col-sm-* (Small for tablets), col-md-* (Medium for desktops) & col-lg-* (Large for larger desktops).

For an example if you want to implement 4 equal columns you can do the following.

<div class="row">
<div class="col-md-3">Column i</div>
<div class="col-md-3">Column ii</div>
<div class="col-md-3">Column iii</div>
<div class="col-md-3">Column iv</div>
</div>

BootStrap Table

From the classical days of web programming we do implement table to present data. Do you remember to adjust a table with various of resolution what we do. Generally we declare table width 100%. Similarly to alternate row colors we add some odd or even CSS classes. Like this many problems related to table is addressed in BootStrap. By simply declaring the class table you can make your table responsive. Look at the example below.

<div class="container">
<h2>BootStrap Table Demo</h2>
<table class="table">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Employee Name</th>
<th>Email ID</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Somanath Pradhan</td>
<td>pradhan@demoemailid.com</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rakesh Srivastab</td>
<td>rakesh@demoemailid.com</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Supriti Kabi</td>
<td>supriti@demoemailid.com</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>

Other BootStrap Classes for Table

To add these classes you need to follow parent class table. I mean if you want to add border to your table you can add class=”table table-bordered”.

Contextual classes to color table rows or individual cells

Text Related BootStrap Classes

Button Related BootStrap Classes

These are the basics to Getting Started with BootStrap. If you are looking more in depth please refer getbootstrap.com

The post Learn Bootstrap – Bootstrap Tutorial for absolute Beginners appeared first on OneStop Shop.

JavaScript is a popular client-side programming language. It is also known as ECMAScript. ECMAScript was first introduced in 1997. Before we explore more into JavaScript first let us know how JavaScript help in web development. In client server architecture JavaScript helps to reduce http requests by performing possible operations in client end. Let’s talk about an employee registration form. Using this form to register an employee we need to provide valid data before form submission. It can possible user will submit the form with blank fields or invalid data. To protect this we need to check user data before form submission.

It can be done using server. But to do this we have to play with response & request mechanism. Which is time consuming & can increase server load. That’s why client script, to check whether data filed or user trying to submit the form with blank fields it is better to use client resource rather then sending a request to server. Like this there are several cases where client-script is more useful then server-script. Are you looking to learn such a powerful client-script? If so, this is the right place for you. Let us learn JavaScript. I know you will enjoy while learning.

How to write JavaScript in a HTML page?

In a HTML page JavaScript can wrote using 2 ways. One is inside <script> tag & other one is using js file. Look at the examples below.

<script type="text/javascript">
document.write('JavaScript Hello World Program');
</script>

OR

<script type="text/javascript" src="hello-world.js"></script>

Keep remember if you will not add type=”text/javascript” still your script will run. But it is a best practice to use type with script tag. Compare to script block using js files you can modularize your code. I mean if you are designing a form validation related scripts you can keep in validation.js & dynamic theme related scripts you can keep in theme.js.

How to comment in JavaScript?

During development code commenting is an essential skill. Think once in a thousand line program how much time you required to understand the flow. In this matter comment helps. By looking comments you can take less time to understand where which changes are required. In JavaScript we can do comment using 2 ways. To comment a single line of text we need to add two back slash (//). To comment multiple lines syntax is /* ……. */. Look at the example below.

<script type="text/javascript">
// This is a Single line Comment.
document.write('JavaScript Single line Comment.');
/* This is a Multi-line Comment.
You can add more Comments here... */
document.write('JavaScript Multi-line Comment.');
</script>

How to display data using JavaScript?

JavaScript doesn’t have any in-built print or display function. There are 4 ways through which you can display data to outside from a JavaScript function. window.alert(), document.write(), innerHTML & console.log().

JavaScript Data Types, Variable & Scope

JavaScript is a loosely coupled programming language. It has three primitive data types. Number, String & Boolean. To declare a variable in JavaScript we use syntax var. For an example if we are declaring var x = 6; then here x belongs to Number data type. In case we are declaring var x = “6”; here x belongs to String data type. In the similar way if we declare var x = true or var x = false, here data type of x is Boolean.

JavaScript is a case sensitive programming language. While declaring a variable stay aware variable names are case sensitive. variable “MyVar” is not same as “myVar”.

JavaScript variables are only two scope Local & Global. Global variable is accessible to all functions while Local variable is specific for that function inside which it is declared. Look at the example below.

<script type="text/javascript">
<!--
//Global variable
var myVar = "this is a global variable.";
function variablescope( ) {
//Local variable
var myVar = "this is a local variable.";
document.write(myVar);
}
//-->
</script>

JavaScript Operators

JavaScript supports various types of operators. These are Arithmetic Operators, Comparison Operators, Logical Operators, Assignment Operators & Conditional Operators.

Arithmetic Operators

Arithmetic Operators are used to perform arithmetic operations. In JavaScript arithmetic operators are + (Addition), – (Subtraction), * (Multiplication), / (Division), % (Modulus Division), ++ (Increment) & – – (Decrement). Addition used to add two integer values. Similarly subtraction, multiplication & division works for numeric values. Modulus Operator and remainder of after an integer division. Increment operator increase the value by one. If the value of variable A is 5 by adding increment operator A++ value is equal to 6. Similar to increment operator decrement operator decrease the value by one.

Comparison Operators